Home
Cisco 6500/7600 Series Manager User Guide
Contents
1. Near End Loopback Mode Near end channel loopback mode This mode can have the following values disabled local Sets the loopback after going through the framer toward the terminal network Puts the near end in network loopback Far End Loopback Mode Far end channel loopback mode If enabled this mode puts the far end in loopback by sending far end alarm control FEAC This mode has the following values disabled remote Payload Scrambling lIndicates whether or not SONET payload scrambling is enabled on the interface Payload scrambling ensures that there is sufficient bit transition density to maintain the transmit clock for synchronous signalling Both ends of the connection must use the same scrambling algorithm e Encapsulation Indicates whether HDLC or PPP encapsulation is used on the interface e DSU Bandwidth DSU subrate bandwidth in kilobits per second This attribute reduces the DS3 bandwidth by padding the T3 frame SONET Path Header C2 Area The SONET Path Header C2 area contains the following information SONET Overhead C2 Byte Value of the SONET overhead Path Signal Label C2 which indicates the contents of the SONET STS SPE Higher Order VC This attribute is read only These are possible values 207 OxCF PPP or HDLC with no payload scrambling 22 0x16 PPP or HDLC with payload scrambling Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5153 Chapter5 Physic
2. Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M MH Deployment and Commissioning Process Figure 4 45 Port Adapter Deployment Wizard Object Parameters Details Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 4 50 Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M Deployment and Commissioning Process Property Description Port Adapter Name The name given to the Port Adapter object Port Adapter Type The type of port adapter to be deployed This is a Port Adapter Type continued FlexWAN Bay Number drop down list with the following values pa ahlt pa ah2t pa 4t plus pa a8t v35 pa atmdx ds3 pa atmdx e3 pa atmdx sml oc3 pa atmdx smi oc3 pa atmdx mm oc3 pa a8t x21 pa a8t rs232 pa le3 pa 2e3 pa 1t3 pa 2t3 pa 8ctl csu pa 8cel pa ce3 pa possw sm pa possw mm pa possw lr pa 1t3 plus pa 2t3 plus pa mct3 pa mc2t3 pa san fcl The FlexWAN bay in which the port adapter is to be deployed The port adapter can be deployed in bays 0 and or 1 Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M MH Deployment and Commissioning Process Note Valid FlexWAN bay numbers are 0 or 1 If you enter any other number an error message is displayed and the Forward button will not work Enter the details for the Port Adapter object and click the Forward button The Port Adapter Deployment Wizard Summary window is displayed see Figure 4 46
3. MH C6576M Optical Services Modules Dialog Box C6576M Optical Services Modules Dialog Box This dialog box describes the physical Gigabit Ethernet WAN OSM OSM GE WAN Packet over Sonet OSM OSM PoS and channelized SONET OSM on a Cisco 7600 series Internet Router This dialog box can be launched from a Chassis object or an OSM module object within the Physical view You can select multiple chassis and OSMs at a time from the object list on the left side of the dialog box Details Tab Figure 5 32 shows the Details tab of the C6576M OSM dialog box Figure 5 32 Details Tab of the C6576M OSM Dialog Box Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 60 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Optical Services Modules Dialog Box Mi Status Area The Status area of the C6576M OSM dialog box provides the following information Operational Status Displays the operational status of the OSM This attribute has one of the following values This is a read only attribute other The status is unknown ok tThe status is normal minorFault There is a minor problem majorFault There is a major problem amp Note If this attribute has a value other than ok an alarm is generated See Chapter 8 Alarms and Alarm Management Temperature Area The Temperature area of the C6576M OSM dialog box provides information for the following sensors All the attributes in this area are rea
4. HH C6576M ACL Configuration Dialog Box Remark Mandatory comment that describes the access list entry up to 100 characters long Figure 6 89 ACL Add Dialog Box Filter Table Area The Filter Table area of the C6576M ACL dialog box describes permit deny filters or remark entries of an ACL The order of entries in the list is relevant filters are applied in the order they appear in the list AV Note Removing the last entry from a numbered ACL deletes the ACL on the managed device The list of filters is shown in the text box Selecting one of the entries in the text box displays a description of the filter to the right of the box A permit entry defines a filter for permitting a traffic flow Filter entries are structured according to the syntax defined for standard or extended ACLs A deny entry defines a filter for blocking a traffic flow A remark entry is a free form text entry up to 100 characters It is generally a comment describing the ACLs entries which follow it sequentially in the ACL Filters can be configured using the following buttons Remove Permit Deny Filter Removes an entry from a named or numbered standard or extended ACL The entry may be a permit or deny filter Entries may be removed from the ACL in any order Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 114 Chapter 6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M ACL Configuration Dialog Box W Add Filter button Lau
5. Errored Secs Number of errored seconds encountered by the SONET Line in the current 15 minute interval Severely Err Secs Number of severely errored seconds encountered by the SONET Line in the current 15 minute interval Coding Violations Number of coding violations encountered by the SONET Line in the current 15 minute interval Unavailable Secs Number of unavailable seconds encountered by the SONET Line in the current 15 minute interval SONET Far End Line Error Statistics Area The SONET Far End Line Error Statistics area contains the following information Errored Secs Number of far end errored seconds encountered by the SONET Line in the current 15 minute interval Severely Err Secs Number of severely far end errored seconds encountered by the SONET Line in the current 15 minute interval Coding Violations Number of far end coding violations encountered by the SONET Line in the current 15 minute interval Unavailable Secs Number of far end unavailable seconds encountered by the SONET Line in the current 15 minute interval SONET Path Error Statistics Area The SONET Path Error Statistics area contains the following information Errored Secs Number of errored seconds encountered by the SONET Path in the current 15 minute interval e Severely Err Secs Number of severely errored seconds encountered by the SONET Path in the current 15 minute interval Coding Violations Num
6. IP MTU Layer 3 MTU The size of the largest datagram packet that can be sent received on the interface Cannot exceed the size of the largest layer 2 datagram on the interface If the Layer 2 MTU is updated the Layer 3 MTU must be adjusted so that it does not exceed the new Layer 2 MTU e Netmask Subnet mask of the IP address Enabled bits indicate network addressing bits in the IP address Modify IP button Launches a subdialog box to modify the IP address of the interface Figure 5 87 shows the subdialog box that is displayed when the Modify IP button is selected The subdialog box contain the following IP Address Primary IP address of interface Netmask Subnet mask for the interface Modify IP button Modify the IP address Figure 5 87 Modify IP Subdialog Box pef ss rabi r i Cla marianu eee a TOM CAM PON Sjal skare HF Addai Maat es Open Mare Hessen Ache tha TE 7 ou Chari Pei 00 Come oe aad kit Cerman iced HT H Pll POE hei irg kanm UNE herre resi i best Beam m ef bei e Hh pT Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 166 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSM POS Subinterface Dialog Box W POS Tab Figure 5 88 shows the POS tab of the C6576M OSM POS Subinterface dialog box Figure 5 88 POS Tab of the C6576M OSM POS Subinterface Dialog Box POS Interface Area The POS Serial Interface area contains the following information C
7. lt 1 199 gt IP standard access list number lt 1300 2699 gt IP expanded access list number alphanumeric Named access list Direction Indicates whether the filter will be applied against routing updates received by the routing process or advertised by the routing process in Applies to updates received out Applies to updates advertised Interface Identifies a particular interface that the filter is applied to For an incoming filter suppresses routing updates received on a specific interface if not specified routing updates are suppressed on all interfaces For an outgoing filter suppresses routes from being advertised on a particular interface if not specified route advertisements are suppressed on all interfaces Nullo FastEthernet lt slot gt lt port gt Native IOS only GigabitEthernet lt slot gt lt port gt Native IOS only GE WAN lt slot gt lt port gt Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide l Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M EIGRP DialogBox Mi POS lt slot gt lt port gt ATM lt slot gt lt subslot gt lt port gt Port channel lt n gt Native IOS only VLAN lt n gt Protocol Source routing protocol from which routes are being distributed into EIGRP This field may have the following values none OSPF EIGRP BGP static Source ID Identifies a specific routing process instance that redistributed routes are d
8. MH Using Cisco EMF Using Cisco EMF The Cisco EMF Launchpad application is the main starting point for using Cisco EMF The Launchpad can be accessed by starting a Cisco EMF user session D Note Before you can start a Cisco EMF user session Cisco EMF has to be running If a message is displayed indicating that Cisco EMF is not running contact the system administrator To start a Cisco EMF user session do the following Step1 From the command line on the terminal window type the following Cisco EMF_ROOT bin Cisco EMF session Note Replace Cisco EMF ROOT with the root directory in which Cisco EMF is installed for example opt Cisco EMF The login window Figure 3 1 appears Figure 3 1 Login Window Cisco Cisco Element Management Framework ra Cpi D pile 30 Cece Spartan ine Lagging inte beannach wiar nami wirin parraad a ok Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 3 2 Chapter3 Getting Started Using CiscoEMF W Step2 Enter your user name and password then click Ok to proceed amp Note When an invalid user name or password is entered an error is displayed Click Ok and then enter a valid user name and password Three attempts to enter a valid user name and password are allowed If a valid user name and password are not entered within three attempts the login window closes When a valid user name and the password are entered the sess
9. Add Remove Per VLAN STP Setting button Launches a subdialog box to add and remove an explicit STP VLAN configuration to the interface The configuration will only have an effect if the interface is in trunking mode and the VLAN has an associated STP instance The interface does not currently need to be configured as a trunking port nor does the VLAN or the VLAN STP instance need to exist Figure 6 49 shows the subdialog box that is displayed when the Add Remove Per VLAN STP Setting button is selected The subdialog box contains the following items VLAN Idenifies the VLAN STP instance This is the numeric identifier of the access mode VLAN or a VLAN that is carried on the trunk Priority Describes the STP VLAN port priority of this interface Cost Describes the STP VLAN path cost of this interface Add button Adds an explicit STP VLAN configuration to the interface Remove button Removes an explicit STP VLAN configuration to the interface Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes EE C6576M EtherChannel Dialog Box Figure 6 49 Add Remove Per VLAN STP Setting Subdialog Box aa SDV 2 9 Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 6 62 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M EtherChannel Dialog Box Hi STP Status Area The STP Status area of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box provides the following information STP VLAN Status Table D
10. Figure 4 46 Port Adapter Deployment Wizard Summary You can either click the Cancel button to cancel the operation or click the Finish button to create the object If the Chassis slot number corresponds to an occupied slot an error message is displayed The message resembles the message shown in Figure 4 30 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 4 52 Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M Deployment and Commissioning Process W Content Switching Module The Content Switching Module is a line card that provides server load balancing SLB of client traffic to server farms firewalls secure sockets layer SSL devices or VPN termination devices To predeploy a Content Switching Module CSM choose the Deployment gt Deploy Supervisor Control Module s option in the pop up menu from the Chassis object see Figure 4 47 Figure 4 47 Predeploying Content Switching Modules mig aan a Taide Mimmis o Bea mn ee bar ie a Bie fer reser eh em ae Pree naig inp fee Sirri eier bnm be womi F r mii heg EP ETET fom ME arm kar eed Le ee Bee CELIT B me ei be aor SE kem m Sami ermi i me EE betes bm After you choose the Deploy Supervisor Control Module s option the Deployment Wizard Object Parameters window is displayed see Figure 4 48 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide EE Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M HM Deployment and Commissioning Process Figure 4 48 Deployment Wizard
11. The Root Election area of the C6576M VLAN dialog provides the following information Advanced Area Root Preference STP root priority This attribute may has following values no 0 primary 1 secondary 2 Hello Time Hello time in seconds Diameter Specifies the network diameter maximum number of bridges between two end nodes If specified the switch will calculate the optimal hello time forward time and max age User may optionally specify an explicit hello time Set Root button Configures the root priority of the device in the VLAN STP instance This action will set the VLAN STP bridge priority and reset the hello time forward delay and max age timers This action does not guarantee that the switch will be elected the STP root it only sets these values The Advanced area of the C6576M VLAN dialog box allows you to configure the attributes described in this section While these attributes are configurable this is not the recommended method for configuring them Alternately if you specify a network diameter but no hello time forward delay timer or max age timer using the Set Root button in the Root Election Area causes the switch to automatically calculate the optimal hello time forward delay timer and max age timer for that diameter Hello Time Indicates how often the switch broadcasts hello messages to other switches in the STP domain If there is no spanning tree instance for the VLAN value is nil Yo
12. sonetMediumNRZ Non return to zero which is used for optical SONET SDH signals sonetMediumRZ Return to zero which is used for optical SONET SDH signals sonetMediumOther Other DS 3 0C 3 Channel Table Area DS 3 OC 3 Channel Table Lists the DS3 and OC 3 channels that have been provisioned on the SONET interface The following items are listed in the table Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 132 Chapter 5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSM Channelized SONET Interface Dialog Box W ID Unique identifier of a channel on the SONET interface This coincides with the number of the first sts 1 service payload envelope SPE allocated in the channel It is also the subinterface number of the serial or POS interface representing the DS3 or OC 3 channel Numbering is 1 based Range Range of allocated channels Numbering is 1 based A DS3 subinterface has a width of sts 1 and it occupies a single channel An OC 3 subinterface has a width of sts 3c and it occupies three consecutive channels Type Describes the type of allocated channel A DS3 channel is provisioned as a serial subinterface with E3 or T3 DS3 content formatting An OC 3 channel is provisioned as a POS subinterface e Provision Channels for Serial PoS Interface button Launches a subdialog box to provision a DS3 or OC 3 channel from the SONET interface s constituent sts 1 service payload envelopes SPEs Figure 5 68 shows t
13. C6576M ATM T3 Interface Dialog Box W Routing Protocol Tab Figure 5 44 shows the Routing Protocol tab of the C6576M ATM T3 Interface dialog box Figure 5 44 Routing Protocol Tab of the C6576M ATM T3 Interface Dialog Box OSPF Area The OSPF area contains the following information OSPF Network Type OSPF network type ATM is a point to point service by default it is considered to be nonbroadcast by the OSPF routing process An ATM interface can be configured as a broadcast interface The OSPF network type also can be dependent on the ATM network configuration whether or not the network is partially meshed or fully meshed Area ID The predefined ID uniquely identifying the area to which the interface connects It can be specified as either a decimal value or as an IP address Value is 0 0 0 0 if interface is a layer 2 no IP address assigned interface This attribute is read only e Authentication Key Password to be used by neighboring OSPF routers on a network segment that is using OSPF simple password authentication It is ignored if OSPF Authentication Type is not simple This attribute is read only Hello Interval Length of time between the hello packets sent on an OSPF interface Must be consistent between all routers on an attached network This attribute is read only Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide EA Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M ATM T3 Interface Dialog Box
14. Global Neighbor Routers Area This area lists all OSPF neighbors for all OSPF processes This area consists of the following columns Neighbor Link Index Unique identifier of the interface on which the neighbor can be reached This value is set to 0 if the interface has an IP address Neighbor IP Address IP address of the neighbor On links without addresses this address will not be 0 0 0 0 but the address of another of the neighbor s interfaces Neighbor Router ID IP address uniquely identifying the neighbor router in the autonomous system Neighbor Priority Priority of this neighbor in the designated router election algorithm The value 0 signifies that the neighbor is not eligible to become the designated router on this particular network e Neighbor State The state of the relationship with this Neighbor This column may have the following values down attempt init twoWay exchangeStart Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide B25 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M OSPF Dialog Box exchange loading full Neighbor Entry Status This variable displays the status of the entry Setting the variable to invalid can make it inoperative Add Remove Neighbors Adds or removes neighbors Launches the dialog box shown in Figure 6 69 When adding a new neighbor specify the neighbor router s IP address and the cost associated for this neighbor and
15. Object Parameters Property Description Number of Modules The number of Content Switching Modules to be deployed at the same time This value cannot be greater than 1 for IOS 12 1 8a E3 and earlier and no greater than 11 for IOS 12 1 8a EX and later Enter the number of Content Switching Modules to be deployed at the same time and click Forward button The Deployment Wizard Object Parameters Details window is displayed for each module to be deployed see Figure 4 49 Note The C65 76M manager supports management and configuration of the CSM if only one CSM is deployed If you choose to deploy more than one CSM in the chassis inventory of the CSMs are supported but the management and configuration of the CSMs are not supported A Caution If multiple CSMs are deployed on a chassis appropriate user access controls should be implemented in CEMF to prevent users from accidentally using the C65 76M manager to modify the CSM configurations Refer to the Cisco Element Manager Framework User Guide for additional information about user access control Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 4 54 Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M Deployment and Commissioning Process W Figure 4 49 Deployment Wizard Object Parameters Details E Dlepioyerent Wizard Object Pam meters Ibict Pretep tedite nas Hadile Type agere asis Slot Mumbert I Forward gt gt Cancel Fisk 8 Property Description Module N
16. Property Description Catalyst 6500 Switch Name Name of the Network Element object that will be displayed in the Map Viewer application Supervisor IP Address IP address of the switch supervisor engine CatOS IOS SNMP V1 Read Community SNMP v1 read community used by the device This deployment mode assumes the same communities for either switch operating system CatOS IOS SNMP V1 Write Community SNMP v1 write community used by the device This deployment mode assumes the same communities for either switch operating system CatOS IOS SNMP V2c Read Community SNMP v2c read community used by the device This deployment mode assumes the same communities for either switch operating system CatOS IOS SNMP V2c Write Community SNMP v2c write community used by the device This deployment mode assumes the same communities for either switch operating system CatOS IOS SNMP Version The version of the SNMP agent running on the device This is a drop down menu containing SNMPv1 SNMPv2c CatOS IOS Username The username used to allow the C65 76M to access the Network Element device using a Telnet connection This deployment mode assumes the same username for either switch operating system CatOS IOS Password The password used to allow the C65 76M to access the Network Element using a Telnet connection The value entered in this text box will not be in plain text This deplo
17. 2 Commission the objects to allow CEMF to manage them Deploying Objects The deployment process should be done after you install the C65 76M software for the first time or after you install new hardware Deployment informs the C65 76M of the presence of supported hardware The C65 76M objects can be automatically discovered or manually deployed Objects can also be predeployed in CEMF before the actual installation of a Catalyst 6000 family switch or a Cisco 7600 series Internet Router in the field Predeployment is the process of reserving a space in CEMF for network equipment which has not yet been physically slotted into the system rack When an object or device is predeployed the physical device or object is not present but CEMF has been preconfigured to hold an object of similar type As a result C65 76M module objects can be deployed and the C65 76M will not monitor their status When a module is then placed in the physical equipment the new module will be automatically detected and management of the module will be automatically started Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter 4 Deploying the C65 76M HH Managing a Catalyst 6000 Family Switch or a Cisco 7600 Series Internet Router C65 76M Object Hierarchy A fully deployed C65 76M object in CEMF has the following object hierarchy Network Element Chassis Power Supplies Supervisor Modules Ethernet Interfaces Ethernet Modules Ethernet Interfaces
18. Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M Supervisor Module Dialog Box amp Note If this attribute has a value other than ok an alarm is generated See Chapter 8 Alarms and Alarm Management Standby Status Displays the status of the redundant Supervisor module if available This attribute can have one of the following values other Indicates a mode other than standby or active unknown Indicates that mode cannot be detected standby Indicates that the supervisor engine module status is in standby mode active Indicates the supervisor engine module is being used to switch or route packets Temperature Area The Temperature area of the C6576M Supervisor Module dialog box provides the temperature for the following sensors e Module Inlet Inlet temperature of the module in degrees Celsius Module Outlet Outlet temperature of the module in degrees Celsius RP Inlet Inlet temperature of the MSFC daughter card in degrees Celsius RP Outlet Outlet temperature of the MSFC daughter card in degrees Celsius EARL Inlet Inlet temperature of the Policy Feature Card PFC daughter card in degrees Celsius EARL Outlet Outlet temperature of the PFC daughter card in degrees Celsius Each of these sensor attributes can have the following values e lt n gt C Temperature in degrees Celsius e N O Indicates that the sensor is not operational N A Indicates that the sensor valu
19. Length of time between hello packets generated on the interface for level 2 routing Level 1 Metric Cost of the interface for IS IS level 1 intra area route calculation Level 2 Metric Cost of the interface for IS IS level 2 inter area route calculation Level 1 Priority The priority is used to determine which router on a LAN will be the designated router or designated intermediate system DIS Level 2 Priority The priority is used to determine which router on a LAN will be the designated router or DIS Enable button Enable IS IS routing on the interface Note To enable IS IS on an interface the user must specify an IS IS routing process that is already deployed on the device If the process does not exist the action will fail Disable button Disable IS IS routing on the interface Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface Dialog Box HSRP Tab Figure 5 62 shows the HSRP tab of the C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface dialog box The attributes in this tab are read only To modify the attributes click the Modify button Figure 5 62 HSRP Tab on the C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface Dialog Box Modify button Figure 5 63 shows the subdialog box that is displayed when you click the Modify button This subdialog box is used to modify the following C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface attributes of a given HSRP group Secondary IP Virtua
20. Not executed A restore has not been executed e Restore Source The filename of the IOS image that will be restored from the TFTP Host to the switch or router Restore Destination The destination filename on the switch or router to which the image will be restored The file attribute can include the file system as well as the filename for example Slot0 c6sup22jsv bin Backup button Backs up the IOS image specified in the Backup Source attribute to the file specified in the Backup Destination attribute on the TFTP Host Scheduled Backup button Schedules the backup of an IOS image file from the device to the TFTP server Launches the dialog box shown in Figure 6 9 Date The date when the backup will start The format is MM DD YYYY Hour tThe hour when the backup will start It is a 24 hour clock Minute The minute when the backup will start Restore button Restores an IOS image Copies the Restore Source file from the TFTP Host to the Restore Destination location file AS Note The Switch or router needs to be reset in order to run with the new IOS image Scheduled Restore button Schedules the restore operation of an IOS image file from the TFTP server to the device Launches the dialog box shown in Figure 6 9 Date The date when the restore will start The format is MM DD YYYY Hour The hour when the restore will start It is a 24 hour clock Minute The minute when the res
21. Retrans Interval sec The number of seconds between link state advertisement retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to this interface This value is also used when retransmitting database description and link state request packets The EIGRP Area of the C6576M OSM POS Interface dialog box provides the following information EIGRP Interface Table Describes the EIGRP configuration of the interface on each active autonomous system The EIGRP parameters of the interface on an autonomous system may be explicitly configured even if EIGRP routing updates in the autonomous system are not currently carried on the interface Bandwidth Utilization The percentage of the interface bandwidth that the EIGRP protocol can use Hello Interval sec Frequency at which the device will send hello packets on the specified interface and EIGRP autonomous system number Hold Time sec Hold time during which the device will wait for a hello packet to be received on the specified interface and EIGRP autonomous system number The hold time should be at least three times the hello interval The ISIS area of the C6576M OSM POS Interface dialog box provides the following information ISIS Enabled Indicates whether or not IS IS routing is enabled on the interface true ISIS routing is enabled false ISIS routing is disabled Area Tag The IS IS routing area in which the interface participates If multiarea IS IS is configured on the dev
22. TH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface Dialog Box Interface Status Area The Status area of the C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface dialog box provides the following information to describe the general characteristics of the interface Description Comment or a description to help you remember what is attached to this interface The description is put in the configuration to help you remember what specific interfaces are used for e Index String index of the interface This attribute is read only e Operational Status The current operational state of the interface This attribute is read only This attribute has one of the following values unknown down dormant Interface is waiting for external actions such as a serial line waiting for an incoming connection notPresent Interface has missing components typically hardware lowerLayerDown Indicates that the primary channelized SONET interface has failed Administrative Status The desired state of the interface This attribute has one of the following values down Number of Resets Number of times the interface internally reset This attribute is read only e Connector Present Displays if a cable is attached to the parent interface the OSM Channelized SONET Interface These are the values yes no unknown This value is used when the Admi
23. amp To enable IS IS on an interface the user must specify an IS IS routing process that is already deployed on the device If the process does not exist the action will fail Disable button Disables IS IS routing on the interface Note By default all interfaces are configured as IS IS Circuit type Level 1 2 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M ATM SONET Interface Dialog Box Additional Notes Tab Figure 5 57 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M ATM SONET Interface dialog box Figure 5 57 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M ATM SONET Interface Dialog Box uge oy Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the ATM SONET Interface Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 114 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface Dialog Box Mi C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface Dialog Box This dialog box describes a physical and logical Gigabit Ethernet WAN GE WAN interface on the OSM 4GE WAN GBIC module This dialog box can be launched from the OSM object or OSM GE WAN Interface object within the Physical view You can select multiple OSM GE WAN Interfaces OSMs and chassis at a time from the object list on the left side of the dialog box Status Tab Figure 5 58 shows the Status tab of the C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface dialog box Figure 5 58 Status Tab of
24. fey Beers fee Arie Hp hae H V toi te D Cg Gee ee DE a TME Tig agapan EH MTA as SEP FRR Cree Heie beppe ijeh e Diaa Fiir frg Try i F er me ihai ers Perret dy Lite Pali Lie i ge mml TE ED iiis i ger Cen i ia railia i iner Jedi tiipii i rab lic 2 T ir LERT EEAS paki th KH I 1E riiin 1 oe Tae Lae haa Trel msl Bemi daii Be ahil Tuas Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 8 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes Trap Generation Area C6576M NE Config Mgmt Dialog Box W The Trap Generation area of the C6576M Network Element dialog box provides the following information SNMP Trap Status Indicates the level at which SNMP traps are enabled The level is one of these values disabled layer2Only layer3Only layer2And3 Enable button Enables all SNMP trap generation from the switch or router Disable button Disables all SNMP trap generation from the switch or router SNMP Trap Area The SNMP Trap area of the C6576M Network Element dialog box provides the following information Trap Client IP Table IP address table to which SNMP traps generated by the switch or router are sent amp Trap Client IP The IP address to which SNMP traps are sent Client Community The community string used within the SNMP trap SNMP Version Version of the SNMP protocol used by CEMF to communicate with the managed device This field has the following values snmpvl snmpv
25. mi Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes ISIS Area C6576M Ethernet Interface Dialog Box Ml The ISIS area of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box provides the following information amp ISIS Enabled Indicates whether or not IS IS routing is enabled on the interface true IS IS routing is enabled false IS IS routing is disabled Area Tag The IS IS routing area in which the interface participates If mutliarea IS IS is configured on the device the IS IS area must be named otherwise this value may be an implicit null tag Level 1 Hello Interval Length of time between hello packets generated on the interface for level 1 routing Level 2 Hello Interval Length of time between hello packets generated on the interface for level 2 routing Level 1 Metric Cost of the interface for IS IS level 1 intra area route calculation Level 2 Metric Cost of the interface for IS IS level 2 inter area route calculation Level 1 Priority The priority is used to determine which router on a LAN will be the designated router or Designated Intermediate System DIS Level 2 Priority The priority is used to determine which router on a LAN will be the designated router or Designated Intermediate System DIS Enable button Enables IS IS routing on the interface Note To enable IS IS on an interface the user must specify an IS IS routing process that is already
26. C6576M ATM E3 Interface Dialog Box W The General area contains the following information Link Up Down Trap Enables or disables linkUp and linkDown trap generation for the interface Bandwidth Overwrites default bandwidth in kilobits per second Note The Bandwidth attribute is an informational parameter used only to communicate the current bandwidth to the higher level protocols such as IGRP EIGRP and OSPF you cannot adjust the actual bandwidth of an interface with this command e Delay Specifies the delay in tens of microseconds for an interface or network segment Note Layer 2 Area Layer 3 Area The Delay attribute is an informational parameter used only to communicate the current bandwidth to the higher level protocols such as IGRP and EIGRP you cannot adjust the actual delay of an interface with this command Input Queue Length Input queue length in packets Output Queue Length Output queue length in packets The Layer 2 area contains the following information e MAC Address Displays the MAC address of the interface e MTU The size of the largest packet which can be sent received on the interface specified in octets The Layer 3 area contains the following information IP Address Displays the IP address of the layer 3 interface e Netmask Subnet mask of the interface IP address Enabled bits indicate the network addressing bits in the IP address e Clear IP Address bu
27. Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M Deployment and Commissioning Process W Figure 4 27 Supervisor Module Deployment Wizard Object Parameters Property Description Number of Modules The number of supervisor modules to deploy Enter the number of supervisor modules to predeploy and click the Forward button The Supervisor Module Deployment Wizard Object Parameters Details window is displayed for each module to deploy see Figure 4 28 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide EE Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M HM Deployment and Commissioning Process Figure 4 28 Supervisor Module Deployment Wizard Object Parameters Details Property Description Module Name The name given to the Supervisor Module object Module Type The type of supervisor module to be deployed The types are shown in a drop down list with the following values ws x6k supla msfc Supervisor Engine 1A with MSFC ws x6k s la msfc2 Supervisor Engine 1A with MSFC2 ws x6k s2 msfc2 Supervisor Engine 2 with MSFC2 Chassis Slot Number The slot in which the supervisor module is to be deployed AV Note Use ws x6k sla msfc2 to deploy both the Supervisor Engine 1A with MSFC or Supervisor Engine 1A with MSFC2 EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M Deployment and Commissioning Process W Note Use ws x6k s2 msfc2 to deploy the Supervisor Engine 2 with 256 MB DRAM and MSFC2
28. Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of input packets per second Out Packets Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of output packets per second In Bits Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of input bits per second Out Bits Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of output bits per second The Error Statistics area contains the following information CRC Error Pkts Number of input packets that had cyclic redundancy checksum errors In Discarded Pkts The number of inbound packets that were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent their being deliverable to a higher layer protocol One possible reason for discarding such a packet is to free up buffer space Out Discarded Pkts The number of outbound packets that were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent their being transmitted One possible reason for discarding such a packet is to free up buffer space In Dropped Pkts The number of packets dropped because the input queue was full Out Dropped Pkts The number of packets dropped because the output queue was full In Ignored Pkts Number of input packets that were ignored by this interface In Aborted Pkts Number of input packets that were aborted In Error Pkts The number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being delivered to a higher layer protocol Out Error
29. IOS image restoration failed Do not restart the switch router Configuration C6576M Software Configuration Backup Normal Configuration Backup Backup Status Status is ok Startup configuration backup Status Error Ok was successful Configuration C6576M Software Configuration Backup Major Backup Status Status is Failed Startup configuration Failed backup failed Configuration C6576M Software Configuration Restore Normal Configuration Restore Restore Status Status is ok Startup configuration Status Error Ok restoration was successful Configuration C6576M Software Configuration Restore Critical Restore Status Failed Status is Failed Startup configuration restoration failed Do not restart the switch router Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter8 Alarms and Alarm Management MH C65 76M Alarms Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide l
30. Line errored seconds Line Coding Violations Line coding violations Unavail Secs Unavailable seconds Severely Err Frm Secs Severely errored framing seconds Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 158 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes DS 3 Far End Error Area C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface Dialog Box W The DS 3 Far End Error area contains the following information C bit Errored Secs Far end C bit errored seconds C bit Severely Err Secs Far end C bit severely errored seconds C bit Coding Violations Far end C bit coding violations Elapsed Secs Number of seconds that have elapsed since the beginning of the far end current error measurement period Unavail Secs Far end unavailable seconds SONET Path Error Area The SONET Path Error area contains the following information SONET Path Status Status of the SONET Path This status may indicate multiple simultaneous defects There are possible Path defects STS Path Loss of Pointer STS Path Alarm Indication Signal STS Path Remote Defect Indication Unequipped Signal Label Mismatch SONET Path Width Width of the SONET path This is described by the STS Nc SPE A DS3 channel has a width of STS 1 55 84 Mbps Errored Secs Number of errored seconds encountered by the SONET Path in the current 15 minute interval Severely Err Secs Number of severely errored seconds encountered by the SONET Path in the current 15 mi
31. Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M OSPF Dialog Box GigabitEthernet lt slot gt lt port gt Native IOS only GE WAN lt slot gt lt port gt POS lt slot gt lt port gt ATM lt slot gt lt subslot gt lt port gt Port channel lt n gt Native IOS only VLAN lt n gt Protocol Source routing protocol from which routes are being distributed into OSPF Source ID Identifies a specific routing process instance that redistributed routes are derived from Edit Distribution Table Area This area allows changes to be made to the Distribution Table ACL ID Unique identifer of an ACL for filtering routing updates sent or received by a routing process Direction Indicates whether the filter will be applied against routing updates received by the routing process or advertised by the routing process Interface Identifies a particular interface that the filter is applied to Protocol Source routing protocol from which routes are being distributed into OSPF Source I D Identifies a specific routing process instance that redistributed routes are derived from Add button Specifies a filter for suppressing or allowing distribution of network routes through OSPF routing process Delete button Removes a filter for suppressing or allowing distribution of network routes through OSPF routing process mi Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSPF Dial
32. Names of onscreen elements that you click or select are in boldface When describing user actions keystrokes are in boldface italic font Arguments for which you supply values are in italics Elements in square brackets are optional xlylz Alternative keywords are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars xlylz Optional alternative keywords are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars string A nonquoted set of characters Do not use quotation marks around the string or the string will include the quotation marks screen font Terminal sessions and information the system displays are in screen font boldface screen font Information you must enter is in boldface screen font italic screen font Arguments for which you supply values are in italic screen font The symbol represents the key labeled Control for example the key combination D in a screen display means hold down the Control key while you press the D key Nonprinting characters such as passwords are in angle brackets Notes use the following conventions Note Means reader take note Notes contain helpful suggestions or references to material not covered in the publication The Cisco EMF software supports a three button mouse The buttons are configured as follows e Left button Selects objects and activates controls e Middle button Adjusts a selected group of
33. Redistribution for both inter and intra area routing level 2 Backbone interarea redistribution default e Metric BGP metric used to weigh the redistributed route If no value is specified for Default Metric in the BGP tab this value defaults to 0 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M BGP Dialog Box Default Metric Area This area has one attribute Default Metric Default metric used for route redistribution This metric is used when and explicit metric is not given during route redistribution process Edit Redistribution Table Area This area allows changes to be made to the Redistribution Table Protocol Source protocol from which routes are being distributed This attribute along with Source ID uniquely identifies a source of network paths to be redistributed through BGP There may be at most one redistribution entry for a given source of network path information AS Tag The autonomous system tag identifying the BGP routing domain IS IS Routing Level Indicates IS IS route level redistribution This field has the following values level 1 Local area intra area dedistribution level 1 2 Redistribution for both inter and intra area routing level 2 Backbone interarea redistribution default e Metric BGP metric used to weigh the redistributed route If no value is specified for Default Metric in the BGP tab this valu
34. Server Farm Index Unique identifier of a server farm on the device Predictor Load balancing predictor algorithm This attribute can have one of the following values roundrobin 1 leastconns 2 other 3 not in write Note A value of other 3 indicates the predictor algorithm is of a type unsupported by the C65 76M EMS A value of other 3 is not supported for write operations e Real Server Table Describes the real servers in a server farm The following columns are displayed in the table Server Farm Name Unique identifier of a server farm on the device Real IP Address IP address of the real server TCP Port Optional TCP Port translation for the real server Current Connections Number of current connections to the real server Operation Status The operational status of the real server This attribute can have the following values outOfService 1 operational 2 failed 3 Admin Status The administrative status of the real server When the administrative status is changed to inService 2 it enables the real server for use by SLB This attribute can have the following values outOfService 1 inService 2 Admin Weight Configured weighting value to use for virtual server predictor algorithm Current Weight Actual real server weighting factor Minimum Connections When the maximum connections is exceeded no more connections will be established to the real server until the number of
35. Subnet mask of the IP address Enabled bits indicate network addressing bits in the IP address Clear IP Address button After receiving confirmation will unset the IP address for this interface DS 3 Configuration Tab Figure 5 79 shows the DS 3 Configuration tab of the C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface dialog box Figure 5 79 DS 3 Configuration Tab of the C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface Dialog Box eee Peere DS 3 Serial Interface Area The DS 3 Serial Interface area contains the following information Framing Framing for optical digital transmission SONET is the North American standard SDH is the European standard EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface Dialog Box Ti e CRC Cyclical redundancy check CRC word size The CRC is an error checking technique that uses a calculated numeric value to detect errors in transmitted data DSU Mode Data Service Unit DSU mode This enables interoperability with other DSUs The local interface configuration must match the remote configuration This attribute can have the following values adtran cisco digital link larscom verilink kentrox 6 Ss Note The Kentrox DSU CSU mode is configurable in the CLI but is currently not supported The C6576M EMS will allow a user to configure this value but it will log a warning message indicating that the value is unsupported by IOS
36. Switch Fabric Modules FlexwWAN Modules Port Adapter ATM Port Adapter ATM SONET Interfaces ATM E3 Interfaces ATM T3 Interfaces OSM GeWAN Modules OSM GeWAN Interfaces OSM PoS Modules Ethernet Interfaces OSM PoS Interfaces OSM Channelized SONET Modules Ethernet Interfaces OSM Channelized SONET Interfaces OSM Serial Sub interfaces OSM PoS Sub interfaces Content Switching Modules Software EtherChannels Syslog EIGRP BGP OSPF VTP VLAN STP IS IS ACL NDE Loopback Qos QoS Policy Map The top level Network Element object represents the entire switch including the physical and logical components of the switch The Chassis object which is a child of the Network Element object represents all the physical components of the switch For example the chassis frame power supplies modules and ports are all represented under the Chassis object The Software object which is a peer of the Chassis object represents all the logical components of the switch For example VLAN configurations EtherChannels and routing protocols are represented under the Software object Note The software object and its children are available only under the Catalyst6000Manager Catalyst6500Manager and Cisco7600Manager containment views mi Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M Managing a Catalyst 6000 Family Switch or a Cisco 7600 Series Internet Router Mil Commissioning Objects Commissioning is
37. SwitchProbe TeleRouter and VCO are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems Inc and or its affiliates in the U S and certain other countries All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Web site are the property of their respective owners The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company 0203R Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Copyright 2001 2002 Cisco Systems Inc All rights reserved Aboutthis Guide xi CONTENTS Audience xi Organization xi Related Documentation xii Conventions and Terminology xiii Obtaining Documentation xiv WorldWide Web xiv Documentation CD ROM xiv Ordering Documentation xiv Documentation Feedback xv Obtaining Documentation xv WorldWideWeb xv Documentation CD ROM xv Ordering Documentation xvi Documentation Feedback xvi Obtaining Technical Assistance xvi Cisco com xvi Technical Assistance Center xvii Product Overview 1 1 CHAPTER 1 Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager Software Overview Software Features 1 2 Catalyst 6000 Family Overview Cisco 7600 Series Overview 1 6 1 10 1 4 Supported Hardware Supported Software Basic Concepts 2 1 CHAPTER 2 Cisco EM F and Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager Software Element Management 2 2 C65 76M Objects and Interfaces Physical Objects 2 3 Logical Objects 2 4 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 3 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide gy E Contents Network Ele
38. The device will not detect an invalid class map until you associate the class map with an Ethernet interface This attribute may only have a value if the Type attribute is ethernet and both Match IP Precedence and Match DSCP attributes are nil Add New button Launches a subdialog box shown in Figure 6 99 to create a class map on the managed device The subdialog box contains the following attribute Class Map Name Unique identifier of the class map to be added on the device Add button Creates the class map specified by the Class Map Name attribute Figure 6 99 Add Class Map Subdialog Box of the C6576M QoS Dialog Box ist BBV 2 9 Remove button Deletes from the managed device one or more class maps selected in the Class Map Table The C65 76M will only allow an Ethernet class map to be removed Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M QoS Dialog Box Additional Notes Tab Figure 6 100 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M QoS dialog box Figure 6 100 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M QoS Dialog Box Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the object Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 126 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M QoS Policy Map Dialog Box Mi C6576M QoS Policy Map Dialog Box The C6576M QoS Policy Map dialog box describes a quality of service QoS
39. The following example describes how to manually deploy a Catalyst 6500 series switch To manually deploy other devices use the pop up menu from the other manager containers Choose Deployment gt Deploy Catalyst 6500 Manager from the pop up menu This pop up menu item shown in Figure 4 8 is available from the Site level in the Physical container and at the top level of the Catalyst6500Manager container Figure 4 8 Pop up Menu for Manually Deploying a C65 76M Switch Object betes Geers B bejler Eger bis rmy jii Bplay rinimi BE brawe Byl priskri GHO krae Bley Lisa 70 iman bnini keds Liaha bwe Hai sidik m Ledge KE imee Birbiri Beiu Lives EA Her Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Bi Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M HM Deployment and Commissioning Process When you select this item the Deployment Wizard window shown in Figure 4 9 is displayed Figure 4 9 Deployment Wizard Templates alt 8 d tSpecih Catalyet 6500 Network Elert uith O5 CHt08 installed Auterdiscover Chase Catalget E520 Network Element with D0SCat0S tretalled Specific h tiit Catalget 500 Metak Element with aly Cat ingtalled iodin Chair Catalyet 500 Metwork Eleni with oly Catt installed Specifico Demais BEEGD Property Description Catalyst 6500 Switch This option deploys the Network Element and Network Element Only Software objects Used when you want to perform Auto discovered a subchassis discovery to automatically p
40. policy map on a Catalyst 6000 6500 series or Cisco 7600 series Internet Router A policy map consists of one or more traffic filters defined by class maps This dialog box is launched from the Software object or QoS Policy Map objects in the Physical view Policy Map Tab Figure 6 101 shows the Policy Map tab of the C6576M QoS Policy Map dialog box Figure 6 101 Policy Map Tab of C6576M QoS Policy Map Dialog Box Policy Map Area The Details area of the C6576M QoS Policy Map dialog box provides the following information Policy Map Name Unique identifier of the policy map on the device Create Policy Map button Launches the Policy Map Add subdialog box shown in Figure 6 102 to create a policy map class entry in the referenced policy maps and defines at least one policer for the entry The following is shown in this subdialog box Policy Map Name Unique identifier of the policy map on the device Add button Adds the Policy Map specified by Policy Map Name Remove Policy Map button Deletes from the managed device one or more policy maps selected in the object list of the QoS Policy Map dialog A subdialog box is launched asking you to confirm the delete action Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6127 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M QoS Policy Map Dialog Box Figure 6 102 Policy Map Add Subdialog Box of C6576M QoS Policy Map Dialog Box alse SOY 9 Cisco 6500
41. 100 percent may be configured this can be useful if the bandwidth is set artificially low for other reasons Hello Interval sec Frequency at which the device will send hello packets on the specified interface and EIGRP autonomous system number The IS IS area contains the following information ISIS Enabled Indicates whether or not IS IS routing is enabled on the interface This attribute is read only Area Tag lIdentifies the IS IS routing area that the interface participates in If multiarea IS IS is configured on the device the IS IS area must be named otherwise this value may be an implicit null tag This attribute is read only Level Hello Interval Length of time between hello packets generated on the interface for level 1 routing With smaller hello intervals topological changes are detected faster but there is more routing traffic Level 1 Metric Cost of the interface for IS IS level 1 intra area route calculation Level 1 Priority Level 1 priority The priority is used to determine which router on a LAN will be the designated router or designated intermediate system DIS The router with the highest priority will become the DIS In the case of equal priorities the highest MAC address breaks the tie Level 2 Hello Interval Length of time between hello packets generated on the interface for level 2 routing Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH
42. 145 Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M OSM POS Interface Dialog Box EIGRP Area ISIS Area Area ID The predefined ID uniquely identifying the area to which the interface connects It can be specified as either a decimal value or as an IP address Value is 0 0 0 0 if interface is a layer 2 no IP address assigned interface This attribute is read only Authentication Key Password to be used by neighboring OSPF routers on a network segment that is using OSPF simple password authentication It is ignored if Authentication Type is not simple Hello Interval sec Frequency at which the device will send hello packets on the specified interface and EIGRP autonomous system number Polling Interval Polling interval in seconds Trans Priority The priority of this interface Used in multiaccess networks this field is used in the designated router election algorithm The value 0 signifies that the router is not eligible to become the designated router on this particular network If more than one router has the same value for this field the routers use their router ID as a tie breaker Trans Dead sec Number of seconds that a device s hello packets must not have been seen before its neighbors declare the OSPF router down Must be consistent among all routers on an attached network Trans Delay sec The estimated number of seconds it takes to transmit a link state update packet over this interface
43. 4 Step 5 Step 6 Figure 7 2 Syslog Profile Dialog Box here erigen jiin ee be aes Dore ee eg ee ee ae Ho rm e are oa Click Create Profile A window appears asking for a profile name Enter the name for the profile and click Ok The newly created profile is displayed in the profile list on the left hand side Select the profile from the profile list Specify the values for the profile attributes Save your changes by clicking the Save tool from the toolbar or choosing the File gt Save menu bar option Applying a Syslog Profile Step 1 Step 2 To apply a Syslog Profile follow these steps Open the Syslog dialog for the Syslog object to which you want to apply the profile Choose Edit gt Apply Profile and the name of the profile you want to apply from the menu bar The profile is applied and the Syslog attributes are changed to match the profile attributes mi Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide CHAPTER Alarms and Alarm Management This chapter describes the CEMF alarms generated by the C65 76M software and provides an overview of the CEMF Event Browser application The chapter consists of these sections Viewing C65 76M Alarms page 8 1 C65 76M Alarms page 8 5 For more information on the CEMF Event Browser application refer the Cisco Element Management Framework User Guide v3 2 Viewing C65 76M Alarms You can view all alarms generated by the C65 76M application by
44. Bits Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of output bits per second Interface Error Statistics Area The Interface Error Statistics area contains the following information DX3 Current Area CRC Error Pkts Number of input packets which had cyclic redundancy checksum errors In Discarded Pkts The number of inbound packets that were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent them from being deliverable to a higher layer protocol One possible reason for discarding such a packet is to free up buffer space Out Discarded Pkts The number of outbound packets which were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent their being transmitted One possible reason for discarding such a packet could be to free up buffer space In Dropped Pkts The number of packets dropped because the input queue was full Out Dropped Pkts The number of packets dropped because the output queue was full In Ignored Pkts Number of input packets that were simply ignored by this interface In Aborted Pkts Number of input packets that were aborted In Error Pkts The number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being delivered to a higher layer protocol Out Error Pkts Number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors The DX3 Current area contains the following information C bit Errored Secs C bit errored seconds C b
45. Boxes HH C6576M EIGRP Dialog Box Local Networks Area This area describes the networks supported by EIGRP EIGRP will send routing updates on the interfaces in the networks If the network of an interface is not specified it will not be advertised by EIGRP This area consists of the following columns IP Address IP address of an interface or a range of interfaces in a network supported by the EIGRP routing process IP Wildcard Mask Network wildcard bitmask Enabled bits indicate wildcard bits in the IP address This allows multiple interfaces to be specified in a single network entry e Add Remove Local Network button Defines or disables the interfaces that an EIGRP process will run on EIGRP sends updates to the interfaces in the specified networks Also if the network of an interface is not specified it will not be advertised in any IGRP or Enhanced IGRP update The wildcardmask can be used to specify a range of interfaces supported by the EIGRP routing process Launches the dialog box shown in Figure 6 75 Specify the IP address and IP mask of the entry to be added or removed from the local network table Figure 6 75 Add or Remove Networks to the EIGRP Process Dialog Box ue SOV 2 2 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 94 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M EIGRP DialogBox i Status Field The Status display only field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current
46. C65 76M AA Deployment and Commissioning Process W Figure 4 5 Network Element Dialog Box A25 lk fA piem Beben rinie irin iat EB 7 i biram Pipe CE rere init SPAAP acre LM Ten bere Haie CE b aaa ipres rame IF faire iape LE AL Bren beac aig Tp bee i Ta aan A acted OG Thom Ht teas LES Tana ae PD oe Lear ation Paim E Pai Pode Petia boo iim el TBR Lo Ti Lit Fari Ss Low we aba tar a aes Erba iih 6 De aiei al bem 1 Bp iah ee meal mT When the dialog box is displayed select the Configuration tab In the CLI Passwords section specify the Telnet Password and Enable Password parameters The Telnet Password is the password used to connect to the switch using the Telnet protocol The Enable Password is the password used to enter the enable mode on the switch or router All values entered in these text fields will be displayed as To specify the SNMP read and write community strings select the SNMP tab and enter the correct SNMP read write community strings The IP Discovery process only fills in the SNMP community strings based on the version of SNMP discovered on the switch or router In Figure 4 6 the read and read write community strings are specified as public and private respectively because private was specified in the IP Discovery window see Figure 4 3 The community string used in the IP Discovery window should be the read write SNMP community Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide
47. C65 76M Network Element object will also be added into the Network containers Physical containers and the appropriate Manager Views The Software object is also automatically added to the Manager View In Figure 4 4 the Network Element object is labelled 192 168 12 105 and the Software object is labelled 192 168 12 105 Software Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M HM Deployment and Commissioning Process Figure 4 4 Map Viewer with a Newly Discovered Catalyst 6500 Switch f M y r Si tis id pirme After the Network Element and Software objects have been created by the Auto Discovery process their contents need to be determined This determination is made by commissioning the Network Element object When the Network Element object is commissioned it executes a subchassis discovery process that communicates with the switch to automatically determine the contents of the switch However before the Network Element object can be commissioned additional parameters are required Specifically the Telnet and Enable passwords and the SNMP communities are required To specify the passwords and SNMP communities right click on the Network Element object 192 168 12 105 in Figure 4 4 and choose Open Network Element Dialog from the pop up menu which will launch a window that resembles Figure 4 5 Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 48 Chapter4 Deploying the
48. C6576M OSM POS Interface Dialog Box ATM Area The ATM area contains the following information e CRC Cyclical redundancy check CRC word size The CRC is an error checking technique that uses a calculated numeric value to detect errors in transmitted data e Encapsulation Indicates whether HDLC or PPP encapsulation is used on the interface Framing Framing for optical digital transmission SONET is the North American standard SDH is the European standard Payload Scrambling lIndicates whether or not SONET payload scrambling is enabled on the interface Payload scrambling ensures that there is sufficient bit transition density to maintain the transmit clock for synchronous signalling Both ends of the connection must use the same scrambling algorithm Transmit Clock Source Source of the transmit clock loopTiming Indicates that the recovered receive clock is used as the transmit clock localTiming Indicates that the transmit clock source is generated internally Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 142 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSM POS Interface Dialog Box W SONET Area The SONET area contains the following information SONET Overhead JO Byte Value of the SONET overhead section trace byte A value of 0x10 is for interoperability with some Synchronous Digital Hierarchy SDH devices in Japan This attribute is read only SONET Overhead C2 Byte Value
49. C6576M Syslog Dialog Box EEE Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the object Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide E Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M VTP Dialog Box C6576M VTP Dialog Box The VTP dialog box allows you to configure VTP domains on the switch or router This dialog box can be launched from a Software object or VTP object within the Physical view You can choose more than one Software object at a time from the object list on the left side of the dialog box Details Tab Figure 6 27 shows the Details tab of the C6576M VTP dialog box Figure 6 27 Details Tab for the C6576M VTP Dialog Box VTP Area The VTP area of the C6576M VTP dialog box provides the following information Mode An indication of whether the local system is acting as a VTP Client or as a VTP server in this management domain The value transparent client Users cannot create edit or delete VLANs server Users can create delete and edit VLANs for this management domain transparent Indicates that a device is not supporting VTP for this VTP management domain AV Note Itis not possible to configure VLANs on a device where Mode is equal to client Domain Name The name of the management domain in which this switch or router is participating Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 34 Chapter6 Logical O
50. Choose the Catalyst 6500 Switch Network Element and Chassis option and click the Forward button The Object Parameters window shown in Figure 4 19 is displayed Tip The Catalyst 6500 Switch Network Element Only option is used for the manual deployment process see the Manual Deployment section Figure 4 19 Deployment Wizard Object Parameters Deployment Wizard Object Parameters Property Description Number of Catalyst The number of switches or routers that you want to 6500 Switch elements _predeploy at the same time Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M MH Deployment and Commissioning Process Enter the number of Catalyst 6500 series switches or Cisco 7600 series Internet Routers that you want to predeploy at the same time and click the Forward button The detailed Object Parameters window shown in Figure 4 20 is displayed The remaining screens in this wizard will be displayed for each switch or router to be predeployed Figure 4 20 Deployment Wizard Object Parameters Details Deployinbent Wizard Object Parameters Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 4 24 Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M Property Catalyst 6500 Switch Name IP Address SNMP V1 Read Community SNMP VI Write Community SNMP V2c Read Community SNMP V2c Write Community SNMP Version IOS Telnet Password IOS Enable Password Deployme
51. Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes IS IS Area C6576M ATM SONET Interface Dialog Box W The IS IS area contains the following information amp ISIS Enabled Indicates whether or not IS IS routing is enabled on the interface This attribute is read only Area Tag Identifies the IS IS routing area that the interface participates in If multiyear IS IS is configured on the device the IS IS area must be named otherwise this value may be an implicit null tag This attribute is read only Level Hello Interval Length of time between hello packets generated on the interface for level 1 routing With smaller hello intervals topological changes are detected faster but there is more routing traffic Level 1 Metric Cost of the interface for IS IS level 1 intra area route calculation Level 1 Priority Level 1 priority The priority is used to determine which router on a LAN will be the designated router or designated intermediate system DIS The router with the highest priority will become the DIS In the case of equal priorities the highest MAC address breaks the tie Level 2 Hello Interval Length of time between hello packets generated on the interface for level 2 routing Level 2 Metric Cost of the interface for IS IS level 2 interarea route calculation Level 2 Priority Level 2 priority Enable button Enables IS IS routing on the interface Note
52. Cisco 7600 series Internet Routers and subcomponents in the management system before actual installation The system can automatically detect predeployed objects and begin management when they are installed and configured e Autodiscovery feature that identifies newly installed Catalyst 6000 family switches or Cisco 7600 series Internet Routers and their hardware configuration Access to maps that are automatically created by the management system to show the exact representation of Catalyst 6000 family or Cisco 7600 series Internet Router components SNMP alarms presented as color coded icons on network maps Access to fault configuration accounting performance and security FCAPS functionality supported through SNMP and Cisco IOS or Catalyst OS software through GUIs that you can operate without SNMP or Cisco IOS or Catalyst OS software expertise Many operations can be performed to several Catalyst 6000 family switches or Cisco 7600 series Internet Routers simplifying the management of a large deployment of multiple switches CEMF event browser or performance manager provide historical information analysis Configuration of Ethernet PoS ATM and Sonet modules Configuration management including backup and restore operations Software download initiation Catalyst 6000 Family Overview The Catalyst 6000 family consists of the 6 slot Catalyst 6006 switch and the 9 slot Catalyst 6009 switch The Catalyst 6500 s
53. Dialog Box VLAN Membership Area The VLAN Membership area displays the members of this VLAN VLAN Membership Table Members are identified by the slot and port numbers in the table Add Remove Members button Adds or removes a VLAN member Launches the subdialog box shown in Figure 6 35 Specify the slot and port number of the interface that you want to add to the VLAN or delete from the VLAN Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M VLAN Dialog Box Figure 6 35 Add Remove VLAN Members Subdialog Box aa BV 7 9 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 42 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M VLAN DialogBox Hl Global Tab Figure 6 36 shows the Global tab of the C6576M VLAN dialog box Figure 6 36 Global Tab of the C6576M VLAN Dialog Box 802 1Q Trunk Remapped VLANs Area This area lists the mappings between 802 1Q and ISL VLANs The information in this area is common to all VLAN objects for a particular switch or router 802 1Q Trunk Remapped VLANs Table This table lists the following 802 1Q VLAN Number The 802 1Q VLAN number to be mapped ISL VLAN Number The ISL VLAN to which the 802 1Q VLAN number is to be mapped Add Remove Mapping button Adds or removes a mapping Launches the subdialog box shown in Figure 6 37 Note A maximum of eight mappings are supported by the Catalyst 6000 family
54. EIGRP Area Trans Priority The priority of this interface Used in multiaccess networks this field is used in the designated router election algorithm The value 0 signifies that the router is not eligible to become the designated router on this particular network In the event of a tie in this value routers will use their router ID as a tie breaker This attribute is read only Trans Dead sec Number of seconds that a device s hello packets must not have been seen before its neighbors declare the OSPF router down Must be consistent among all routers on an attached network This attribute is read only Trans Delay sec Estimated number of seconds it takes to send a link state update packet this interface This attribute is read only Retrans Interval sec The number of seconds between link state advertisement retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to this interface This value also is used when retransmitting database description and link state request packets This attribute is read only The EIGRP area describes the EIGRP configuration of the interface on each active autonomous system This area contains the following information IS IS Area EIGRP Interface Table Lists the active EIGRP routing processes on the router Each routing process handles routing updates for a single autonomous system The routing process only is active if it is deployed on at least one network Hold Time sec Hold time during which the
55. EtherChannel Misconfig Guard Enabled when enabled the device will report an error if it detects a routing loop due to the misconfiguration of an EtherChannel Status Field The Status display only field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field has the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object attributes normal Presence polling of the object normallostcomms CEMEF has lost communication with the device from the normal state Additional Notes Tab Figure 6 87 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M STP dialog box Figure 6 87 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M STP Dialog Box yee boyy i Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the object EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter 6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M ACL Configuration Dialog Box W C6576M ACL Configuration Dialog Box The C6576M ACL dialog box describes a numbered or named access control list ACL on a Catalyst 6000 6500 series switch or Cisco 7600 series Internet Router The C65 76M Controller supports standard and extended named or numbered ACLs Details Tab Figure 6 88 shows the Details tab of the C6576M ACL dialog box Figure 6 88 Details Tab of C6576M ACL Dialog Box SA i malig Peale iis iam Copel Wa Warr AESi ae io y E Hes MPE aral CRPPH ieee i rom Denm
56. In native IOS this can be used to add ports to an EtherChannel instanceby setting the operational mode to manual or auto and specifying the channel number If the specified channel number does not exist it will be immediately created on the switch In hybrid mode this area assigns ports to channel admin groups from which the switch will automatically form active EtherChannel instances The table contains the following information Slot Slot number of the interface Port Port number of the interface Operation Mode The operation mode of the interface in the admin group This field has one of the following values off The interface does not belong to an admin group Setting the value to this selection will remove the interface from the current admin group Note that removing the last interface from an active EtherChannel instance on a hybrid switch will automatically delete the EtherChannel while in native IOS the EtherChannel will still need to be deleted using the Delete EtherChannel button on the Status Tab manual or auto Indicates that the port is to belong to the admin group with the indicated PAgP operational mode Setting the value to this selection with an admin group specified will immediately add the interface to the indicated EtherChannel in native IOS or to the admin group from which an EtherChannel may form in hybrid OS Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 56 Chapter6 Log
57. Interface Dialog Box Ml Duplex Displays the duplex mode for the port This attribute is only editable if it is a Fast Ethernet interface In this case you can choose one of the following modes half full disagree read only auto If the Speed attribute is set to autoDetect the Duplex will be set to auto Link Up Down Trap Indicates if link up or link down traps are being generated This list contains the following values enabled disabled Input Queue Length Displays the input queue length in packets Output Queue Length Displays the output queue length in packets Delay Specifies the delay in tens of microseconds for an interface or network segment Note Layer 2 Area The Delay attribute is an informational parameter used only to communicate the current bandwidth to the higher level protocols such as IGRP EIGRP you cannot adjust the actual delay of an interface with this command The amp Bandwidth Overwrites default bandwidth in kilobits per second Layer 2 area of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box provides the following information MAC Address Displays the MAC address of the interface This attribute is read only MTU Displays the maximum transmission unit MTU size in bytes The size of the largest packet which can be sent received on the interface specified in octets For interfaces that are used for transmitting network datagrams this is the size of the lar
58. Manager User Guide EEA Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M MH Deployment and Commissioning Process Property Description Number of Modules The number of Ethernet modules to deploy Enter the number of Ethernet module objects to be predeployed at the same time and click the Forward button The window shown in Figure 4 33 is displayed Figure 4 33 Ethemet Module Deployment Wizard Object Parameters Details EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M Deployment and Commissioning Process Property Description Module Name The name given to the Ethernet Module object Module Type The type of Ethernet card to be deployed This is a drop down list with the following values e wsx6224100fxmt 24 port 100FX wsx6324100fxmm 24 port 100FX multimode with enhanced QoS wsx6324100fxsm 24 port 100FX single mode with enhanced QoS wsx6248rj45 48 port 10 100TX with RJ 45 connectors wsx6248tel 48 port 10 100TX with RJ 21 connectors Module Type wsx6248atel 48 port 10 100TX with RJ 21 connectors and enhanced continued QoS wsx6348rj45 48 port 10 100TX with RJ 45 connectors enhanced QoS and upgradeable voice card wsx6348rj45v 48 port 10 100TX with RJ 45 connectors enhanced QoS and voice card wsx6348rj21 48 port 10 100 RJ 21 upgradable to voice wsx6524 100fxmm Fabric enabled 100FX Fast Ethernet Module multimode fiber MT RJ wsx6548rj21 Fabric enabled 10 100
59. Module Deployment Wizard Object Parameters Property Description Number of Modules The number of FlexWAN modules to be deployed at the same time This value cannot be greater than 12 Enter the number of FlexWAN modules to be deployed at the same time and click Forward button The FlexWAN Module Deployment Wizard Object Parameters Details window is displayed for each module to be deployed see Figure 4 41 Note This value cannot be greater than 12 If it is an error message will be displayed and the Forward button will not work Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide o Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M HM Deployment and Commissioning Process Figure 4 41 FlexWAN Module Deployment Wizard Object Parameters Details Property Description Module Name The name given to the FlexWAN Module object Module Type The type of FlexWAN Module to be deployed This is a drop down list with the following values wsx61822pa FlexWAN Module Chassis Slot Number The slot in which the FlexWAN is to be deployed The FlexWAN Modules can be deployed on slots 2 through 13 Enter the details for the FlexWAN Module object and click the Forward button The Flex WAN Module Deployment Wizard Summary window is displayed see Figure 4 42 EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M Deployment and Commissioning Process W Figure 4 42 FlexWAN Module Deployment Wizard Summ
60. Number of input packets that had cyclic redundancy checksum errors Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface Dialog Box In Discarded Pkts The number of inbound packets that were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent their being delivered to a higher layer protocol One possible reason for discarding such a packet is to free up buffer space Out Discarded Pkts The number of outbound packets that were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent their being transmitted One possible reason for discarding such a packet is to free up buffer space In Dropped Pkts The number of packets dropped because the input queue was full e Out Dropped Pkts The number of packets dropped because the output queue was full In Ignored Pkts Number of input packets that were ignored by this interface In Aborted Pkts Number of input packets that were aborted In Error Pkts The number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher layer protocol Out Error Pkts Number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 120 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface Dialog Box W Performance Logging Area The Performance Logging ar
61. Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Ethernet Module Dialog Box Ti Status Area The Status area of the C6576M Ethernet Module dialog box provides the following information Operational Status Displays the operational status of the Ethernet module This attribute can have one of the following values other The status is unknown ok tThe status is normal minorFault There is a minor problem majorFault There is a major problem amp Note If this attribute has a value other than ok an alarm is generated See Chapter 8 Alarms and Alarm Management Temperature Area The Temperature area of the C6576M Supervisor Module dialog box provides information for the following sensors Module Inlet Inlet temperature of the module in degrees Celsius Module Outlet Outlet temperature of the module in degrees Celsius Each sensor can have the following values lt n gt C Temperature in degrees Celsius N O Indicates that the sensor is not operational N A Indicates that the sensor value is not available Inventory Area The Inventory area of the C6576M Ethernet Module dialog box provides the following information Model Type of Ethernet module This attribute can have one of the following values WS X6524 100FX MM WS X6548 RJ 21 WS X6548 RJ 45 WS X6408 GBIC WS X6408A GBIC WS X6416 GBIC WS X6416 GE MT WS X6516 GBIC WS X6816 GBIC WS X6316 GE TX WS X6501 10GEX4 W
62. Option to Edit the Running Configuration File Hap Vissen gt Pela ie Paail Tab Startup Configuration Area The Startup Configuration area of the C6576M Software dialog box provides the following information Current Location The location of the startup configuration file that will be used on the next restart If this location is not set then undefined is displayed This attribute is read only Startup Location The location of the startup configuration file that was used the last time the system was booted up This attribute is read only View Startup Configuration button Displays the startup configuration in a text box see Figure 6 14 This attribute is read only Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide B19 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M Software Dialog Box Figure 6 14 Startup Configuration Window Action Report Running Configuration Area The Running Configuration area of the C6576M Software dialog box provides the following information Last Changed The time since the running configuration was last changed This attribute is read only Last Saved tThe time since the running configuration was last saved This attribute is read only e Auto Backup Enabled The backup action is executed automatically whenever the Save Running Configuration action is executed View Running Configuration button Displays the current running configuration in a text box see Fi
63. Performance Manager Refer to the Cisco Element Management Framework User Guide for more information about the Performance Manager Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M ATM E3 Interface Dialog Box Status Field The display only Status field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field can have the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object attributes normal Presence polling is performed periodically performance Some attributes are collected periodically for trending purposes normallostcomms CEMF has lost communication with the device from the normal state perflostcomms CEMF has lost communication with the device from the performance state Configuration Tab Figure 5 47 shows the Configuration tab of the C6576M ATM E3 Interface dialog box Figure 5 47 Configuration Tab of the C6576M ATM E3 Interface Dialog Box CAST ATS iIntertace Tiny Hac Bey i h aged CET Peete iid Beg Pobi Aabi mi Fed oe arag Bi pn TH C Aiae Bpl Linas lE Une Cul pul as LEE lan ii ET kinki ER Lover irr Mal apm ajoja ela Pacman 19 E ui GLL Paini a PO FRE ey Oat each Fiam IF Pekin CEAT mengar maa ener er alj a hae ama i EA biam om F lia la m ji DE Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 92 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes General Area
64. Pkts Number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors Performance Logging Area The Performance Logging area of the C6576M OSM POS Interface dialog box contains buttons to enable data logging of all the interface attributes of the interface Start Turns on performance data logging Stop tTurns off performance data logging Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 144 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSM POS Interface Dialog Box W AV Note The logged data is available to you through the CEMF Performance Manager Refer to the Cisco Element Management Framework User Guide for more information about the Performance Manager Routing Protocol Tab Figure 5 75 shows the Routing Protocol tab of the C6576M OSM POS Interface dialog box Figure 5 75 Routing Protocol Tab on the C6576M OSM POS Interface Dialog Box OSPF Area The OSPF area of the C6576M OSM POS Interface dialog box provides the following information All the attributes in this area are read only e Network Type OSPF interface type By default a POS interface is point to point however the OSPF network type may be modified to accommodate different types of network configurations This attribute can have one of the following values broadcast nbma pointToPoint pointToMultipoint Admin Status The desired state of the interface Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5
65. SDH OSM SM LR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet OSM 160C3 POS MM 16 port OC 3 STM 1 SONET SDH OSM MM with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet OSM 160C3 POS SI 16 port OC 3 STM 1 SONET SDH OSM SM IR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet OSM 160C3 POS SL 16 port OC 3 STM 1 SONET SDH OSM SM LR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet OSM 20C12 POS MM 2 port OC 12 STM 4 SONET SDH OSM MM with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet OSM 20C12 POS SI 2 port OC 12 STM 4 SONET SDH OSM SM IR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet OSM 20C12 POS SL 2 port OC 12 STM 4 SONET SDH OSM SM LR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet OSM 80C3 POS MM 8 port OC 3 STM 1 SONET SDH OSM MM with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet OSM 80C3 POS SI 8 port OC 3 STM 1 SONET SDH OSM SM IR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet OSM 80C3 POS SL 8 port OC 3 STM 1 SONET SDH OSM SM LR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet OSM 1CHOC48 T3 SS 1 port channelized OC48 OSM SM SR with 4 Gigabit Ethernet OSM 1CHOC48 T3 SI 1 port channelized OC48 OSM SM IR with 4 Gigabit Ethernet OSM 2CHOC48 T3 SS 2 port channelized OC48 OSM SM SR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet OSM 2CHOC48 T3 SI 2 port channelized OC 48 OSM SM IR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet Cisco 7600 Optical Services Modules continued OSM 4CHOC12 T3 MM 4 port channelized OC 12 OSM MM with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet OSM 4CHOC12 T3 SI 4 port ch
66. ScheduleDialog Pisasse enber ihe dale and time bo pirim Biom Daie Hour minute amaenn 14 Ht j oe The Scheduled Restore Configuration dialog box provides the following information Date The date when the restore will start The format is MM DD YYYY Hour The hour when the restore will start It is a 24 hour clock Minute The minute when the restore will start Tip The configuration Backup Restore actions are used to upload the switch or router startup configuration to a server The configuration can then be edited on the server and downloaded back to the switch or router Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M Software Dialog Box Additional Notes Tab Figure 6 23 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M Software dialog box Figure 6 23 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M Software Dialog Box Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the object Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 28 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Syslog Dialog Box Mi C6576M Syslog Dialog Box This dialog box displays attributes for the system log messages on the switch or router This dialog box can be launched from a Software object or Syslog object within the Physical view You can choose more than one Software object at a time from the object list on the left side o
67. Sent The number of syslog notifications sent This attribute is read only e Max Table Entries The maximum number of messages in the syslog table When this limit has been reached the oldest messages are deleted to make room for newer messages e Max Syslog Severity The maximum severity that will be recorded Messages with a higher numeric value of severity will not be recorded This attribute has one of the following values listed in ascending order of severity emergency 1 alert 2 critical 3 error 4 warning 5 notice 6 info 7 debug 8 Note The greatest severity state has the smallest numeric value of severity For example the emergency state has a value of 1 and is more severe than the info state which has a value of 7 If you set Max Syslog Severity to 7 then all states except debug will be recorded This is because the debug state has a value of 8 which is greater than the value of the Max Syslog Severity attribute Enable Notifications SNMP syslog notifications are sent whenever a new syslog message is generated and recorded true Notifications enabled false Notifications disabled Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 6 32 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Syslog Dialog Box Mi Additional Notes Tab Figure 6 26 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M Syslog dialog box Figure 6 26 Additional Notes Tab of the
68. Subnet mask of the interface IP address Enabled bits indicate the network addressing bits in the IP address e Clear IP Address After receiving confirmation will unset the IP address for this interface Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide gy Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M ATM T3 Interface Dialog Box ATM T3 Tab Figure 5 42 shows the ATM T3 tab of the C6576M ATM T3 Interface dialog box Figure 5 42 ATM T3 Tab of the C6576M ATM T3 Interface Dialog Box ATM Area The ATM area contains the following information NSAP Address Unique identifier of node in ATM network This address is required if not implemented by ATM CM End Station ID End station ID of node in ATM network The NSAP address prefix is provided by the switch to the router through ILMI There must be a PVC configured for ILMI communication with the switch This address is required if not implemented by ATM CM Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 82 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes T3 Area C6576M ATM T3 Interface Dialog Box W The T3 area contains the following information Clock Source Source of the transmit clock loopTiming Indicates that the recovered receive clock is used as the transmit clock localTiming Indicates that a local clock source is used or that an external clock is attached to the box containing the interface Line Type Indicates DS 3 framing The follow
69. The date when the restore will start The format is MM DD YYYY Hour The hour when the restore will start It is a 24 hour clock Minute The minute when the restore will start Tip The configuration Backup Restore actions are used to upload the switch or router startup configuration to a server The configuration can then be edited on the server and downloaded back to the switch or router Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 22 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Software Dialog Box Hi Cat OS Config File Tab Figure 6 17 shows the Cat OS Config File tab of the C6576M Software dialog box Figure 6 17 Cat OS Config File Tab of the C6576M Software Dialog Box The running configuration file can be edited by selecting the pop up menu option of the network element object shown in Figure 6 18 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide B 623 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M Software Dialog Box Figure 6 18 Pop up Menu Option to Edit the Running Configuration File kiap View Pripetcei mes Libba eee hpm m ppr iem hie Fe Tp ji BAr ii iraa jig a ee bai CEEI kemea ihig Be O ii en ee mi Bemi aira Pue Feie AAL BLEE i A L n Fims arr my Bii Fined ices Fort in Startup Configuration Area The Startup Configuration area of the C6576M Software dialog box provides the following information Current Location The location of the startup c
70. The number of inbound packets that contained errors that prevented them from being deliverable to a higher layer protocol Out Error Pkts Number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors The ATM T3 area contains the following information C bit Errored Secs C bit errored seconds C bit Severely Err Secs C bit severely errored seconds C bit Coding Violations C bit coding violations P bit Errored Secs P bit errored seconds Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M ATM T3 Interface Dialog Box P bit Severely Err Secs P bit severely errored seconds P bit Coding Violations P bit coding violations Line Errored Secs Line errored seconds e Line Coding Violations Line coding violations Unavail Secs Unavailable seconds Severely Err Frm Secs Severely errored framing seconds ATM T3 Far End Area The ATM T3 Far End area contains the following information C bit Errored Secs Far end C bit errored seconds C bit Severely Err Secs Far end C bit severely errored seconds C bit Coding Violations Far end C bit coding violations Elapsed Secs Number of seconds which have elapsed since the beginning of the far end current error measurement period Unavail Secs Far end unavailable seconds Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 86 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes
71. Total amount of memory used bytes Additional Notes Tab Figure 5 10 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M Supervisor Module dialog box Figure 5 10 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M Supervisor Module Dialog Box EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Supervisor Module Dialog Box W Notes Area The Notes area is text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the supervisor engine module Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M Ethernet Module Dialog Box C6576M Ethernet M odule Dialog Box This dialog box provides information on Ethernet modules including standard Ethernet Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet modules This dialog box can be launched from a Chassis object or Ethernet Module object within the Physical view You can select one chassis and more than one Ethernet module from the object list on the left side of the dialog box Details Tab Figure 5 11 shows the Details tab of the C6576M Ethernet Module dialog box Figure 5 11 Details Tab of the C6576M Ethemet Module Dialog Box bew vi iHi kea iania haf HE Hiis F Pat BE ies Ch mit roer pi Huang Vee 1 Ta Eme errors LEEN E ga Feared a Lapik a fn tems Petersen eee eet DER lean isi ika Tia Hi jj a breed kesr ie oe rai Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 22 Chapter5 Physical
72. Type OSPF network type ATM is a point to point service by default it is considered to be nonbroadcast by the OSPF routing process An ATM interface can however be configured as a broadcast interface The OSPF network type can also be dependent on the ATM network configuration whether the network is partially meshed or fully meshed Area ID The predefined ID uniquely identifying the area to which the interface connects It can be specified as either a decimal value or as an IP address Value is 0 0 0 0 if interface is a layer 2 no IP address assigned interface This attribute is read only Authentication Key Password to be used by neighboring OSPF routers on a network segment that is using OSPF simple password authentication This password is ignored if OSPF Authentication Type is not simple This attribute is read only Hello Interval Length of time between the hello packets sent on an OSPF interface Must be consistent among all routers on an attached network This attribute is read only Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 98 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes EIGRP Area IS IS Area C6576M ATM E3 Interface Dialog Box W Trans Priority The priority of this interface Used in multiaccess networks this field is used in the designated router election algorithm The value 0 signifies that the router is not eligible to become the designated router on this particular network In the event
73. VH es dha Fabiom F srj Beare tiar limi Pad i Mrk EUD SENSE TTT ES T TIP Ci icr Lisuat Geer Ley Gg 1 t Bas MEERE mure Rd jeps u B k wee as eel Details Area The Details area of the C6576M STP dialog box provides the following information BackboneFast Enabled lIndicates whether or not the BackboneFast capability is enabled on the device Applies to all STP instances running on the device UplinkFast Enabled Indicates whether or not the UplinkFast capability is enabled on the device Applies to all STP instances running on the device PortFast BPDU Guard Enabled lIndicates whether or not the PortFast BPDU guard is enabled on the device Applies to all STP instances running on the device STP Cost Mode Indicates the type of spanning tree path cost mode configured on the device Applies to all STP instances running on the device When the value is changed the path cost of all ports will be reassigned to the default path cost values based on the new spanning tree path cost mode and ports speed This attribute may have the following values short long Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide B61 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M STP Dialog Box Station Learning Generating Rate The maximum number of station learning frames that the device will generate in each 100 milisecond period after an UplinkFast transition Applies to all STP instances running on the device
74. a Server Side VLAN IP Address field IP address of the server VLAN Netmask field Subnet mask of the server VLAN alias IP address Enabled bits indicate network addressing bits in the IP address Alias Remove button Removes the alias specified by the IP Address Netmask and Server Side VLAN fields You need to specify a VLAN in the Server Side VLAN field an IP address in the Alias IP Address field and a subnet mask in the Alias Netmask field for the action to take effect Alias Add button Adds the alias specified by the IP Address Netmask and Server Side VLAN fields You need to specify a VLAN in the Server Side VLAN field an IP address in the Alias IP Address field and a subnet mask in the Alias Netmask field for the action to take effect Static Route Config Subarea This subarea allows the user to add static routes of a server VLAN specified in the Server Side VLAN field This VLAN must already be configured as a server side VLAN Destination Network field IP address of network on the server VLAN Destination Netmask field Subnet mask of the network on the server VLAN Enabled bits indicate network addressing bits in the IP address Gateway field Default gateway of a server VLAN A router to the client VLAN must have this gateway address configured and real servers must point their gateways to this address Static Route Remove button Removes the static route specified by the Destination Network Dest
75. absence of this attribute Add Remove Network Path Attribute Entry button Adds or removes specific network s to be advertised or not to be advertised by the Border Gateway Protocol BGP Launches the dialog box shown in Figure 6 56 Specify the IP and network mask of the network to be added or removed from the BGP process Figure 6 56 Add or Remove BGP Path Attributes Dialog Box se BOY 2 9 Status Field The Status display only field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field has the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object attributes normal Presence polling of the object normallostcomms CEMEF has lost communication with the device from the normal state Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 70 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M BGP DialogBox Ml Neighbor Tab Figure 6 57 shows the Neighbor tab of the C6576M BGP dialog box Figure 6 57 Neighbor Tab of the C6576M BGP Dialog Box BGP Neighbor Table Area This area lists the BGP neighbors of the local BGP process Neighbor IP Address Remote IP address of this entry s BGP neighbor Neighbor ID IP address of the neighbor Remote AS Autonomous system number of the neighbor State Operational state of the connection between the neighbor and local BGP process This field has the following values idle connect a
76. ae CE i i biui Ther he rein repeye HEN i brea oe in Pancrase LDE Denit faren foun Tag Fankas Farrari Lren 1 find mama ID Level Hade mira 1E Lama gt i b ameen ge Liye kines i Leje m F gefist Leen 1 Fre EO lever FE mE Farilirersi t 1 Pantie i i Wam Hear ermi eee ire ee kemi pien an ma be Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M Ethernet Interface Dialog Box OSPF Area EIGRP Area The OSPF area of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box provides the following information Network Type The OSPF interface type For Ethernet interfaces the type is always broadcast This is a read only attribute Area ID The predefined ID uniquely identifying the area to which the interface connects It can be specified as either a decimal value or as an IP address This is a read only attribute Authentication Key The OSPF authentication key This is a read only attribute Hello Interval sec Frequency at which the device will send hello packets on the specified interface and EIGRP autonomous system number Retrans Interval sec The number of seconds between link state advertisement retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to this interface This value is also used when retransmitting database description and link state request packets This is a read only attribute Trans Priority The priority of this interface Used in multiaccess netw
77. alee ahii nie biim EEP Fej biagi op Tome piap Ge Te A ea Tee DE Til aggre bip ites thew pm a Cece Lyin Imm TSE GON S iiiam Tamar h ia a CA dhii ja uae PA HJE S DE rens serne 1 ee a Te DEF Fr mr a EPE TRO re deren jie eon aoe a ei eee oe Bimal r ar eee ee el msa asin pe rahimi EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M NE Config Mgmt Dialog Box W SNMP Tab Figure 6 4 shows the SNMP tab of the C6576M Network Element dialog box Figure 6 4 SNMP Access Tab of the C6576M Network Element Dialog Box Fag bs pete eed MES ery BAM Tiig ded Lie hin eae var vere THF Fi Far Comey PP TPF ri wri Come mem HAF vi Aia Ory ER Get pir SME Co g re Lid a ee ee ETL fa ont ar Ie ne AOD FE Fee neras i lief n frai Commas Def si my DL EHF VE Ghid Lae DIEF AT AE Lisig mma arms re rakini IOS SNMP Area The IOS SNMP area of the C6576M Network Element dialog box provides the following information SNMP Version The version of the SNMP agent running on the switch or router The version is one of these values SNMPvl SNMPv2c SNMPv3 Not supported by the Catalyst 6000 family switches or the Cisco 7600 series Internet Routers SNMP v1 Read Community The v1 community string used to read data from the agent SNMP v2c Read Community The v2c community string used to read data from the agent Last Authentication Failure A
78. and monitors one or more Catalyst 6000 family switches or Cisco 7600 series Internet Routers using Cisco Element Management Framework CEMP version 3 2 The C65 76M provides standard element management functionality such as fault configuration accounting performance and security FCAPS Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager Software Overview The Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager C65 76M software adds custom windows and modeling behavior to the standard CEMF system to provide management of the Catalyst 6000 family switches and Cisco 7600 series Internet Routers The software helps network administrators manage Catalyst 6000 family switches or Cisco 7600 series Internet Routers by eliminating the need to have Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP and a detailed knowledge of the Cisco IOS or Catalyst OS required commands The software also helps simplify the deployment process for the Catalyst 6000 family switches or Cisco 7600 series Internet Routers Multiple Element Managers can be installed onto a single CEMF server which allows multidevice and multivendor management from a single system Note Refer to the Cisco Element Management Framework User Guide for additional information Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter1 ProductOverview HH Catalyst 6000 Family Overview Softw are Features The C65 76M software provides the following features e Manual predeployment of Catalyst 6000 family switches or
79. attribute can have the following values other The fan status is unknown Normal Fan status is normal High tThere is a minor problem Excessive There is a major problem Note If this attribute has a value other than ok an alarm is generated See Chapter 8 Alarms and Alarm Management Clock Area The Clock area of the C6576M Chassis dialog box provides the following information e Clock 1 Status Clock 2 Status Operational statuses of clocks 1 and 2 These attributes can have the following values OK Clock is operating failed Clock is not operating Clock 1 In Use Clock 2 In Use Indicates which clock is in use These attributes can have the following values in use Clock is in use not in use Clock is not in use Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 54 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Chassis Dialog Box Ti VTT Area The VTT area of the C6576M Chassis dialog box provides the following information e VTT 1 Status VTT 2 Status VTT 3 Status Operational status of VTT 1 VTT 2 and VTT 3 These attributes can have the following values OK VTT is operating failed VTT is not operating VTT 1 Outlet Temperature VTT 2 Outlet Temperature VTT 3 Outlet Temperature Outlet Temperatures of VTT 1 VTT 2 and VTT 3 These attributes can have the following values lt n gt C Temperature in degrees Celsius N O Indica
80. backed up Restore Status Status of the last image restore operation The Restore Status has the following values Ok The restore operation completed without errors Failed tThe restore operation failed Not executed A restore has not been executed Restore Source The filename of the Cat OS image that will be restored from the TFTP Host to the switch or router e Restore Destination The destination filename on the switch or router to which the image will be restored The file attribute can include the file system as well as the filename for example Slot0 c6sup22jsv bin e Backup button Backs up the Cat OS image specified in the Backup Source attribute to the file specified in the Backup Destination attribute on the TFTP Host Scheduled Backup button Schedules the backup of a Cat OS image file from the device to the TFTP server Launches the dialog box shown in Figure 6 11 Date The date when the backup will start The format is MM DD YYYY Hour tThe hour when the backup will start It is a 24 hour clock Minute The minute when the backup will start Restore button Restores an Cat OS image Copies the Restore Source file from the TFTP Host to the Restore Destination location file gt Note The Switch or router needs to be reset in order to run with the new Cat OS image Scheduled Restore button Schedules the restore operation of an Cat OS image file from the TFTP server t
81. box Details Tab Figure 5 28 shows the Details tab of the C6576M FlexWAN module dialog box Figure 5 28 Details Tab of the C6576M FlexWAN Module Dialog Box Haco HEY Mii a Wi bgr T T oe oe m Fae Loerie Teo IDC barm irl mE BREDT om Cereal Tma him Pa VINE Harboe erm Pare ahi Fabers Are Es ll F ra Loom Cae a EF oe Wi Reais han ao Lo ad l batt Reta mn a iat huan ELT bam COC eds reg i Pem gaia ore pan be tar m mf brie rr PE Status Area The Status area of the C6576M FlexWAN Module dialog box provides the following information Operational Status Displays the operational status of the Flex WAN module This attribute is read only and has one of the following values other The status is unknown ok tThe status is normal minorFault There is a minor problem majorFault There is a major problem amp Note If this attribute has a value other than ok an alarm is generated See Chapter 8 Alarms and Alarm Management Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide E Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M FlexWAN Module Dialog Box Inventory Area The Inventory area of the C6576M FlexWAN Module dialog box provides the following information All the attributes in this area are read only Model Model of the FlexWAN module This attribute has the following value WS X6182 2PA Serial Number The serial number of the module e Hardware Ve
82. deployed on the device If the process does not exist the action will fail Disable button Disables IS IS routing on the interface Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M Ethernet Interface Dialog Box STP Tab Figure 5 17 shows the STP tab of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box Figure 517 STP Tab on the C6576M Ethemet Interface Dialog Box The area at the top of the STP tab provides the following information Guard Mode Indicates whether or not STP guard mode is enabled on an interface These are possible values root none loop Hybrid OS only PortFast Enabled Indicates whether or not an interface is enabled to move directly to the forwarding state on link up This is a read only attribute Portfast can be configured on a trunking interface but it only has an effect when the interface is in access mode These are possible values true false EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Ethernet Interface Dialog Box Ml Access Mode Area The Access Mode area of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box provides the following information Port Priority Describes the STP port priority of this interface This is a metric used to represent the location of an interface in a network topology It is used to determine which port will be placed in a blocking state when two or
83. device will wait for a hello packet to be received on the specified interface and EIGRP autonomous system number The hold time should be at least three times the hello interval Bandwidth Utilization Percentage of bandwidth that may be used by EIGRP on the interface Values greater than 100 percent may be configured this can be useful if the bandwidth is set artificially low for other reasons Hello Interval sec Frequency at which the device will send hello packets on the specified interface and EIGRP autonomous system number The IS IS area contains the following information ISIS Enabled Indicates whether or not IS IS routing is enabled on the interface This attribute is read only Area Tag lIdentifies the IS IS routing area that the interface participates in If multiarea IS IS is configured on the device the IS IS area must be named otherwise this value may be an implicit null tag This attribute is read only Level 1 Hello Interval Length of time between hello packets generated on the interface for level 1 routing With smaller hello intervals topological changes are detected faster but there is more routing traffic Level 1 Metric Cost of the interface for IS IS level 1 intra area route calculation Level 1 Priority Level I priority The priority is used to determine which router on a LAN will be the designated router or Designated Intermediate System DIS The router with the highest priority will beco
84. field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field can have the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object attributes normal Presence polling is performed periodically performance Some attributes are collected periodically for trending purposes normallostcomms CEMF has lost communication with the device from the normal state perflostcomms CEMF has lost communication with the device from the performance state mismatched The type of FlexWAN module discovered does not match the predeployed Flex WAN module Additional Notes Tab Figure 5 29 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M FlexWAN Module dialog box Figure 5 29 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M FlexWAN Module Dialog Box Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the FlexWAN module Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M Port Adapter Dialog Box C6576M Port Adapter Dialog Box This dialog box provides information for the port adapters This dialog box can be launched from a Chassis object or FlexWAN object within the Physical view You can select multiple chassis and port adapters at a time from the object list on the left side of the dialog box Details Tab Figure 5 30 shows the Details tab of the C6576M Port Adapter dialog box Figure 5 30 Deta
85. has the following values none For protocols other than IS IS level 1 Local area intra area dedistribution level 1 2 Redistribution for both inter and intra area routing level 2 Backbone interarea redistribution default Bandwidth Bandwidth metric This redistribution metric must be specified for protocols other than EIGRP if the Default Metric in the Details tab is nil Delay Delay metric This redistribution metric must be specified if the Default Metric is nil Reliability Reliability metric O is least reliable 255 is 100 percent reiliable This redistribution metric must be specified if the default metric is nil Loading Loading metric This indicates the effective bandwidth of the network paths where 0 is least loaded and 255 is 100 percent loaded This redistribution metric must be specified if the Default Metric is nil MTU Maximum transmission unit of the path metric This redistribution metric must be specified if the Default Metric is nil Default Metric Default metric used for route redistribution This metric is used when and explicit metric is not given during route redistribution process Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 6 96 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M EIGRP DialogBox Ml Edit Redistribution Table Area This area allows changes to be made to the attributes shown in the Redistribution Table These attributes are discussed in detail in the Re
86. in the STP instance If there is no spanning tree instance for the VLAN the value is nil Root Area The Root area of the C6576M VLAN dialog provides the following information Current Root Priority Bridge priority of the current root switch in the spanning tree instance If there is no spanning tree instance for the VLAN the value is nil This attribute is read only Root Interface If this switch is not the root of the spanning tree indicates the local port used to reach the root node This is a local port that is a member of the VLAN This value should match the Name field in the Interface dialog box corresponding to the root port for example FastEthernet 2 5 If the switch is currently the root or there is no spanning tree instance for the VLAN the value is nil This attribute is read only Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide o Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M VLAN Dialog Box Root Election Area Current Root MAC Bridge identifier address This is the MAC address of the VLAN on the root bridge in the STP instance If there is no spanning tree instance for the VLAN the value is nil This attribute is read only Root Path Cost If this is not the root of the spanning tree indicates the path cost to the root this is the path cost of the root port If the switch is currently the root or there is no spanning tree instance for the VLAN the value is nil This attribute is read only
87. interface Scrambling assists recovery of the clock by the receiver Performance Tab Figure 5 49 shows the Performance tab of the C6576M ATM E3 Interface dialog box All attributes shown in this tab are read only Figure 5 49 Performance Tab of the C6576M ATM E3 Interface Dialog Box Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide EH 595 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M ATM E3 Interface Dialog Box Interface Packets Octets Statistics Area The Interface Packets Octets Statistics area contains the following information Bandwidth Util Percentage of bandwidth utilization In Octets Total number of received octets including framing characters Out Octets Total number of transmitted octets including framing characters In Unicast Pkts The number of packets delivered by this sublayer to a higher sub layer which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer Out Unicast Pkts The total number of packets that higher level protocols requested be transmitted and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer including those that were discarded or not sent In Packets Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of input packets per second Out Packets Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of output packets per second In Bits Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of input bits per second Out
88. is displayed see Figure 4 52 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide EEA Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M HM Deployment and Commissioning Process Figure 4 52 OSM Module Deployment Wizard Object Parameters Property Description Number of Modules The number of OSMs to be deployed at the same time Enter the number of OSMs to be deployed at the same time and click Forward button The Deployment Wizard Object Parameters Details window is displayed for each module to be deployed see Figure 4 53 EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M Deployment and Commissioning Process W Figure 4 53 OSM Module Deployment Wizard Object Parameters Details Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter 4 Deploying the C65 76M HM Deployment and Commissioning Process Property Module Name Module Type Description The name given to the OSM object The type of OSM to be deployed This is a drop down list with the following values osm 4ge wan gbic 4 port Gigabit Ethernet Optical Services Module GBIC osm 40c12 pos mm 4 port OC 12 STM 4 SONET SDH OSM MM with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet osm 40c12 pos si 4 port OC 12 STM 4 SONET SDH OSM SM IR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet osm 40c12 pos sl 4 port OC 12 STM 4 SONET SDH OSM SM LR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet osm loc48 pos ss 1 port OC 48 STM 16 SONET SDH OSM S
89. is selected to be the active router Hello Interval Hello interval in milliseconds If this value is not configured it can be learned from the active router Hold Interval Hold interval in milliseconds If this value is not configured it can be learned from the active router Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 125 Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface Dialog Box Configure button Enables HSRP for IP on an interface Figure 5 64 shows the subdialog box displayed when you click the Configure button The following is displayed in the subdialog box Group Number Unique identifier of an HSRP group IP Address The HSRP group may optionally be assigned a primary IP address If no address is explicitly assigned the device attempts to discover the virtual IP address from the active server using hello messages Add button Adds an HSRP group on the interface Remove button Removes an HSRP group on the interface Figure 5 64 HSRP Group Configure Subdialog Box aa SRY 7 9 Secondary IP Area The Secondary IP area of the C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface dialog box provides the following information e HSRP Secondary Address Table Describes secondary IP addresses of HSRP groups deployed on the interface Data is displayed in the following columns Group Number Unique identifier of an HSRP group Secondary IP Secondary IP address of HSRP group EH
90. is waiting for external actions such as a serial line waiting for an incoming connection notPresent Interface has missing typically hardware components lowerLayerDown The interface in the lower layer is down Administrative Status The desired state of the interface This attribute has one of the following values testing read only Indicates that no operational packets can be passed down Last Change The value in seconds of sysUpTime at the time the interface entered its current operational state If the current state was entered prior to the last reinitialization of the local network management subsystem then this object contains a zero value This is a read only attribute Connector Present Indication if a cable is connected to the interface If the ifAdminStatus is down then this value cannot be determined and an unknown message is displayed This is a read only attribute This attribute can have the following values yes Cable is connected to the interface no Cable is not connected to the interface unknown Cannot determine if a cable is connected to the interface Number of Resets Number of times the interface internally reset This is a read only attribute Performance Logging Area The Performance Logging area of the C6576M ATM T3 Interface dialog box contains the buttons to enable data logging of all the interface attributes of the interface Start Turns on performance data
91. jg Chapter 4 Deploying the C65 76M MH Deployment and Commissioning Process Figure 4 6 SNMP Tab in the Network Element Dialog Box deren Figaro Drga miea aM DELE pee tee ihera Ho uaa Pee venan BAAP Ami Comm UA ite Cee fami ari tad camm meee oy ate iy Bm Ler dahana raa baci TEE Bama A OE er Da varm Ei DMEF i Spid pym O mem BANE afr Faar Commie BAF or ME Commaraty I Ca E T ee Trak aruba oe ae EH Click the Commission button from the Configuration tab Figure 4 5 to start the subchassis discovery process which allows the C65 76M to determine which modules are installed on the switch or the router and also allows CEMF to start monitoring the switch or the router Note Commissioning may take a few minutes After the Network Element object is commissioned the Physical view will resemble Figure 4 7 Figure 47 Fully IP Discovered and Commissioned Catalyst 6513 Switch EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M Deployment and Commissioning Process W M anual Deployment The manual deployment method is used when discovery of the entire network is not needed and the specific IP address and type of device that is connected to the network is known To manually deploy a Catalyst 6000 family switch or a Cisco 7600 series Internet Router choose the pop up menu item Deployment gt Deploy Manager from the appropriate container
92. more ports are part of a loop The default value is 128 in all versions of IOS 32 in all versions of CatOS The valid values are Native IOS 12 1 6 E and earlier Integer 0 248 increments of 8 Native IOS 12 1 8a E and later Integer 0 252 increments of 4 CatOS 6 3 Integer 0 63 CatOS 7 1 Integer 1 63 Port Cost Describes the STP port cost for this interface The port cost is a metric used to represent the speed of the interface STP will use this value in determining the preferred path when a loop is detected in the network Per VLAN STP Setting Area The Per VLAN STP Setting area in the STP tab of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box provides the following information STP VLAN Table Describes the STP per VLAN configurations of a trunking interface There is one entry for each explicit per VLAN spanning tree configuration on the interface amp Note The VLAN STP instance does not have to be currently carried on the trunk in order to configure the per VLAN STP settings The settings will take effect when the interface actually begins trunking the VLAN traffic Priority Describes the STP VLAN port priority of this interface The VLAN port priority is used on trunking interfaces On any switchport that is not in trunking mode the STP port priority is used instead The default value is 128 in all versions of IOS 32 in all versions of CatOS The valid values are Native IOS 12 1 6 E and earl
93. my L re 5em ORE yli kiem DR Gel Be ee pe ee imini EO PAPE Ha kars a aginn nese MTU is Ei PUE Pi biuniklele TR RE eer damier vial en p Mie A ot ll Byer adile nr mii m lei oe F lia ba FOLIE ERE Configuration Area MAC Address MAC address of the VLAN interface amp Note Native IOS a VLAN that is in a suspended state is only partially manageable The MAC Address field will display a value of ERROR or blank as a result Interface MTU Layer 2 link layer maximum transmission unit on Ethernet VLAN This determines the maximum size of Ethernet frames transmitted on the VLAN interface The value is read only on Ethernet and FastEthernet VLANs The value is read write on GigabitEthernet VLANS D Note IOS 12 1 8a E5 caveat Jumbo frame support is incompatible with the IS IS routing protocol Leave the MTU size at the default value on any interface where IS IS provides routing IP Address Primary IP address of interface Value is nil on a layer 2 interface e Netmask Subnet mask for the primary IP address Clear IP Address A fter receiving confirmation will unset the IP address for this interface Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 40 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M VLAN DialogBox Hl VLAN Membership Tab Figure 6 34 shows the VLAN Membership tab of the C6576M VLAN dialog box Figure 6 34 VLAN Membership Tab for the C6576M VLAN
94. object attributes normal Presence polling is performed periodically performance Some attributes are collected periodically for trending purposes normallostcomms CEMF has lost communication with the device from the normal state perflostcomms CEMF has lost communication with the device from the performance state Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M OSM POS Interface Dialog Box Configuration Tab Figure 5 72 shows the Configuration tab of the C6576M OSM POS Interface dialog box Figure 5 72 Configuration Tab of the C6576M OSM POS Interface Dialog Box Chk Tell OGM POR ber bares Cibo is eee Neve RES iar EO Erbi Tn pIE Mieri Paip hhii ii iar thii TI IE a H i FHE wee u ed Lr z er ak eet bager i at raa A He 2 Per Ses FA od ees Foaje fom Eek See ee Gees men re eh ri EFA General Area The General area contains the following information e Speed The desired speed of the port in bits per second Duplex SONET interfaces are by definition full duplex Link Up Down Trap Enables or disables linkUp and linkDown trap generation for the interface Input Queue Length Displays the input queue length in packets Output Queue Length Displays the output queue length in packets Delay Specifies the delay in tens of microseconds for an interface or network segment amp Note The Delay attribute is an in
95. of a tie in this value routers will use their Router ID as a tie breaker This attribute is read only Trans Dead sec Number of seconds that a device s hello packets must not have been seen before its neighbors declare the OSPF router down Must be consistent among all routers on an attached network This attribute is read only Trans Delay sec Estimated number of seconds it takes to send a link state update packet this interface This attribute is read only Retrans Interval sec The number of seconds between link state advertisement retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to this interface This value is also used when retransmitting database description and link state request packets This attribute is read only The EIGRP area describes the EIGRP configuration of the interface on each active autonomous system This area contains the following information EIGRP Interface Table Lists the active EIGRP routing processes on the router Each routing process handles routing updates for a single autonomous system The routing process is only active if it is deployed on at least one network Hold Time sec Hold time during which the device will wait for a hello packet to be received on the specified interface and EIGRP autonomous system number The hold time should be at least three times the hello interval Bandwidth Utilization Percentage of bandwidth that may be used by EIGRP on the interface Values greater than
96. of the SONET overhead path signal identifier This attribute is read only These are possible values OxCF PPP or HDLC 0x13 ATM SONET Overhead S1 SO Bits Value of the SONET overhead S1 amp SO bits These bits are part of the payload pointer byte This attribute is read only These are possible values 0 0C 3c 2 AU 4 Performance Tab Figure 5 74 shows the Performance tab of the C6576M OSM POS Interface dialog box All the attributes in this tab are read only Figure 5 74 Performance Tab of the C6576M OSM POS Interface Dialog Box Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide EE Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M OSM POS Interface Dialog Box Packets Octets Statistics Area The Packets Octets Statistics area contains the following information Error Statistics Area Bandwidth Util Percentage of bandwidth utilization In Octets Total number of received octets including framing characters Out Octets Total number of transmitted octets including framing characters In Unicast Pkts The number of packets delivered by this sublayer to a higher sub layer which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer Out Unicast Pkts The total number of packets that higher level protocols requested be transmitted and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer including those that were discarded or not sent In Packets Sec
97. or not Last Change The value in seconds of sysUpTime at the time the interface entered its current operational state If the current state was entered before the last reinitialization of the local network management subsystem then this object contains a zero value This attribute is read only Status Field The display only Status field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field can have the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object attributes normal Presence polling is performed periodically performance Some attributes are collected periodically for trending purposes normallostcomms CEMF has lost communication with the device from the normal state Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 164 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSM POS Subinterface Dialog Box Mil perflostcomms CEMF has lost communication with the device from the performance state Interface Configuration Tab Figure 5 86 shows the Interface Configuration tab of the C6576M OSM POS Subinterface dialog box Figure 5 86 Interface Configuration Tab of the C6576M OSM POS Subinterface Dialog Box O84 Tis Ca PER erne C agii Cao oa Egy i Jesii 5 Dy woke G T E Ea i than td iad Lars Tha reeked bim b d ante i eth m Try Djia Ou A a HEE P mapr mia Tammi I LT F A ima iaa Th P imm u a pba il Uhe j m BIRI abet
98. physical interface does not preclude using it on another Virtual IP Primary virtual IP address of the HSRP group If this address is not configured the agent will attempt to discover the virtual address through a discovery process which scans the hello messages Preempt lIf enabled the current router will attempt to overthrow a lower priority active router and attempt to become the active router If disabled this router will become the active router only if there is no such router or the active router fails true Preempt enabled false Preempt disabled Delay Minimum Time difference in seconds between a router power up and the time it can start preempting the currently active router This value is only applicable when preemption is enabled Priority Priority value that prioritizes a potential hot standby router The range is 1 to 255 where 1 indicates the lowest priority and 255 indicates the highest priority The default priority value is 100 The router in the HSRP group with the highest priority value becomes the active router Hello Interval Hello interval in milliseconds If this value is not configured it can be learned from the active router Hold Interval Hold interval in milliseconds If this value is not configured it can be learned from the active router e Add Remove HSRP Group button This action deploys or remove an HSRP group on the interface The HSRP group may optionally be
99. policed traffic This value is mandatory when defining an explicit policer A value of 0 is returned on read if an explicit policer is not defined for the policy map class Burst Normal burst size in bytes in bytes to enforce against policed traffic This value is mandatory when defining an explicit policer A value of 0 is returned on read if an explicit policer is not defined for the policy map class Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide H 6331 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M QoS Policy Map Dialog Box e Max Burst Maximum burst size in bytes in bytes to enforce against policed traffic A value of 0 is returned on read if an explicit policer is not defined for the policy map class x Note The Max Burst attribute is not supported in 12 1 8a E and earlier Exceed Action Action to be taken when policed traffic exceeds QoS parameters Drop Drops packet Policed DSCP Transmit Changes the DSCP as per the policed DSCP map before transmitting Transmit Transmits packet A value of none 0 is returned on read if an explicit policer is not defined for the policy map class Violate Action Action to be taken when policed traffic violates QoS parameters amp Drop Drops packet Policed DSCP Transmit Changes the DSCP as per the policed DSCP map before transmitting Transmit Transmits packet A value of none 0 is returned on read if an explicit policer is not defin
100. port adapter PA POS OC3SMI Single mode intermediate reach PoS OC3 port adapter PA POS OC3SML Single mode long reach PoS OC3 port adapter PA T3 1 port T3 serial port adapter PA T3 Enhanced 1 port T3 serial port adapter Serial Number The serial number of the port adapter Note This attribute is unsupported for PA ATMDX E3 port adapter Number of Ports The number of ports on the port adapter Hardware Version The hardware version of the port adapter e Software Version The software version of the port adapter Performance Logging Area The Performance Logging area of the C6576M ATM Interface dialog box contains the buttons to enable data logging of all the interface attributes of the port adapter Start Turns on performance data logging Stop tTurns off performance data logging Note The logged data is available to you through the CEMF Performance Manager Refer to the Cisco Element Management Framework User Guide for more information about the Performance Manager Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M Port Adapter Dialog Box Actions Area The Actions area of the C6576M Port Adapter dialog box provides the following actions Commission This button is used to commission the object manually This can only be done if the object is in a decommissioned state Decommission This button is used to decommiss
101. portchannel and cannot be used for data automaticSilent PAgP packets are not sent on interface until at least one PAgP packet is received which indicates the sender is operating in desirable or desirableSilent mode If no data packets received after some timeout the interface is attached by itself to a portchannel and can be used for data Port State State of the PAgP state machine on this interface The state has the following values portDown The current operational state of the interface is not up portUp tThe current operational state of the interface is up no packets yet received dataReceived Data packets but no PAgP packets have been received upData Interface is aggregated but no PAgP packets have been received pagpReceived One or more PAgP packets have been received biDirectional Interface has passed PAgP packets in both directions upPagp Interface is aggregated by means of PAgP upMult Interface is aggregated to an agport but connects to more than one external device Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes EE C6576M EtherChannel Dialog Box Routing Protocol Tab Figure 6 47 shows the Routing Protocol tab of the C6576M EtherChannel dialog box Figure 6 47 Routing Protocol Tab of the C6576M EtherChannel Dialog Box Far hE iep Neer Sergei irin Hem igo N E E ieme ON AG e a SETE matic heme pp HIER Eikii lik WL ET Tic HAF CE Fc U
102. routing process The action can only be used on an area border router attached to a stub or NSSA area Figure 6 65 shows the Network tab of the C6576M OSPF dialog box Figure 6 65 Network Tab of the C6576M OSPF Dialog Box Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M OSPF Dialog Box Netw ork Masks Area The table in this area displays the networks associated with the selected OSPF process This table contains the following information Area ID Area ID assigned to the networks and subnets Network Number IP address of the network e Network Mask Netmask associated with the IP address Add Remove Networks Adds or removes networks from the OSPF process Launches the dialog box shown in Figure 6 66 Specify the Network IP Address Wildcard Mask and the Area ID to be added or removed from the OSPF process Figure 6 66 Add or Remove OSPF Networks Dialog Box je Soy 2 3 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 82 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes Global Tab C6576M OSPF DialogBox Mi Figure 6 67 shows the Global tab of the C6576M OSPF dialog box Figure 6 67 Global Tab of the C6576M OSPF Dialog Box Global Network Configuration Table This describes the OSPF view of all interfaces on the router This table contains the following columns Link Index Unique identifier of an interface on the router This value is equal t
103. state of the object This field has the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object attributes normal Presence polling of the object normallostcomms CEMEF has lost communication with the device from the normal state Redistribution Tab Figure 6 76 shows the Redistribution tab of the C6576M EIGRP dialog box Figure 6 76 Redistribution Tab of the C6576M EIGRP Dialog Box tac oy 7 Redistribution Table Area This area describes the route redistribution configuration of the EIGRP routing process Routes learned from other interior and exterior routing protocols may be redistributed into the EIGRP routing domain Protocol Source routing protocol from which routes are being distributed into EIGRP IS IS EIGRP BGP OSPF static Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide EH 695 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M EIGRP Dialog Box Metric Default Area Source ID Identifies the routing process from which routes are being distributed This field may have the following values IS IS This is either an implicit null tag or the tag of a named IS IS routing process EIGRP This is a 16 bit autonomous system ID in the range of 1 65535 BGP This is a 16 bit autonomous system ID in the range of 1 65535 OSPF This is a 16 bit OSPF process ID in the range of 1 65535 IS IS Routing Level Indicates IS IS route level redistribution This field
104. switch is going to Status error Status critical shutdown due to excessively high core temperature Fan Status ok C6576M Chassis Fan Status is ok Normal Fan Status other Fan Status minorFault Fan Status majorFault Fan Status C6576M Chassis Fan Status is other Minor Fan Status minorFault other Fan Status majorFault Fan Status C6576M Chassis Fan Status is Major Fan Status other minorFault minorFault Fan Status majorFault Fan Status C6576M Chassis Fan Status is Critical Fan Status other majorFault majorFault Fan Status minorFault Slots Used C6576M Chassis Used Slots has Major None changed The switch line card configuration has changed A change in this value initiates a subchassis rediscovery Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter8 Alarms and Alarm Management MH C65 76M Alarms Power Supply Table 8 11 describes the Power Supply objects attribute alarms Table 8 11 Power Supply Attribute Alarms Attribute Description Severity Alarms Cleared Operational C6576M Power Supply Operational Normal Operational Status Status ok Status is ok other 2 Operational Status The power supply is operating as minorFault expected i Operational Status majorFault Operational C6576M Power Supply Operational Minor Operational Status Status other Status is other minorFault The power supply s operational sta
105. the discoverylostcomms state Network connectivity to switch has been lost during discovery normal C6576M Chassis is in the normal Normal discovery state performance normallostcomms C6576M Chassis is in the normal Normal performance state performance C6576M Chassis is in the performance Informational discovery state normal perflostcomms C6576M Chassis is in the lostcomms Informational dicovery state Network connectivity to switch normal has been lost Power Supply Table 8 5 describes the Power Supply objects state alarms Table 8 5 Power Supply State Alarms State Description Severity Alarms Cleared normal C6576M Power Supply is in the normal Informational lostcomms state lostcomms C6576M Power Supply is in the lostcomms_ Critical normal state Network connectivity to the power supply has been lost Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 8 10 Chapter8 Alarms and Alarm Management All Modules Interfaces Table 8 6 describes all Module objects state alarms Table 8 6 All Modules State Alarms C65 76M Alarms W State Description Severity Alarms Cleared mismatched C6576M Module is in the mismatched Major performance state The discovered Supervisor lostcomms Module type is different from the pre deployed or previously discovered type normal C657
106. the C6576M OSM POS Subinterface Dialog Box Interface Packets Octets Statistics Area The Interface Packets Octets Statistics area contains the following information Bandwidth Util Percentage of bandwidth utilization In Octets Total number of received octets including framing characters Out Octets Total number of transmitted octets including framing characters In Unicast Pkts The number of packets delivered by this sublayer to a higher sub layer which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer Out Unicast Pkts The total number of packets that higher level protocols requested be transmitted and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer including those that were discarded or not sent In Packets Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of input packets per second Out Packets Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of output packets per second In Bits Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of input bits per second Out Bits Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of output bits per second Interface Error Statistics Area The Interface Error Statistics area contains the following information CRC Error Pkts Number of input packets that had cyclic redundancy checksum errors Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 170 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C
107. the C6576M OSM POS Subinterface Dialog Box Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the OSM POS Subinterface Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 176 CHAPTER Logical Object Dialog Boxes This chapter describes the C65 76M dialog boxes for the logical objects The following logical object dialog boxes are available in the C65 76M C6576M NE Config Mgmt Dialog Box page 6 3 C6576M Software Dialog Box page 6 13 e C6576M Syslog Dialog Box page 6 29 C6576M VTP Dialog Box page 6 34 C6576M VLAN Dialog Box page 6 37 e C6576M EtherChannel Dialog Box page 6 52 C6576M BGP Dialog Box page 6 68 C6576M OSPF Dialog Box page 6 78 C6576M EIGRP Dialog Box page 6 92 e C6576M IS IS Dialog Box page 6 100 C6576M NDE Configuration Dialog Box page 6 106 C6576M STP Dialog Box page 6 111 C6576M ACL Configuration Dialog Box page 6 113 C6576M Loopback Dialog Box page 6 117 C6576M QoS Dialog Box page 6 119 C6576M QoS Policy Map Dialog Box page 6 127 Table 6 1 lists the pop up menu launch points for all C65 76M dialog boxes Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter 6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes Table 6 1 Launch Points for the C65 76M Dialog Boxes Container Object Dialog Box Netw ork Network All dialogs under the Cisco 6500 7600 Element Series Manager men
108. the C6576M Supervisor Module dialog box provides the following information CPU Busy Displays the current CPU load Average 1 min Displays the 1 minute load average Average 5 min Displays the 5 minute load average Memory Usage Area The Memory Usage area of the C6576M Supervisor Module dialog box provides the following information Total Bytes Displays the total amount of processor memory Used Displays the current amount of processor memory used Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide B19 Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M Supervisor Module Dialog Box Performance Logging Area The Performance Logging area of the C6576M Supervisor Module dialog box allows users to turn on performance logging for the supervisor module attributes as well as the attributes of the two Gigabit Ethernet interfaces Start Turns performance data logging on the Supervisor object and its interfaces Stop Turns performance data logging off for the Supervisor object and its interfaces Note The logged data is available to you through the CEMF Performance Manager Refer to the Cisco Element Management Framework User Guide for more information about the Performance Manager The following Supervisor attributes are polled in the Performance state CPU Usage Average 5 sec CPU Usage Average 1 min CPU Usage Average 5 min Memory Used Total amount of memory available bytes
109. the VLAN Name The VLAN identification name Type tThe type of VLAN This value is always Ethernet Operational Status The state of this VLAN This attribute has one of the following values operational suspended mtuTooBigForDevice Indicates that this device cannot participate in this VLAN because the VLAN s MTU is larger than the device can support Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide gy Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M VLAN Dialog Box e mtuTooBigForTrunk Indicates that while this VLAN s MTU is supported by this device it is too large for one or more of the device s trunk ports VLAN OS Type The type of VLAN This attribute has one of the following values catOsOnly the VLAN exists on a hybrid chassis in the CatOS configuration only msfclosOnly the VLAN exists on a hybrid chassis in the MSFC IOS configuration only catOsAndMsfclos the VLAN exists on a hybrid chassis in both the CatOS and IOS configurations nativelos the VLAN exists on a chassis running native IOS no CatOS Create VLAN in CatOS Running Config If the VLAN OS Type is msfclosOnly this button will create the corresponding entries for this VLAN in the CatOS configuration Create VLAN in IOS Running Config If the VLAN OS Type is catOsOnly this button will create the corresponding entries for this VLAN in the IOS configuration e Add VLAN button Adds a VLAN Launches the subdialog b
110. tiid m mame Lae mir rT Cr BET ST rul r Mii Hm E erep impas Tee rewi LS Bob Lat Cr fees Corer AD Min ra ikea OU e pe a Merb an mem 2 aL eci zeaten PEL bee Ai e PEL Wi re prim ACL lt a Meimre Halo ae aol ad BOL Hier BOL pre Erer ee oe eed The Details tab of the C6576M ACL dialog box displays the following ACL Numeric or string identifier of an ACL This attribute along with Type attribute below makes up the unique identifier of the ACL on the managed device Type Indicates the type of ACL standard or extended Remove Current ACL button Deletes the currently selected ACL object and remove the referenced ACL from the managed device The filters defined in the ACL will automatically be disabled against the incoming outgoing routing updates of any routing process that references the ACL in its route distribution list Add New ACL button Displays the subdialog box shown in Figure 6 89 which allows you to create a named or numbered standard or extended Access Control List on the managed device and deploy an instance of the ACL object in the element manager The ACL instance will be deployed with the object name ACL lt id gt The following fields are displayed in the ACL Add subdialog box ACL Numeric or string identifier of an ACL Type Indicates the type of ACL standard or extended Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes
111. to be removed and replaced without generating alarms Status Field The display only Status field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field can have the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object attributes normal Presence polling is performed periodically performance Some attributes are collected periodically for trending purposes normallostcomms CEMF has lost communication with the device from the normal state perflostcomms CEMF has lost communication with the device from the performance state mismatched The type of OSM discovered does not match the predeployed OSM Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M Optical Services Modules Dialog Box Additional Notes Tab Figure 5 33 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M OSM dialog box Figure 5 33 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M OSM Dialog Box Tie Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the OSM mi Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M SLB DialogBox W C6576M SLB Dialog Box The Content Switching Module is a line card that provides server load balancing SLB of client traffic to server farms firewalls Secure Sockets Layer SSL devices or VPN termination devices This dialog box provides inf
112. to type in additional notes for the object Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 134 CHAPTER Profiles This chapter describes how to create and use the C65 76M profiles and consists of these sections Network Element Profile page 7 1 Syslog Profile page 7 3 Profiles are used to apply the same configuration settings to multiple instances of the same object This is useful in environments containing a large number of network elements Netw ork Element Profile The Network Element profile is used to set up a standard template for the Network Element object attributes listed below These attributes are discussed in detail in the C6576M Network Element Dialog Box section on page 6 5 System Location System Contact Telnet Password Enable Password SNMP Trap Enabled Creating a Network Element Profile To create a Network Element Profile follow these steps Step1 Launch the Network Element Profile dialog box by choosing Open NE Config Mgmt Profile from the pop up menu of the Network Element object The Network Element Profile dialog box is shown in Figure 7 1 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter7 Profiles HH Network Element Profile Figure 7 1 Network Element Profile Dialog Box Step2 Click the Create Profile button A window appears asking for a profile name Step3 Enter the name for the profile and click Ok The newly created profile is displayed in t
113. using the CEMF Event Browser application The CEMF Event Browser application allows you to view all events generated by CEMF including alarms generated by other event managers installed on the system The Event Browser application can be started from the main CEMF Launchpad From the CEMF Launchpad click the Events icon to launch the Event Browser see Figure 8 1 Figure 8 1 Launching Event Browser CEMP Manayer a Fed 5 A Aaj Be Wieser rap rem Dusarts Riscomery i Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter8 Alarms and Alarm Management MH Viewing C65 76M Alarms Event Browser The Event Browser dialog box is shown in Figure 8 2 Figure 8 2 CEMF Event Browser Application z F F SE 5 F iz p The Event Browser dialog box displays the following information in a tabular format Time and date when an event was reported Object name that was affected Description and severity of the event All CEMF events are saved within the Event Browser application which displays current and historical data of events All network objects are color coded indicating their operational status Alarms are moved up the element hierarchy according to severity Table 8 1 identifies the alarm types and their associated color codes Table 8 1 Alarm Color Codes Alarm Type Color Critical Red Major Orange Minor Yellow Informational White You can launch a dialog b
114. ws x6k s2u msfc2 Enter the details for the Supervisor Module object and click the Forward button The Supervisor Module Deployment Wizard Summary window is displayed see Figure 4 29 Figure 4 29 Supervisor Module Deployment Wizard Summary Ready to deploy i object usina the tease late Superba Donte Hedulels under Cotalyst Chases Preece Finish 1o or bru FETT You can either click the Cancel button to cancel the operation or click the Finish button to create the object If the Chassis Slot Number corresponds to an occupied slot an error message will be displayed The error message resembles the message shown in Figure 4 30 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide EE Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M MH Deployment and Commissioning Process Figure 4 30 Predeployment Failure Due to an Occupied Slot Ethernet M odule To predeploy an Ethernet module standard Ethernet Fast Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet choose the Deployment gt Deploy Ethernet Module s option from the pop up menu of the Chassis object see Figure 4 31 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 4 36 Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M Deployment and Commissioning Process W Figure 4 31 Predeploying Ethemet Modules After you choose the Deploy Ethernet Module option the window shown in Figure 4 32 is displayed Figure 4 32 Ethemet Module Deployment Wizard Object Parameters Cisco 6500 7600 Series
115. you set Max Syslog Severity to 7 then all states except debug will be recorded This is because the debug state has a value of 8 which is greater than the value of the Max Syslog Severity attribute Enable Notifications SNMP syslog notifications are sent whenever a new syslog message is generated and recorded true Notifications enabled false Notifications disabled Status Field The Status display only field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field has the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object attributes normal Presence polling of the object normallostcomms CEMF has lost communication with the device from the normal state Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 6 30 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Syslog Dialog Box Mi Catalyst OS Tab Figure 6 25 shows the Catalyst OS tab of the C6576M Syslog dialog box The Catalyst OS tab provides the following information Facility The facility that generated the syslog message Severity The severity of the message e Message Name lIdentifies the message type The Message Name and Facility together uniquely identify a message type e Message Text The text of the message If the message text exceeds 255 characters the message is truncated to 254 characters and an asterisk is appended to the text to indicate that the me
116. 0 Series Manager User Guide m Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M HM Deployment and Commissioning Process Property Module Type continued Chassis Slot Number Description osm 2choc48 t3 si 2 port channelized OC 48 SM IR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet osm 2choc48 t3 ss 2 port short reach OC48 with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet osm 4choc12 t3 mm 4 port channelized OC 12 MM with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet osm 4choc 1 2 t3 si 4 port channelized OC 12 SM IR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet osm 8choc12 t3 mm 8 port channelized OC 12 MM with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet osm 8choc12 t3 si 8 port channelized OC 12 SM IR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet The slot in which the OSM is to be deployed The OSMs can be deployed on slots 2 through 13 Enter the details for the OSM object and click the Forward button The Deployment Wizard Summary window is displayed see Figure 4 54 Figure 4 54 OSM Deployment Wizard Summary Reeds to deploy 1 object using the template fuperyboorsLorntea Hodulele under Catalyst Onassis Prier Finish to ookin Foran gt Deployment Wizard Surman Tibi EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M Deployment and Commissioning Process W You can either click the Cancel button to cancel the operation or click the Finish button to create the object If the Chassis slot number corresponds to an occupied slo
117. 000 family WS C6006 6 slot Catalyst 6000 series chassis chassis WS C6009 9 slot Catalyst 6000 series chassis WS C6506 6 slot Catalyst 6500 series chassis WS C6509 9 slot Catalyst 6500 series chassis WS C6509 NEB Vertical 9 slot Catalyst 6500 series chassis WS C65 13 13 slot Catalyst 6500 series chassis Cisco 7600 series chassis CISCO7603 3 slot Cisco 7600 series chassis CISCO7606 6 slot Cisco 7600 series chassis OSR 7609 Vertical 9 slot Cisco 7600 series chassis Catalyst 6000 family WS CAC 1000W 1000W AC power supply poor sunplies WS CAC 1300W 1300W AC power supply WS CAC 2500W 2500W AC power supply WS CAC 4000W 4000W AC power supply WS CDC 1300W 1300W DC power supply WS CDC 2500W 2500W DC power supply Cisco 7600 series power PWR 950 AC 950W AC power supply supplies PWR 950 DC 950W DC power supply PWR 1900 AC 6 1900W AC power supply PWR 1900 DC 1900W DC power supply Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 16 Chapterl Product Overview Table 1 1 Supported Hardware continued Platform Part Number Supported Hardware Ml Description Catalyst 6000 family modules WS X6K SUP1A MSFC Supervisor Engine 1A with MSFC WS X6K S1A MSFC2 Supervisor Engine 1A with MSFC2 WS X6K S2 MSFC2 Supervisor Engine 2 with MSFC2 WS X6K S2U MSFC2 Supervisor Engine 2 with 256 MB DRAM and MSFC2 WS X6066 SLB APC Content Switching Module WS X6182 2PA FlexWAN Module WS X6224 100FX M
118. 16 port OC 3 STM 1 SONET SDH OSM SM IR with 4 Gigabit Ethernet ports OSM 160C3 POS SL 16 port OC 3 STM 1 SONET SDH OSM SM LR with 4 Gigabit Ethernet ports OSM 20C12 POS MM 2 port OC 12 STM 4 SONET SDH OSM MM with 4 Gigabit Ethernet ports OSM 20C12 POS SI 2 port OC 12 STM 4 SONET SDH OSM SM IR with 4 Gigabit Ethernet ports OSM 20C12 POS SL 2 port OC 12 STM 4 SONET SDH OSM SM LR with 4 Gigabit Ethernet ports OSM 80C3 POS MM 8 port OC 3 STM 1 SONET SDH OSM MM with 4 Gigabit Ethernet ports OSM 80C3 POS SI 8 port OC 3 STM 1 SONET SDH OSM SM IR with 4 Gigabit Ethernet ports OSM 80C3 POS SL 8 port OC 3 STM 1 SONET SDH OSM SM LR with 4 Gigabit Ethernet ports OSM 1CHOC48 T3 SS 1 port Channelized OC48 to T3 Short Reach with 4 Gigabit Ethernet ports OSM 1CHOC48 T3 SI 1 port Channelized OC48 to T3 Single mode Intermediate Reach with 4 Gigabit Ethernet ports OSM 2CHOC48 T3 SS 2 port Channelized OC48 to T3 Short Reach with 4 Gigabit Ethernet ports OSM 2CHOC48 T3 SI 2 port Channelized OC48 to T3 Single mode Intermediate Reach with 4 Gigabit Ethernet ports OSM 4CHOC12 T3 MM 4 port Channelized OC12 to T3 Multi mode with 4 Gigabit Ethernet ports OSM 4CHOC12 T3 SI 4 port Channelized OC12 to T3 Single mode Intermediate Reach with 4 Gigabit Ethernet ports OSM 8CHOC12 T3 MM 8 port Channelized OC12 to T3 Multi mode with 4 Gigabit Ethernet ports OSM 8CH
119. 2c Notification Layer Indicates the level at which the SNMP trap client is defined The level is one of these values layer2Only layer3Only e layer2And3 Note The IP address of the CEMF server host should be in this list at all times If it is not then CEMF will not receive any traps from the switch or router which might result in an event being reported in an untimely fashion or an event being missed Configure button Displays the subdialog box shown in Figure 6 6 for modifying the Trap Client list SNMP Trap Client Address The IP address to which SNMP traps are sent SNMP Trap Client Community String The community string used within the SNMP trap Add Client button Adds a client to the client list Remove Client button Removes the client from the client list Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M NE Config M gmt Dialog Box Note An error is reported if a nonexistent client is removed or if an existing client is added Figure 6 6 Configure Trap Client List Popup Window ue sgy 2 2 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 10 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M NE Config Mgmt Dialog Box W Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide VE Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M NE Config M gmt Dialog Box Additional Notes Tab Figure 6 7 shows the Additional Notes t
120. 6 8 9 TBA04430433 1 2 3 4 5 6 power supply 1 2 PowerSupply 2 30 Supervisor 1 L WS X6K SUP1A 2GE 2 7 0 6 1 0 105 ORL 2000 06 15 06 07 10 SAD04510T8K Ethernet 2 2 WS X6316 GE TX 16 1 1 5 4 2 2000 03 17 10 18 33 6 1 0 105 ORL 2000 06 15 06 44 56 SAD04440HO0C Ethernet 3 3 WS X6416 GBIC 16 1 2 5 4 2 2000 03 17 10 18 33 6 1 0 105 ORL 2000 06 15 06 44 56 SAD04470EEK Ethernet 4 4 WS X6324 100FX SM 24 1 1 5 4 2 2000 03 17 10 18 33 6 1 0 105 ORL 2000 06 15 06 43 57 SAD04320F4xX Ethernet 5 5 WS X6348 RJ 45 48 1 4 5 4 2 2000 03 17 10 18 33 6 1 0 105 ORL 2000 06 15 06 43 57 SAD04310F9P Ethernet 6 6 WS X6248A TEL 48 1 0 5 4 2 2000 03 17 10 23 19 6 1 0 105 ORL 2000 06 15 06 43 36 SAD043608EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide HEDE Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M Chassis Dialog Box Performance Tab Figure 5 3 shows the Performance tab of the C6576M Chassis dialog box Figure 53 Performance Tab of the C6576M Chassis Dialog Box Back Plane Statistics Area The Back Plane Statistics area of the C6576M Chassis dialog box provides the following information Current Load Displays the current traffic load on the backplane Peak Load Displays the peak traffic load encountered Peak Time Displays the time when the peak traffic load was encountered The Current Load and Peak Load attributes are polled at the specified interval when the Chassis o
121. 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 50 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M VLAN DialogBox Hl Additional Notes Tab Figure 6 43 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M VLAN dialog box Figure 6 43 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M VLAN Dialog Box Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the object Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide sm Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M EtherChannel Dialog Box C6576M EtherChannel Dialog Box This dialog box provides attributes for EtherChannel configurations This dialog box can be launched from the Software object or EtherChannel objects in the Physical view Status Tab Figure 6 44 shows the Status tab of the C6576M EtherChannel dialog box Figure 6 44 Status Tab of the C6576M EtherChannel Dialog Box TH Interface Status Area The Details area of the C6576M EtherChannel dialog box provides the following information EtherChannel ID The EtherChannel number Description Description of the EtherChannel Administrative Status The desired state of the EtherChannel interface The status has the following values testing read only Indicates that no operational packets can be passed down AV Note This is read only in Hybrid OS If the EtherChannel exists the value is always up 1 Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 6 52
122. 6576M OSM POS Subinterface Dialog Box Ml In Discarded Pkts The number of inbound packets that were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent their being deliverable to a higher layer protocol One possible reason for discarding such a packet could be to free up buffer space Out Discarded Pkts The number of outbound packets that were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent their being transmitted One possible reason for discarding such a packet could be to free up buffer space e In Dropped Pkts The number of packets dropped because the input queue was full Out Dropped Pkts The number of packets dropped because the output queue was full In Ignored Pkts Number of input packets that were ignored by this interface In Aborted Pkts Number of input packets that were aborted In Error Pkts The number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher layer protocol Out Error Pkts Number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors Performance Logging Area The Performance Logging area of the C6576M OSM POS Subinterface dialog box contains buttons to enable data logging of all the interface attributes of the interface Start Turns on performance data logging Stop tTurns off performance data logging Note The logged data is available to you through the CEMF Pe
123. 6576M Syslog dialog box provides the following information e Messages Not Recorded The number of syslog messages not recorded A message is not recorded if it has a severity value greater than the Max Syslog Severity attribute This attribute is read only Messages Not Processed The number of messages that were not processed due to a lack of system resources This attribute is read only Messages Deleted From Table The number of messages that were deleted from the table in order to make room for new messages The maximum number of messages kept in the table is dependent on the Max Table Entries attribute This attribute is read only Notifications Sent The number of syslog notifications sent This attribute is read only e Max Table Entries The maximum number of messages in the syslog table When this limit has been reached the oldest messages are deleted to make room for newer messages e Max Syslog Severity The maximum severity that will be recorded Messages with a higher numeric value of severity will not be recorded This attribute has one of the following values listed in ascending order of severity emergency 1 alert 2 critical 3 error 4 warning 5 notice 6 info 7 debug 8 Note The greatest severity state has the smallest numeric value of severity For example the emergency state has a value of 1 and is more severe than the info state which has a value of 7 If
124. 6M Module is in the normal Normal performance state lostcomms normallostcomms C6576M Module is in the lostcomms Normal performance state Network connectivity to the supervisor card is lost performance C6576M Module is in the lostcomms performance state perflostcomms C6576M Module is in the lostcomms state Network connectivity to the supervisor card is lost Table 8 7 describes the Interface objects state alarms Table 8 7 Interface State Alarms State Description Severity Alarms Cleared normal C6576M Interface is in the normal state Normal performance normallostcomms C6576M Interface is in the lostcomms state Normal performance Network connectivity to the supervisor card is lost performance C6576M Interface is in the performance state perflostcomms C6576M Interface is in the lostcomms state Network connectivity to the supervisor card is lost AV Note Because an Ethernet Interface object cannot enter the lostcomms state independent of the corresponding Ethernet module or supervisor engine module no alarm is raised when the Ethernet Interface object enters the lostcomms state Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter8 Alarms and Alarm Management MH C65 76M Alarms Port Adapters Table 8 8 describes the Port Adapters state alarms Table 8 8 Port Adapters State Alarms State Description Severity Alarms Cleared mismatched C6576M Port A
125. 6M software adds additional windows and a back end controller process that communicates with the hardware elements using CEMP as shown in the following figure Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide gy Chapter2 Basic Concepts HH Cisco EMF and Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager Softw are Figure 2 1 CEMF and C65 76M Processes Cisco EM controller Element Manager Windows lt gt C65 76M controller Management Network Catalyst 6500 Element Management amp Cisco EM Database Cisco C65 76M Database 73603 An Element Manager is an application that is responsible for providing fault configuration accounting performance and security FCAPS management for a particular type of Network Element or family of Network Elements The C65 76M software primarily provides fault and performance information The configuration capabilities are limited and the accounting information is used for inventory purposes No security information is provided by the C65 76M mi Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter2 Basic Concepts C65 76M Objects and Interfaces Hi C65 76M Objects and Interfaces The C65 76M software provides three types of objects Physical Represents actual components and devices such as the chassis hardware frame fans power supplies modules and ports Logical Represents the nontangible features such as VLAN
126. 7 Configuration Tab 6 40 VLAN Membership Tab 6 41 Global Tab 6 43 STP Tab 6 45 QoS Tab 6 47 EoMPLS Tab 6 48 VLAN Database Tab 6 49 Additional Notes Tab 6 51 C6576M EtherChannel Dialog Box 6 52 Status Tab 6 52 Configuration Tab 6 54 Membership Tab 6 56 Routing Protocol Tab 6 58 STP Tab 6 59 HSRP Tab 6 63 Additional Notes Tab 6 67 C6576M BGP Dialog Box 6 68 BGP Tab 6 68 NeighborTab 6 71 Redistribution Tab 6 73 Distribution List Tab 6 75 Additional Notes Tab 6 77 C6576M OSPF Dialog Box 6 78 Details Tab 6 78 Area Tab 6 80 NetworkTab 6 81 Global Tab 6 83 Neighbor Tab 6 85 Redistribution Tab 6 87 Distribution List Tab 6 89 Additional Notes Tab 6 91 C6576M EIGRP Dialog Box 6 92 Details Tab 6 92 Redistribution Tab 6 95 Distribution List Tab 6 97 Additional Notes Tab 6 99 C6576M IS IS Dialog Box 6 100 EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Details Tab 6 100 Interfaces Tab 6 102 Redistribution Tab 6 104 Additional Notes Tab 6 105 C6576M NDE Configuration Dialog Box 6 106 Details Tab 6 106 NDE Filters Tab 6 108 Additional Notes Tab 6 110 C6576M STP Dialog Box 6 111 Details Tab 6 111 Additional Notes Tab 6 112 C6576M ACL Configuration Dialog Box 6 113 Details Tab 6 113 Additional Notes Tab 6 116 C6576M Loopback Dialog Box 6 117 Configuration Tab 6 117 Additional Notes Tab 6 118 C6576M QoS Dialog Box 6 119 Details Tab 6 119 Named Aggregate Tab 6 121 ClassMapsTab 6 124 Additional Notes Tab 6 126 C6576M
127. 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 128 Logical Object Dialog Boxes Policy Map Classes Tab C6576M QoS Policy Map Dialog Box Figure 6 103 shows the Policy Map Classes tab of the C6576M QoS Policy Map dialog box Figure 6 103 Policy Map Classes Tab of C6576M QoS Policy Map Dialog Box Sop e Pe a ee Se HH coo Prine See ire pge si lise iag SI qt es song inst epee oo ian i aprem a etam ee Ea LET im T ac a oH StF Pde ad et Pere Ln bae eT 1 r keer am ee oT a a Fanzin mmn pmp E ba 5 aE ib miz Pe bm UFU AE Cs erie veza Bil iii TREN a ie a bar a e B P Poet i Beman Laes Bow rm Pair Eram erm es mm mi TII Policy Class List Area The Policy Class List area of the C6576M QoS Policy Map dialog box provides the following information Policy Class List Table Describes the policy map class entries The following attributes are displayed in this table Policy Class Map Name Unique identifier of a class map on the device The class map defines the criteria for filtering traffic that the policers will enforce QoS parameters against Remove Class button Removes one or more class map entries from a policy map This also removes the trust state and policers associated with the class map entries Add Class button Launches the Policy Map Add subdialog box shown in Figure 6 104 to create a policy map class entry in the referenced policy maps and defines at least one policer f
128. 76M EmenOnanine Cal op HE bE Opie Weier kripli A imma Ea Har Egy l iem Buma CO a aeg emm E HRR ne ee ra Siria a hh aia eam Tay 18 immi ee a be kat imma Dima rana ered toad ame lacie on ape fT Lave 1 Fr ener eet terete irma To P amai Td my om Vier iP aair Pane Ee rete Ce Base mimm ra makar Tli ii General Area The General area provides the following information Interface Mode The current operational mode of the interface This field has the following values switchport Layer 2 routed Layer 3 Speed tThe transmission speed in bits per second of the EtherChannel interface Bandwidth Overwrites default bandwidth in kilobits per second Note The Bandwidth attribute is an informational parameter used only to communicate the current bandwidth to the higher level protocols such as IGRP EIGRP and OSPF you cannot adjust the actual bandwidth of an interface with this command Delay Specifies the delay in tens of microseconds for an interface or network segment Note The Delay attribute is an informational parameter used only to communicate the current bandwidth to the higher level protocols such as IGRP EIGRP you cannot adjust the actual delay of an interface with this command MH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M EtherChannel Dialog Box Hil Distribution Protocol Protocol used for load balancing on the Et
129. B chassis does not support the Type attribute This attribute is displayed as unknown in the Power Supply Dialog Operational Status Displays the operational status of the power supply This field has the following values ok tThe power supply status is normal other The power supply operational status is unknown minorFault There is a minor problem majorFault There is a major problem Note If this field has a value other than ok an alarm is generated See Chapter 8 Alarms and Alarm Management Redundancy Mode Displays the mode in which the power supply is operating This is a drop down list with the following values redundant Power supply 1 is used as the primary supply If power supply 1 fails power supply 2 becomes the primary power supply combined Both power supplies are used to supply power to the modules Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide E Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M Power Supply Dialog Box Status Field The display only Status field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field can have the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the power supply attributes normal Data is being gathered periodically normallostcomms CEMF lost communication with the power supply from the normal state Additional Notes Tab Figure 5 6 shows the Addition
130. C6576M ATM E3 Interface Dialog Box Level 2 Metric Cost of the interface for IS IS level 2 inter area route calculation Level 2 Priority Level 2 priority e Enable button Enable IS IS routing on the interface To enable IS IS on an interface the user must specify an IS IS routing process that is already Note deployed on the device If the process does not exist the action will fail Disable button Disable IS IS routing on the interface Note By default all interfaces are configured as IS IS Circuit type Level 1 2 Additional Notes Tab Figure 5 51 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M ATM E3 Interface dialog box Figure 5 51 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M ATM E3 Interface Dialog Box Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the ATM E3 Interface EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M ATM SONET Interface Dialog Box W C6576M ATM SONET Interface Dialog Box This dialog box describes a physical and logical enhanced ATM OC 3 interface of a Flex WAN port adapter on the Catalyst 6000 family switches or Cisco 7600 series Internet Routers This dialog box can be launched from the ATM Port Adapter or ATM Sonet interface object within the Physical view You can select multiple ATM SONET interfaces port adapters FlexWAN modules and chassis at a time from the object list on the left si
131. C6576M OSM Channelized SONET Interface Dialog Box sonetLineAIS Line defect Alarm Indication Signal sonetLineRDI Line defect Remote Defect Indication Performance Logging Area The Performance Logging area of the C6576M OSM Channelized SONET Interface dialog box contains buttons to enable data logging of all the interface attributes of the interface Start Turns on performance data logging Stop tTurns off performance data logging x Note The logged data is available to you through the CEMF Performance Manager Refer to the Cisco Element Management Framework User Guide for more information about the Performance Manager Status Field The display only Status field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field can have the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object attributes normal Presence polling is performed periodically performance Some attributes are collected periodically for trending purposes normallostcomms CEMF has lost communication with the device from the normal state perflostcomms CEMF has lost communication with the device from the performance state Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 130 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSM Channelized SONET Interface Dialog Box W Configuration Tab Figure 5 67 shows the Configuration tab of the C6576M OSM Channelized S
132. Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M EtherChannel Dialog Box Hi Note When a managed system initializes all interfaces start with Administrative Status in the down state As a result of either explicit management action or per configuration information retained by the managed system Administrative Status is then changed to either the up 1 or testing read only 3 states or remains in the down 2 state Delete EtherChannel button Deletes the EtherChannel instance selected in the EtherChannels object selection list All interface members of this EtherChannel must be removed before the EtherChannel instance can be deleted This only applies to Native IOS devices only on hybrid devices the EtherChannel will automatically delete on removal of the last member Status Field The Status display only field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field has the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object attributes normal Presence polling of the object normallostcomms CEMEF has lost communication with the device from the normal state Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes EE C6576M EtherChannel Dialog Box Configuration Tab Figure 6 45 shows the Configuration tab of the C6576M EtherChannel dialog box Figure 6 45 Configuration Tab of the C6576M EtherChannel Dialog Box C65
133. Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface Dialog Box Mi Additional Notes Tab Figure 5 65 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface dialog box Figure 5 65 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface Dialog Box a pai eames Mg een HOP a Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the OSM GE WAN Interface Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide TEA Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M OSM Channelized SONET Interface Dialog Box C6576M OSM Channelized SONET Interface Dialog Box This dialog box describes a physical and logical channelized OC 12 Ch OC12 or OC 48 Ch OC48 SONET interface on an OSM This dialog box can be launched from the OSM Channelized SONET Module or Interface object within the Physical view You can select multiple OSM Channelized SONET Interfaces OSMs and chassis at a time from the object list on the left side of the dialog box Status Tab Figure 5 66 shows the Status tab of the C6576M OSM Channelized SONET Interface dialog box Figure 5 66 Status Tab of the C6576M OSM Channelized SONET Interface Dialog Box Interface Status Area The Status area of the C6576M OSM Channelized SONET Interface dialog box provides the following information to describe the general characteristics of the interface Description C
134. Cisco SYSTEMS Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Release 2 1 Corporate Headquarters Cisco Systems Inc 170 West Tasman Drive San J ose CA 95134 1706 USA http www cisco com Tel 408 526 4000 800 553 NETS 6387 Fax 408 526 4100 Customer Order Number Y THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE ALL STATEMENTS INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION PACKET THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY CONTACT YOUR CISCO REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY The Cisco implementation of TCP header compression is an adaptation of a program developed by the University of California Berkeley UCB as part of UCB s public domain version of the UNIX operating system All rights reserved Copyright O 1981 Regents of the University of California NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER WARRANTY HEREIN ALL DOCUMENT FILES AND SOFTWARE OF THESE SUPPLIERS ARE PROVIDED AS IS WITH ALL FAULTS CISCO AND THE ABOVE NAMED SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION TH
135. DEN Cu Herel Thur j one Ha maiii s ala hii nna i oe kmg Tag Lerm T Holi bal red Lemi p Hen tol pres mein I iad Lae ic a OT T Lia l Py Diaki H E june Pas eran As krss pa ve Salt z Jan f EIGRP Area The EIGRP area of the C6576M EtherChannel dialog box provides the following information EIGRP Interface Table A list of the EIGRP processes The following attributes can be configured for a EIGRP process Bandwidth Utilization Percentage of the EtherChannel interface bandwidth that the EIGRP protocol can use Hold Time sec Length of time in seconds that neighbors should consider the sender valid Hello Interval sec Interval in seconds between hello packets ISIS Area The ISIS area of the C6576M EtherChannel dialog box provides the following information ISIS Enabled Indicates whether or not IS IS routing is enabled on the interface This attribute is read only true IS IS routing is enabled false IS IS routing is disabled Area Tag The IS IS routing area in which the interface participates If mutli area IS IS is configured on the device the IS IS area must be named Otherwise this value may be an implicit null tag This attribute is read only mi Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes STP Tab C6576M EtherChannel Dialog Box Hi Level 1 Hello Interval Length of time between hello packets generated on the interface
136. E Se Makah BD M bager i ieee i mr ssm TOL ie auras Linar F Jairen TE a on Hen ee bps pee geet ee er es ee ham aa a ha i pph padi R General Area The General area of the C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface dialog box provides the following information Speed The desired speed of this port in bits per second This attribute should have this value 1 Gb s amp Note If an unsupported speed is selected an error is reported Duplex Displays the duplex mode for the port This attribute should have this value full duplex Input Queue Length Displays the input queue length in packets Output Queue Length Displays the output queue length in packets Link Up Down Trap lIndicates if link up or link down traps are being generated This list contains the following values enabled disabled Delay Specifies the delay in tens of microseconds for an interface or network segment Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface Dialog Box amp Note The Delay attribute is an informational parameter used only to communicate the current bandwidth to the higher level protocols such as IGRP and EIGRP you cannot adjust the actual delay of an interface with this command Bandwidth Overwrites default bandwidth in kilobits per second Note Layer 2 Area The Bandwidth attribute is an informationa
137. Fast Ethernet Modules RJ 21 wsx65481rj45 Fabric enabled 10 100 Fast Ethernet Modules RJ 45 wsx6408 gbic 8 port Gigabit Ethernet wsx6408agbic 8 port Gigabit Ethernet with enhanced QoS wsx64 16gbic 16 port Gigabit Ethernet wsx6416gemt 16 port Gigabit Ethernet with MT RJ connectors wsx65 16gbic 16 port Gigabit Ethernet with switch fabric connection wsx68 l6gbic 16 port Gigabit Ethernet with dual switch fabric connections wsx63 16getx 16 port Gigabit Ethernet with RJ 45 connectors wsx65 16 getx 16 port Gigabit Ethernet with RJ 45 connectors x bar wsx6501 10gex4 One port 1 OGBASE EX4 metro extended reach 10 Gigabit Ethernet Module single mode fiber Chassis SlotNumber The slot in which the Ethernet Module is to be deployed Enter the details for the Ethernet Module object and click the Forward button The Ethernet Module Deployment Wizard Summary window is displayed see Figure 4 34 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M HM Deployment and Commissioning Process Figure 4 34 Ethemet Module Deployment Wizard Summary 7aibi You can either click the Cancel button to cancel the operation or click the Finish button to create the object If the Chassis Slot Number corresponds to an occupied slot an error message is displayed The error message resembles the message shown in Figure 4 30 Switch Fabric Module To predeploy a Switch Fabric Module choose the Deplo
138. IOS Image area of the C6576M Software dialog box provides the following information Image Name Name of the IOS image currently executing on the switch or router Version Version of the currently executing IOS image Index Index of the Image Source Location item in the table Image Source Location The list of files in order that are used to boot the switch or router Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M Software Dialog Box Backup Restore IOS Image Area The Backup Restore IOS Image area of the C6576M Software dialog box provides the following information TFTP Host The IP address or hostname of the TFTP server that the IOS image was restored from or backed up to e Backup Status Status of the last image backup operation The Backup Status has the following values Ok The backup operation completed without errors Failed tThe backup operation failed Not executed A backup has not been executed e Backup Source The IOS image file to be backed up Specify the full path to the image for example slot0 c6sup12 jsv mz 121 6 E bin Backup Destination The destination filename on the TFTP Host to which the image will be backed up Restore Status Status of the last image restore operation The Restore Status has the following values Ok The restore operation completed without errors Failed The restore operation failed
139. IS Circuit type Level 1 2 Additional Notes Tab Figure 5 84 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface dialog box Figure 5 84 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface Dialog Box Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the OSM Serial Subinterface EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSM POS Subinterface Dialog Box Ml C6576M OSM POS Subinterface Dialog Box This dialog box describes a logical OC 3 channel on a channelized OC 12 ChOC 12 or OC 48 ChOC 48 SONET interface of an Optical Service Module OSM An OC 3 channel of a SONET interface is provisioned as a logical packet over SONET POS interface This dialog box can be launched from the OSM Channelized SONET Module or Interface object or the POS Subinterface within the Physical view You can select multiple OSM POS subinterfaces OSM Channelized SONET interfaces OSMs and chassis at a time from the object list on the left side of the dialog box Status Tab Figure 5 85 shows the Status tab of the C6576M OSM POS Subinterface dialog box Figure 5 85 Status Tab of the C6576M OSM POS Subinterface Dialog Box Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide gy Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M OSM POS Subinterface Dialog Box Interface Status Area The Status area of the C6576M OSM POS Subinterf
140. LS Area This area contains the followng information Destination IP Describes where packets are to be sent A value of 0 0 0 0 will clear any previously configured value VC ID Label applied to packets entering the tunnel A value of 0 will clear any previously configured value Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M VLAN DialogBox Hi VLAN Database Tab Figure 6 41 shows the VLAN Database tab of the C6576M VLAN dialog box There is no VLAN Database in Hybrid OS Figure 6 41 VLAN Database Tab of the C6576M VLAN Dialog Box VLAN Database Backup Restore Area The VLAN Database Backup Restore area of the C6576M VLAN dialog box allows you to back up and restore the VLAN configuration to a remote TFTP server TFTP Host tThe IP address of the TFTP server to which the VLAN configuration is backed up or restored from Backup Status Status of the last VLAN configuration backup operation The Backup Status has the following values Ok The backup operation completed without errors Failed The backup operation failed Not executed A backup has not been executed Backup File Name of the file on the TFTP server to which the VLAN configuration will be copied to Save config file before reset true indicates that the VLAN configuration file will be saved before switch reset Restore Status Status of the last VLAN conf
141. Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M BGP DialogBox Ml Figure 6 55 BGP Enable Dialog Box aa SY 2 9 BGP Network Path Attribute Table Area The BGP Network Path Attribute Table area contains information about paths to destination networks received from all BGP peers This area contains the following columns Peer IP Address IP address of the peer from which the path information was learned This address is 0 0 0 0 if this information was learned internally IP Address IP address of the destination network Network Mask Length of the destination network IP adddress prefix in the Network Layer Reachability Information field Path Origin Ultimate origin of the path information This has the following values igp Interior Gateway Protocol advertised with a network router configuration command egp Exterior Gateway Protocol incomplete Unknown origin Usually a router that is distributed into BGP from an IGP Border Router IP Address Address of the border router that should be used for the destination network Multiple Exit Point Discriminate Metric Metric used to discriminate between multiple exit points to an adjacent autonomous system A value of 1 indicates the absence of this attribute Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M BGP Dialog Box Degree of Preference Degree of preference for an advertised route A value of 1 indicates an
142. Loopback dialog box Figure 6 93 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M Loopback Dialog Box Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 118 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M QoS DialogBox W Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the object C6576M QoS Dialog Box The C6576M QoS dialog box describes the global quality of service QoS engine process on a Catalyst 6000 6500 series or Cisco 7600 series Internet Router This dialog box is launched from the Software object or QoS objects in the Physical view Details Tab Figure 6 94 shows the Details tab of the C6576M QoS dialog box Figure 6 94 Details Tab of C6576M QoS Dialog Box Details Area The Details area of the C6576M QoS dialog box provides the following information QoS Enabled Indicates whether or not QoS is enabled on the device By default enabling QoS globally also enables QoS on each physical and logical IP interface unless explicitly disabled on the individual interfaces These are the possible values for this attribute true QoS is enabled false QoS is not enabled Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 119 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M QoS Dialog Box e Microflow Enabled Indicates whether or not Microflow policing is enabled on the device This enables QoS policing against Layer 3 switched traffic flows This feature can only b
143. M Ethernet Interface Dialog Box Interface Status Area The Interface Status area of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box provides the following information Description Descriptive name of the interface amp Note The maximum number of characters allowed for Hybrid OS is 25 Index String index of the interface This is a read only attribute Type Displays the type of physical layer medium dependent interface on the port This attribute is read only These are possible types el0BaseT el0BaseF el00BaseTX el100BaseT4 e100BaseF el100BaseFsm e10al00BaseTX mii e1000BaseLX e1000BaseSX e1000BaseCX e1000Empty e1000BaseLH e1000BaseT e1000UnsupportedGbic e1000BaseZX Operational Status Displays the operational status of the interface This attribute is read only and has one of the following values up Interface is ready to transmit and receive packets down No packets are being passed The interface is in this state if there is a fault preventing it from going to the up state testing No operational packages can be passed unknown dormant Interface is up but waiting for external actions notPresent The interface is in this state if the interface has missing components typically hardware lowerLayerDown The interface in the lower layer is down Administrative Status Displays the administrative status of the interface These are the values up tThe int
144. M SR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet osm loc48 pos si 1 port OC 48 STM 16 SONET SDH OSM SM IR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet osm loc48 pos sl 1 port OC 48 STM 16 SONET SDH OSM SM LR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet osm 160c3 pos mm 16 port OC 3 STM 1 SONET SDH OSM MM with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet osm 160c3 pos si 16 port OC 3 STM 1 SONET SDH OSM SM IR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M Deployment and Commissioning Process W Property Description Module Type continued osm 160c3 pos sl 16 port OC 3 STM 1 SONET SDH OSM SM LR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet osm 20c12 pos mm 2 port OC 12 STM 4 SONET SDH OSM MM with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet osm 20c12 pos si 2 port OC 12 STM 4 SONET SDH OSM SM IR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet osm 20c12 pos s1 2 port OC 12 STM 4 SONET SDH OSM SM LR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet osm 80c3 pos mm 8 port OC 3 STM 1 SONET SDH OSM MM with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet osm 80c3 pos si 8 port OC 3 STM 1 SONET SDH OSM SM IR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet osm 80c3 pos sl 8 port OC 3 STM 1 SONET SDH OSM SM LR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet osm Ichoc48 t3 ss 1 port short reach OC48 with 4 Gigabit Ethernet osm Ichoc48 t3 si 1 port channelized OC 48 SM IR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet Cisco 6500 760
145. N Table Describes the STP per VLAN configurations of a trunking interface There is one entry for each explicit per VLAN spanning tree configuration on the interface amp Note The VLAN STP instance does not have to be currently carried on the trunk in order to configure the per VLAN STP settings The settings will take effect when the interface actually begins trunking the VLAN traffic Priority Describes the STP VLAN port priority of this interface The VLAN port priority is used on trunking interfaces On any switch port that is not in trunking mode the STP port priority is used instead The default value is 128 in all versions of IOS 32 in all versions of CatOS The valid values are Native IOS 12 1 6 E and earlier Integer 0 248 increments of 8 Native IOS 12 1 8a E and later Integer 0 252 increments of 4 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 60 Chapter 6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes amp C6576M EtherChannel Dialog Box W CatOS 6 3 Integer 0 63 CatOS 7 1 Integer 1 63 Cost Describes the STP VLAN path cost of this interface The VLAN path cost is only used on trunking interfaces On any switch port that is not in trunking mode the STP port path cost is used instead Note Default values for priority and cost will be used if you do not provide one of these arguments You must provide a nondefault value for at least one of these arguments otherwise the action will fail
146. OC12 T3 SI 8 port Channelized OC12 to T3 Single mode Intermediate Reach with 4 Gigabit Ethernet ports Serial Number The serial number of the module Hardware Version The hardware version on the module Software Version The software version on the module Firmware Version The firmware version on the module Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 62 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Optical Services Modules Dialog Box Mi Performance Logging Area The Performance Logging area of the C6576M Port Adapter dialog box contains the buttons to enable data logging of all the interface attributes of the OSM Start Turns on performance data logging Stop tTurns off performance data logging AS Note The logged data is available to you through the CEMF Performance Manager Refer to the Cisco Element Management Framework User Guide for more information about the Performance Manager Actions Area The Actions area of the C6576M OSM dialog box provides the following actions Commission This button is used to commission the object manually This can only be done if the object is in a decommissioned state Decommission This button is used to decommission the object manually In the decommissioned state the properties of the object are not monitored As a result data displayed in the configuration window is not guaranteed to be current The decommission action allows a OSM
147. ONET Interface dialog box Figure 5 67 Configuration Tab of the C6576M OSM Channelized SONET Interface Dialog Box General Area The General area contains the following information Speed tThe desired speed of the port in bits per second Duplex SONET interfaces are by definition full duplex Link Up Down Trap Enables or disables linkUp and linkDown trap generation for the interface SONET Area The SONET area contains the following information Description Description of the SONET interface Clock Source Source of the transmit clock loopTiming Indicates that the recovered receive clock is used as the transmit clock loopTimingPrimary Indicates that loop timing is used and the SONET controller provides the first priority clock for internal circuitry Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide E Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M OSM Channelized SONET Interface Dialog Box loopTimingSecondary Indicates that loop timing is used and the SONET controller provides the clock if the primary clock source fails Primary Indicates that the SONET controller provides the first priority clock for internal circuitry Secondary indicates that the SONET controller provides the clock if the primary clock source fails localTiming Indicates that the transmit clock source is generated internally localTimingPrimary Indicates that local timing is used and the SONET controller pr
148. OSE OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING USAGE OR TRADE PRACTICE IN NO EVENT SHALL CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO DATA ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS MANUAL EVEN IF CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES CCIP the Cisco Powered Network mark the Cisco Systems Verified logo Cisco Unity Follow Me Browsing FormShare Internet Quotient iQ Breakthrough iQ Expertise iQ FastTrack the iQ Logo iQ Net Readiness Scorecard Networking Academy ScriptShare SMARTnet TransPath and Voice LAN are trademarks of Cisco Systems Inc Changing the Way We Work Live Play and Learn Discover All That s Possible The Fastest Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient and iQuick Study are service marks of Cisco Systems Inc and Aironet ASIST BPX Catalyst CCDA CCDP CCIE CCNA CCNP Cisco the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo Cisco IOS the Cisco IOS logo Cisco Press Cisco Systems Cisco Systems Capital the Cisco Systems logo Empowering the Internet Generation Enterprise Solver EtherChannel EtherSwitch Fast Step GigaStack IOS IP TV LightStream MGX MICA the Networkers logo Network Registrar Packet PIX Post Routing Pre Routing RateMUX Registrar SlideCast StrataView Plus Stratm
149. P group Modify button Figure 5 21 shows the subdialog box that is displayed when the Modify button is pressed This subdialog box is used to modify the following C6576M Ethernet Interface attributes of a given HSRP group Secondary IP Virtual IP Preempt Delay Minimum Priority Hello Interval Hold Interval Figure 5 21 HSRP Secondary IP Modify Subdialog Box Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 44 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Ethernet Interface Dialog Box Ml QoS Tab Figure 5 22 shows the QoS tab of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box Figure 5 22 QoS Tab on the C6576M Ethemet Interface Dialog Box ERDE OUPS besii reie laci jalig Hee T FASE CEjki Died Cage Pe Be Pet FF eee Geel ne hiai TF Pis BLAN Fa Peed Ted ate a vj igual Cand fier Fr frp Che sim a ater Erea 1 Dreri eed Bien I caren I 1 TI ET ES essere hor Ahri bijai J i Tq DE EL Eq eel he ER SU qmim rH Be Mike epee A QoS Area The QoS area of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box provides the following information QoS Enabled Enables or disables QoS on the interface true QoS enabled false QoS disabled gt Note By default if global QoS is enabled on the device then the port QoS is also enabled unless explicitly disabled VLAN QoS Enabled Enables disables VLAN based QoS on the interface true VLAN based QoS enable
150. P port number of destination Netflow Collector where NDE packets are delivered to Figure 6 83 Details Tab of C6576M NDE Dialog Box Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 106 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M NDE Configuration Dialog Box W PFC Area The PFC area of the C6576M NDE dialog box provides the following information PFC NDE Status Indicates whether or not NDE is enabled for the export of statistics on Layer 3 switched traffic collected in the PFC cache Version NDE version supported by the PFC for collected traffic statistics NDE uses NDE version 7 to export the statistics captured on the PFC for Layer 3 switched traffic e Source IP Source IP address in the NDE packets delivered by the PFC to the Netflow Collector These packets deliver statistics on the Layer 3 switched traffic Source Port Egress port on the router used to export Layer 3 switched traffic statistics from the PFC cache Dest IP IP address of destination Netflow Collector where NDE packets on switched traffic flows from the PFC are sent to Dest Port UDP port number of destination Netflow Collector where NDE packets on switched traffic flows from the PFC are delivered to MSFC Area The MSFC area of the C6576M NDE dialog box provides the following information e MSFC NDE Status Indicates whether or not NDE is enabled for the export of statistics on routed traffic flows from the MSFC ca
151. PathCurrent 2 C6576M 0165_0 SONET Path Warning Status status is STS Path Loss of Pointer sonetPathCurrent 4 C6576M 0167_0 SONET Path Warning Status status is STS Path Alarm Indication Signal sonetPathCurrent 8 C6576M 0169_0 SONET Path Warning Status status is STS Path Remote Defect Indication sonetPathCurrent 16 C6576M 0171_0 SONET Path Warning Status status is Unequipped sonetPathCurrent 32 C6576M 0173_0 SONET Path Warning Status status is Signal Label Mismatch Port adapters do not support the operational status information as a result the only attribute alarm raised by a port adapter is the final one a serial number change has been detected mi Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide Chapter8 Alarms and Alarm Management Softw are Table 8 14 describes the Software object attribute alarms Table 8 14 Software Attribute Alarms C65 76M Alarms Attribute Description Severity Alarms Cleared Image Backup C6576M Software Image Backup Status is Normal Image Backup Status Status Ok ok The backup was successful Error Image Backup C6576M Software Image Backup Status is Major Status Failed Failed IOS image backup failed Image Restore C6576M Software Image Restore Status is_ Normal Image Restore Status Status Ok ok IOS image restoration was successful Error Image Restore C6576M Software Image Restore Status is Critical Status Failed Failed
152. Product Overview Provides a context for the Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager Chapter 2 Basic Concepts Describes basic concepts of the Cisco Element Management Framework CEMF and the concepts of network and service management associated with the C65 76M using CEMF Chapter 3 Getting Started Describes the order of the tasks you should perform to get started with the C65 76M software Chapter 4 Deploying the C65 76M Describes the deployment and commissioning process for the C65 76M Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide gy Aboutthis Guide MH Related Documentation Chapter Title Description Chapter 5 Physical Object Dialog Describes the C65 76M dialogs for Boxes physical objects and the management functions that can be carried out Chapter 6 Logical Object Dialog Describes the C65 76M dialogs for Boxes logical objects and the management functions that can be carried out Chapter 7 Profiles Describes how to create and apply C65 76M profiles Chapter 8 Alarms and Alarm Describes the alarms that are raised Management in CEMF by the C65 76M Related Documentation In addition to this guide the following documents are available for the Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager Installation Guide Release Notes for the Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager The following documents are available for the Catalyst 6000 family switches Site Pre
153. QoS Policy Map Dialog Box 6 127 PolicyMap Tab 6 127 Policy M ap Classes Tab 6 129 Additional Notes Tab 6 134 CHAPTER 7 Profiles 7 1 Network Element Profile 7 1 Creating a Network Element Profile 7 1 Applying a Network Element Profile 7 3 Syslog Profile 7 3 Creating a Syslog Profile 7 3 Applying a Syslog Profile 7 4 Alarms and Alarm Management 8 1 Viewing C65 76M Alarms 8 1 Event Browser 82 CHAPTER 8 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Contents W E Contents Full Event Description Dialog 8 4 C65 76M Alarms 8 5 SNMP Trap Alarms 8 6 Object State Alarms 8 9 Attribute Value Alarms 8 13 mi Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Aboutthis Guide This preface describes who should read the Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide how it is organized and its document conventions Audience This guide is written as a technical resource for network managers system administrators the people responsible for managing the network network analysts those who configure the network and operators It is assumed that you have a basic understanding of network design operation and terminology and that you are familiar with your own network configurations It is also assumed that you have a basic familiarity with UNIX and have read and understood the Cisco Element Management Framework User Guide Organization This guide is organized as follows Chapter Title Description Chapter 1
154. RC Cyclical redundancy check CRC word size The CRC is an error checking technique that uses a calculated numeric value to detect errors in transmitted data Payload Scrambling lIndicates whether or not SONET payload scrambling is enabled on the interface Payload scrambling ensures that there is sufficient bit transition density to maintain the transmit clock for synchronous signalling Both ends of the connection must use the same scrambling algorithm Encapsulation Indicates whether HDLC or PPP encapsulation is used on the interface Path Message C2 Area The Path Message C2 area contains the following information SONET Overhead C2 Byte Value of the SONET overhead Path Signal Label C2 which indicates the contents of the SONET STS SPE Higher Order VC This attribute is read only These are possible values 207 OxCF PPP or HDLC with no payload scrambling 22 0x16 PPP or HDLC with payload scrambling Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide EGA Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M OSM POS Subinterface Dialog Box Path Message J 1 Area The SONET Path Header J1 area contains the following information 4 Expected Size Maximum length of the expected receive SONET Path overhead message in bytes Transmit Size Maximum length of the transmitting SONET Path overhead message in bytes Expected Label The expected receive SONET Path overhead message If the expected lab
155. S X6224 100FX MT Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M Ethernet Module Dialog Box WS X6324 100FX SM WS X6324 100FX MM WS X6248 RJ 45 WS X6248 TEL WS X6248 A TEL WS X6348 RJ 45 WS X6348 RJ 21 WS X6516 GE TX WS X6502 10GE Serial Number The serial number of the module Number of Ports The total number of ports on the module Daughter Card The type of daughter card installed on the module The possible values of this attribute are none No card installed WS F6KDFC Distributed Forwarding Card for WS X6516 GBIC module WS F6KVPWR Inline Power Card unknown Card installed is not one of the above e Hardware Version The hardware version on the module e Software Version The software version on the module Firmware Version The firmware version on the module Performance Logging Area The Performance Logging area of the C6576M Ethernet Module dialog box allows users to turn on performance data logging for all interfaces on the module Start Turn performance data logging on for all interfaces Stop tTurn performance data logging off for all interfaces See the C6576M Ethernet Interface Dialog Box section on page 5 27 for a list of the interface attributes that are polled for performance data Note The logged data is available to you through the CEMF Performance Manager Refer to the Cisco El
156. Series Manager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Switch Fabric Module Dialog Box Wi Status Field The display only Status field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field can have the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object attributes normal Presence polling is performed periodically performance Some attributes are collected periodically for trending purposes normallostcomms CEMF has lost communication with the device from the normal state perflostcomms CEMF has lost communication with the device from the performance state mismatched The type of Switch Fabric Module discovered does not match the predeployed Switch Fabric Module Performance Tab Figure 5 26 shows the Performance tab of the C6576M Switch Fabric Module dialog box Figure 5 26 Performance Tab of the C6576M Switch Fabric Module Dialog Box Statistics Area The Statistics Table of the Statistics area dialog box provides the fabric channel counters and utilization for the device There is an entry in this table for each fabric enabled module installed in the chassis Slot Slot number of the fabric enabled module Channel Fabric channel number InErrors Total number of error packets received on the module through the fabric channel since the entry was last initialized Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide E Chapt
157. Subinterface Dialog Box page 5 163 Table 5 1 lists the pop up menu launch points for all C65 76M dialog boxes Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide gy Chapter 5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes Table 5 1 Launch Points for the C65 76M Dialog Boxes Container Object Dialog Box Netw ork Network Element All dialogs under the Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager menu entry Physical Container site bay shelf etc All dialogs under the Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager menu entry Network Element All dialogs under the Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager menu entry Chassis Chassis Dialog Power Supply Dialog All Module Dialogs All Port Adapter Dialogs All Interface Dialogs Power Supply Power Supply Dialog Supervisor Supervisor Module Dialog Module Ethernet Interface Dialog All other Corresponding Module Dialog Interface All Interface Dialogs for interfaces Modules associated with the Module Ethernet OSM etc Switch Fabric Module SLB Module FlexWAN Module Corresponding Module Dialog All Interfaces Corresponding Interface Dialog EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Chassis Dialog Box Ti C6576M Chassis Dialog Box This dialog box provides access to attributes for the physical chassis This includes items such as the fan temperature and power supplies This dialo
158. T 24 port LOOFX MT RJ WS X6324 100FX MM 24 port 100FX MT RJ multimode fiber 128K per port packet buffers WS X6324 100FX SM 24 port 1OOFX MT RJ single mode fiber 128K per port packet buffers WS X6248 RJ 45 48 port 10 100TX RJ 45 WS X6248 TEL 48 port 10 100TX RJ 21 WS X6248A TEL 48 port 10 100TX RJ 21 128K per port packet buffers WS X6348 RJ 45 48 port 10 100TX RJ 45 128K per port packet buffers WS X6348 RJ45V 48 port 10 100TX RJ 45 128K per port packet buffers with inline power WS X6348 RJ 21 48 port 10 100 RJ 21 upgradable to voice WS X6348 RJ 21V 48 port 10 100 RJ 21 inline power WS X6524 100FX MM Fabric enabled 100FX Fast Ethernet Module multimode fiber MT RJ WS X6548 RJ 21 Fabric enabled 10 100 Fast Ethernet Modules RJ 21 WS X6548 RJ 45 Fabric enabled 10 100 Fast Ethernet Modules RJ 45 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide gy Chapterl ProductOverview HM Supported Hardware Table 1 1 Supported Hardware continued Platform Part Number Description Catalyst 6000 family modules continued WS X6408 GBIC 8 port Gigabit Ethernet WS X6408A GBIC 8 port Gigabit Ethernet with enhanced QoS WS X6416 GBIC 16 port Gigabit Ethernet WS X6416 GE MT 16 port Gigabit Ethernet MT RJ WS X6516 GBIC 16 port Gigabit Ethernet single fabric enabled connection WS
159. The Thresholding Regime specifies object groups that contain the objects whose attributes will be polled Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter3 Getting Started HH Using Cisco EMF Event Grps The Event Grps icon provides access to the Event Groups application which is used to organize Network Elements into event groups and to view the status of these groups as scoreboards You can create delete and modify event groups and scoreboards Event groups are available to all users Event groups can be any combination of objects derived from the Cisco EMF managed object class These groups are set up using queries which can be configured to match given requirements For example a network administrator could choose to monitor a particular device specify a time period and choose to look at events that are warnings or critical You define a query so that the event group only includes the events that meet the specified criteria Quitting a Cisco EMF User Session To quit a Cisco EMF user session follow these steps Step1 In the Launchpad window do one of the following Click the Quit icon from the toolbar From the File menu choose Quit Press Ctrl Q Step2 A window appears asking Do you wish to quit the Cisco EMF Manager System Click Yes to quit the session All active applications are closed and the session terminates Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 346 Chapter 3 Getting S
160. Transmit Transmits packet Set DSCP Assigns DSCP value to packet before it is transmitted Set Precedence Assigns IP Precedence value to packet before it is transmitted A value of none 0 is returned on read if an explicit policer is not defined for the policy map class Set DSCP DSCP value assigned to packets of conforming ingress traffic before transmitting on egress interfaces This value is only relevant and will only be set in the running configuration of the device if the Policy Conform Action is Set DSCP A value of 0 is returned on read if an explicit policer is not defined for the policy map class or the conform action is not Set DSCP Set IP Precedence IP Precedence value assigned to packets of conforming ingress traffic before transmitting on egress interfaces This value is only relevant and will only be set in the running configuration of the device if the Policy Conform Action is Set Precedence A value of 0 is returned on read if an explicit policer is not defined for the policy map class or the conform action is not Set Precedence Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M QoS Policy Map Dialog Box Additional Notes Tab Figure 6 105 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M QoS Policy Map dialog box Figure 6 105 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M QoS Policy Map Dialog Box Hag eae Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you
161. Unicast Pkts The number of packets delivered by this sublayer to a higher sub layer which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer Out Unicast Pkts The total number of packets that higher level protocols requested be transmitted and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer including those that were discarded or not sent In Packets Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of input packets per second Out Packets Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of output packets per second In Bits Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of input bits per second Out Bits Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of output bits per second Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M OSM Channelized SONET Interface Dialog Box Interface Error Statistics Area The Interface Error Statistics area contains the following information e CRC Error Pkts Number of input packets that had cyclic redundancy checksum errors In Discarded Pkts The number of inbound packets that were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent their being deliverable to a higher layer protocol One possible reason for discarding such a packet is to free up buffer space Out Discarded Pkts The number of outbound packets that were chosen to be disc
162. X6816 GBIC 16 port Gigabit Ethernet dual fabric enabled with Distributed Forwarding Req GBICs WS X6316 GE TX 16 port Gigabit Ethernet RJ 45 WS X6501 10GEX4 One port 1 OGBASE EX4 Metro Extended Reach 10 Gigabit Ethernet Module single mode fiber WS X6502 10GE l port 1OGBASE LR Serial 130nm Long Haul 10 Gigabit Ethernet module WS G6488 installed WS X6516 GE TX 16 port Gigabit Ethernet RJ 45 x bar WS X6066 SLB APC Server Load Balancing Module WS C6500 SFM Switch Fabric Module WS C6500 SFM2 Switch Fabric Module version 2 OSM 4GE WAN GBIC 4 port Gigabit Ethernet Optical Services Module GBIC OSM 40C12 POS MM 4 port OC 12 STM 4 SONET SDH OSM MM with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet OSM 40C12 POS SI 4 port OC 12 STM 4 SONET SDH OSM SM IR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet OSM 40C12 POS SL 4 port OC 12 STM 4 SONET SDH OSM SM LR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet OSM 10C48 POS SS 1 port OC 48 STM 16 SONET SDH OSM SM SR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet OSM 10C48 POS SI 1 port OC 48 STM 16 SONET SDH OSM SM IR with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet Wi Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapterl Product Overview Table 1 1 Supported Hardware continued Platform Part Number Supported Hardware Ml Description Cisco 7600 Optical Services Modules continued OSM 10C48 POS SL 1 port OC 48 STM 16 SONET
163. a Loopback interface in the device Description Description of the interface corresponding to the index selected in the Loopback Interface Table Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide H 6117 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M Loopback Dialog Box Layer 3 Subarea Routing Protocol Subarea Create Loopback Subarea IP Address IP address of the interface A value of 0 0 0 0 indicates that no IP address has been configured on the interface Netmask IP subnet mask of the interface The value of the mask is an IP address with all the network bits set to 1 and all the host bits set to 0 ISIS Area Tag lIdentifies the IS IS routing area that the Loopback participates in If mutli area IS IS is configured on the device the IS IS area must be named Otherwise this value may be an implicit null tag This attribute is only valid if the IS IS Enabled attribute is true 1 ISIS Enabled Indicates whether or not IS IS routing is enabled on the interface IS IS routing can only be enabled if the loopback interface has been assigned an IP address Loopback Index Unique identifier of a new loopback interface to be deployed on the device Create button Deploys on the managed device a loopback interface identified by the Loopback Index field The newly added loopback interface will be displayed in the Loopback Interface Table Additional Notes Tab Figure 6 93 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M
164. ab of the C6576M NDE Configuration dialog box Figure 6 84 NDE Filters Tab of C6576M NDE Configuration Dialog Box Farr oa oe ij ad i EH if a amc FEER Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 108 l Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M NDE Configuration Dialog Box Wi Include Area This area allows you to specify include parameters for the NDE flow filters This area consists of the following parameters Source IP Include flow filter source host IP address e Source Mask Include flow filter source IP wildcard mask Source Port Include flow filter source port Dest P Include flow filter destination host IP address Dest Mask Include flow filter destination IP wildcard mask Dest Port Include flow filter destination port Protocol Include flow filter protocol Exclude Area This area allows you to specify exclude parameters for the NDE flow filters This area consists of the following parameters Source IP Exclude flow filter source host IP address Source Mask Exclude flow filter source IP wildcard mask Source Port Exclude flow filter source port Dest IP Exclude flow filter destination host IP address Dest Mask Exclude flow filter destination IP wildcard mask Dest Port Exclude flow filter destination port Protocol Exclude flow filter protocol Configuration Area This area allows you to modify all the parameters for the NDE flow filter or to r
165. ab of the C6576M Network Element dialog box Figure 6 7 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M Network Element Dialog Box dite Emer Coe Eyepiece bedi Jik impp hP frp SS Pe iiki bodii iim Miimi eiii mi iea i i Brann miim r mashimi Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes For example this information can include text indicating why global performance logging is turned on Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 12 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M So C6576M Software Dialog Box Hi ftw are Dialog Box This dialog box provides information on the IOS image and configuration of the switch or router This dialog box is launched from a Network Element object within the Network or Physical view and the Software object in the Physical view You can choose only one software object at a time from the object list on the left side of the dialog box IOS Image Tab 10S Image Area Figure 6 8 shows the IOS Image tab of the C6576M Software dialog box Figure 6 8 IOS Image Tab of the C6576M Software Dialog Box it mai Opies p ia bien Hac HEY eil EA mege Ci DI ep eg Pa C P dee bijis eee CE mee EHS FEF m gp ama baren Emp ee eee Pa bog Phe bare FS ge Tir Ae Farm Tisha Farma Yas Bache amg Mas b re Pare Pores ie oT 2 hamp E brike linika Cors heie Heis are Hee FEER Pair ike Prae biei erred kesr pie ore raisi The
166. abric Module is to be deployed EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M Deployment and Commissioning Process W Enter the details for the Switch Fabric Module object and click the Forward button The Switch Fabric Module Deployment Wizard Summary window is displayed see Figure 4 38 Figure 4 38 Switch Fabric Module Deployment Wizard Summary DET You can either click the Cancel button to cancel the operation or click the Finish button to create the object If the Chassis Slot Number corresponds to an occupied slot an error message is displayed The error message resembles the message shown in Figure 4 30 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide E Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M HM Deployment and Commissioning Process FlexWAN Module To predeploy a FlexWAN Module choose the Deployment gt Deploy Supervisor Control Module s option in the pop up menu from the Chassis object see Figure 4 39 Figure 4 39 Predeploying FlexWAN Modules Fr RE ee le w a oe kraj ee LO Sete Bee bm e en tra SP Hes Be mr SE Lee bos ee mE KS Domed PR eee ieie Bes After you choose the Deploy FlexWAN Module s option the FlexWAN Module Deployment Wizard Object Parameters window is displayed see Figure 4 40 Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 4 44 Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M Deployment and Commissioning Process W Figure 4 40 FlexWAN
167. ace dialog box provides the following information to describe the general characteristics of the interface Description Comment or a description to help you remember what is attached to this interface The description is only put in the configuration to help you remember what specific interfaces are used for Index String index of the interface This attribute is read only Type Indicates the type of interface distinguished by the physical and link layer protocols on the interface e Operational Status The current operational state of the interface This attribute is read only This attribute has one of the following values unknown down dormant Interface is waiting for external actions such as a serial line waiting for an incoming connection notPresent Interface has missing typically hardware components lowerLayerDown Indicates that the primary channelized SONET interface has failed Administrative Status The desired state of the interface This attribute has one of the following values down Number of Resets Number of times the interface internally reset This attribute is read only e Connector Present Displays if a cable is attached to the parent interface the OSM Channelized SONET Interface These are the values yes no unknown This value is used when the Administrative Status is not set to up In this case it cannot be determined if a connection is present
168. al Notes tab of the C6576M Power Supply dialog box Figure 5 6 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M Power Supply Dialog Box Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the power supply configuration For example the note might include the reason why the power supply is in redundant mode Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 14 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Supervisor Module Dialog Box Ti C6576M Supervisor Module Dialog Box This dialog box provides access to attributes of the supervisor engine modules This dialog box can be launched from a Chassis object or Supervisor Module object within the Physical view You can select one chassis and more than one supervisor engine module at a time from the object list on the left side of the dialog box Status Tab Figure 5 7 shows the Status tab of the C6576M Supervisor Module dialog box Figure 57 Status Tab of the C6576M Supervisor Module Dialog Box TTE Status Area The Status area of the C6576M Supervisor Module dialog box provides the following information Operational Status Displays the operational status of the supervisor engine module The operation status can have one of the following values other The status is unknown ok tThe status is normal minorFault There is a minor fault majorFault There is a major fault Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg
169. al ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface Dialog Box SONET Path Header J 1 Area The SONET Path Header J1 area contains the following information 4 Expected Size Maximum length of the expected receive SONET Path overhead message in bytes Transmit Size Maximum length of the transmitting SONET Path overhead message in bytes Expected Label The expected receive SONET Path overhead message If the expected label is longer than the expected size it will be truncated Transmit Label Transmitting SONET Path overhead message If the transmitting label is longer than the transmitting size it will be truncated Modify SONET Path Header J1 button Launches a subdialog box to modify the expected receive and transmit SONET Path overhead message Figure 5 80 shows the subdialog box launched by this button The following items are displayed in the subdialog box Expected Size Transmit Size Expected Label Transmit Label Modify button Sets the specified values of the attributes given in the subdialog box In 12 1 11b E and later the values for the Expected Size and the Transmit Size should be the same since the Tx and Rx message sizes cannot be independently configured If the received values are different the J1 Path Overhead message size will be set to the larger of the two values MH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSM Serial Sub
170. ally commissioned When the Network Element is commissioned a subchassis discovery is executed automatically If the Network Element is populated with other C65 76M objects and if there is a mismatch between the type of C65 76M object and the type that is discovered the object is placed into the mismatched state and a corresponding alarm is raised against that object see the Object State Alarms section on page 8 9 The linkUp linkDown SNMP traps signify that the operational status of a particular interface has transitioned into or out of the down state If a linkUp trap is received it will clear any linkDown alarm on the corresponding interface if it exists If any other SNMP trap that is not listed in Table 8 2 is detected by the C65 76M software then a general informational alarm is raised against the Network Element object The details for this trap enterprise and varbinds is logged in the C6576MCntrllr log file Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide Chapter8 Alarms and Alarm Management Object State Alarms Most C65 76M objects have state alarms associated with them These state alarms can be used to determine what tasks are being executed for the corresponding object or the status of network connectivity to the corresponding object from the CEMF server There will only be one state alarm for each object at any time corresponding to the current state of the object The following C65 76M objects have state ala
171. ame The name given to the Content Switching Module object Module Type The type of Content Switching Module to be deployed This is a drop down list with the following value ws x6066 slb apc Content Switching Module Chassis Slot Number The slot in which the Content Switching Module is to be deployed The Content Switching Modules can be deployed on slots 2 through 13 Enter the details for the Content Switching Module object and click the Forward button The Deployment Wizard Summary window is displayed see Figure 4 50 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M MH Deployment and Commissioning Process Figure 4 50 Deployment Wizard Summary Taibi You can either click the Cancel button to cancel the operation or click the Finish button to create the object If the Chassis slot number corresponds to an occupied slot an error message is displayed The message resembles the message shown in Figure 4 30 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 4 56 Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M Deployment and Commissioning Process W Optical Services Module To predeploy an Optical Services Module OSM choose the Deploy Module s Deploy OSM Module option in the pop up menu from the Chassis object see Figure 4 51 Figure 4 51 Predeploying OSM Modules After you choose the Deploy OSM Module s option the OSM Module Deployment Wizard Object Parameters window
172. annelized OC 12 OSM SI with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet OSM 8CHOC12 T3 MM 8 port channelized OC 12 OSM MM with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet OSM 8CHOC12 T3 SI 8 port channelized OC 12 OSM SI with 4 ports of Gigabit Ethernet Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter1 ProductOverview HH Supported Software Supported Software The Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager version 2 1 supports Native IOS Release 12 1 3a E3 to Release 12 1 11 E It also supports Hybrid OS in the following combinations Catalyst OS 6 3 3a and IOS 12 1 8 E Catalyst OS 7 1 2 and IOS 12 1 8 E Catalyst OS 7 1 2 and IOS 12 1 11 E Note The Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager does not support Catalyst 6000 family switches or Cisco 7600 series Internet Routers running only Catalyst software no Multilayer Switch Feature Card installed Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 1 10 CHAPTER Basic Concepts This chapter describes basic concepts and terminology used in this guide and consists of these sections Cisco EMF and Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager Software page 2 1 C65 76M Objects and Interfaces page 2 3 Containment Views page 2 7 C65 76M Object States page 2 8 Cisco EMF and Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager Softw are The C65 76M is the carrier class element manager for the Catalyst 6000 family switches and Cisco 7600 series Internet Routers which plugs into CEMF The C65 7
173. apel nen a Tm ire b re hm Beit mmm Si F General Area The General area contains the following information Bandwidth Overwrites default bandwidth in kilobits per second AV Note The Bandwidth attribute is an informational parameter used only to communicate the current bandwidth to the higher level protocols such as IGRP EIGRP and OSPF you cannot adjust the actual bandwidth of an interface with this command Delay Specifies the delay in tens of microseconds for an interface or network segment AV Note The Delay attribute is an informational parameter used only to communicate the current bandwidth to the higher level protocols such as IGRP and EIGRP you cannot adjust the actual delay of an interface with this command Input Queue Length Displays the input queue length in packets Output Queue Length Displays the output queue length in packets Link Up Down Trap Enables or disables linkUp and linkDown trap generation for the interface Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface Dialog Box Layer 2 Area The Layer 2 area contains the following information MTU tThe size of the largest datagram frame which can be sent or received on the interface specified in octets Layer 3 Area The Layer 3 area contains the following information IP Address Displays the IP address of the Layer 3 interface e Netmask
174. arded even though no errors had been detected to prevent their being transmitted One possible reason for discarding such a packet is to free up buffer space In Dropped Pkts The number of packets dropped because the input queue was full Out Dropped Pkts The number of packets dropped because osteopath queue was full In Ignored Pkts Number of input packets that were ignored by this interface In Aborted Pkts Number of input packets that were aborted In Error Pkts The number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher layer protocol Out Error Pkts Number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors SONET Section Error Statistics Area The SONET Section Error Statistics area contains the following information Errored Secs Number of errored seconds encountered by the SONET section in the current 15 minute interval Severely Err Secs Number of severely errored seconds encountered by the SONET section in the current 15 minute interval Coding Violations Number of coding violations encountered by the SONET section in the current 15 minute interval Severely Err Frm Secs Number of severely errored framing seconds encountered by the SONET section in the current 15 minute interval SONET Line Error Statistics Area The SONET Line Error Statistics area contains the following information Errored Secs Number of er
175. ary T ibi You can either click the Cancel button to cancel the operation or click the Finish button to create the object If the Chassis slot number corresponds to an occupied slot an error message is displayed The message resembles the message shown in Figure 4 30 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide EA Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M HM Deployment and Commissioning Process Port Adapters To predeploy a port adapter the Flex WAN module must first be deployed see the FlexWAN Module section on page 4 44 Choose the Deployment gt Deploy Port Adapter s option in the pop up menu from the FlexWAN object see Figure 4 43 Figure 4 43 Predeploying Port Adapters The Port Adapter Deployment Wizard Object Parameters window is displayed see Figure 4 44 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M Deployment and Commissioning Process W Figure 4 44 Port Adapter Deployment Wizard Object Parameters Property Description Number of Modules The number of port adapters to be deployed at the same time Enter the number of port adapters to be deployed at the same time and click Forward button The Port Adapter Deployment Wizard Object Parameters Details window is displayed for each module to be deployed see Figure 4 45 Note This value cannot be greater than 2 If it is an error message will be displayed and the Forward button will not work
176. assigned a primary IP address If no address is explicitly assigned the device will attempt to discover the virtual IP address from the active server using hello messages Figure 6 51 shows the subdialog box that is displayed when you click the button Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 6 64 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M EtherChannel Dialog Box Hil Figure 6 51 HSRP Group Configure Subdialog Box THE Secondary IP Area The Secondary IP area of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box provides the following information HSRP Secondary Address Table Describes secondary IP addresses of HSRP groups deployed on the interface Data is displayed in the following columns Group Number Unique identifier of an HSRP group Secondary IP Secondary IP address of HSRP group Modify HSRP Group button Figure 6 52 shows the subdialog box that is displayed when the Modify button is clicked This subdialog box is used to modify the following C6576M Ethernet Interface attributes of a given HSRP group Secondary IP Virtual IP Preempt Delay Minimum Priority Hello Interval Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes EE C6576M EtherChannel Dialog Box Hold Interval Figure 6 52 HSRP Secondary IP Modify Subdialog Box LOE HEV E Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 6 66 Chapter6 Logical Object Dia
177. attributes normal Presence polling of the object normallostcomms CEMEF has lost communication with the device from the normal state Additional Notes Tab Figure 6 91 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M ACL dialog box Figure 6 91 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M ACL Configure Dialog Box all i i an DO al mi Ai a PCL bee iere eee JAC ai ail ait Fi an ER LETH xr Hem MIP iul Es i Erer wee oe eed i fe V Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 116 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Loopback Dialog Box Hi Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the object C6576M Loopback Dialog Box The C6576M Loopback dialog box describes the deployment of all loopback interfaces on a Catalyst 6000 6500 series or Cisco 7600 series Internet Router This dialog box is launched from the Software object or Loopback object in the Physical view Configuration Tab Figure 6 92 shows the Configuration tab of the C6576M Loopback dialog box Figure 6 92 Configuration Tab of C6576M Loopback Dialog Box T7 Loopback Area The Loopback area of the C6576M Loopback dialog box provides the following information Loopback Interface Table Lists the loopback interfaces that have been deployed on the device The following attribute is displayed in this table Index Free index Unique identifier of
178. away from the CSM There may be multiple static routes configured for a server VLAN The following attributes are displayed in the table EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M SLB Dialog Box Mi Server Side VLAN Unique identifier of a server VLAN on the device Destination Network IP address of network on the server VLAN Destination Netmask Subnet mask of the network on the server VLAN Enabled bits indicate network addressing bits in the IP address Gateway Default gateway of a server VLAN A router to the client VLAN must have this gateway address configured and real servers must point their gateways to this address Server VLAN Config Area The Server VLAN Config area of the C6576M SLB dialog box allows you to add server side VLANs The following attributes are configured Server Side VLAN field Unique identifier of a server VLAN on the device Server VLAN Add button Adds the server VLAN specified in the Server Side VLAN field You need to specify a VLAN in the Server Side VLAN field for the action to take effect Server VLAN Remove button Removes the server VLAN that is selected in the Server VLAN Table A subdialog box is displayed asking the user to confirm the action Alias Config Subarea This subarea allows you to add aliases associated with the server VLAN specified in the Server Side VLAN field This VLAN must already be configured as
179. beens bemo mi r me mtd ed lo i led i a Bee ee ce FE mi QoS Area The QoS area allows you to enable or disable Microflow policing of bridged traffic on the VLAN and attach or detach service policies to VLAN interfaces 2 Note To enable QoS the managed device must be a VTP server or operating in VTP transparent mode Microflow Policing Enabled Indicates whether Microflow policing of bridged traffic is enabled on the VLAN Input Service Policy Indicates the QoS policy map applied to the VLAN Modify Policy button Attaches an input QoS policy map to the VLAN interface This action may fail if the policy map is not suitable for use with an Ethernet VLAN Note The policy map name must identify an existing policy map on the device e Remove Policy button Detaches an input QoS policy map from the VLAN interface Membership QoS Area The Membership QoS area allows you to enable or disable VLAN based QoS on the VLAN s member interfaces Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide m Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M VLAN Dialog Box Enable VLAN Based QoS button Enables VLAN based QoS on each of the VLAN s member interfaces Disable VLAN Based QoS button Disables VLAN based QoS on each of the VLAN s member interfaces EoMPLS Tab Figure 6 40 shows the EoMPLS tab of the C6576M VLAN dialog box Figure 6 40 EoMPLS Tab of the C6576M VLAN Dialog Box EoMP
180. ber ihe dale and tine bo peer ation Date Hour Minute CAA ia 52 oa HEE The Scheduled Backup Configuration dialog box provides the following information Date The date when the restore will start The format is MM DD Y YYY Hour The hour when the restore will start It is a 24 hour clock Minute The minute when the restore will start Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 6 26 Chapter 6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes pP C6576M Software Dialog Box Hi Tip The configuration Backup Restore actions are used to upload the switch or router startup configuration to a server The configuration can then be edited on the server and downloaded back to the switch or router Restore Status Status of the last restore action This attribute read only has the following values Ok The restore operation completed successfully Failed tThe restore operation failed Not executed The restore operation was not executed Restore File The name of the configuration file that will be restored Restore button Restores the file specified in the Restore File attribute from the TFTP Host to the startup configuration Scheduled Restore Schedules the restore operation It will launch the dialog box shown in Figure 6 22 amp Note The switch or router needs to be reset for the new configuration to take effect Figure 6 22 Scheduled Restore Configuration Dialog Box
181. ber of coding violations encountered by the SONET Path in the current 15 minute interval Unavailable Secs Number of unavailable seconds encountered by the SONET Path in the current 15 minute interval Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 110 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M ATM SONET Interface Dialog Box W SONET Far End Path Error Statistics Area The SONET Far End Path Error Statistics area contains the following information Errored Secs Number of far end errored seconds encountered by the SONET Path in the current 15 minute interval Severely Err Secs Number of far end severely errored seconds encountered by the SONET Path in the current 15 minute interval Coding Violations Number of far end coding violations encountered by the SONET Path in the current 15 minute interval Unavailable Secs Number of far end unavailable seconds encountered by the SONET Path in the current 15 minute interval Routing Protocol Tab Figure 5 56 shows the Routing Protocol tab of the C6576M ATM SONET Interface dialog box Figure 5 56 Routing Protocol Tab of the C6576M ATM SONET Interface Dialog Box TUMI Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M ATM SONET Interface Dialog Box OSPF Area The OSPF area contains the following information EIGRP Area OSPF Network Type OSPF network type ATM is a point to point servic
182. bject is in the Performance state Performance Logging Area The Performance Logging area of the C6576M Chassis dialog box allows users to turn on performance logging for the chassis attributes as well as the attributes of all the chassis elements Start Performance Logging Chassis Only button Turns performance data logging on the chassis object Start Performance Logging All Chassis Elements button Turns performance data logging on all the chassis elements This includes all chassis performance attributes all supervisor performance attributes and all interface performance attributes Stop Performance Logging All Chassis Elements button Turns performance data logging off for all the chassis elements Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 10 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Chassis Dialog Box Mil gt Note The logged data is available to the user through the CEMF Performance Manager Refer to the Cisco Element Management Framework User Guide for more information about the Performance Manager Additional Notes Tab Figure 5 4 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M Chassis dialog box Figure 5 4 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M Chassis Dialog Box Notes Area The Notes area of the C6576M Chassis dialog box is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for this chassis object This can be used for providing notes such as contact information specific
183. bject Dialog Boxes C6576M VTP Dialog Box Mi Max VLAN Storage Estimate of the maximum number of VLANs about which the local system can recover complete VTP information after a reboot If the number of defined VLANs is greater than this value then the system cannot act as a VTP Server For a device that has no means to calculate the estimated number this value is 1 This attribute is read only Pruning An indication of whether VTP pruning is enabled or disabled in this management domain This value can only be modified by local network management when the Mode is server Version The current version of the VTP that is in use by this management domain Update button Updates any configuration changes made in this dialog box see Figure 6 28 Note The Update button must be used to save configuration changes to the VTP dialog box The save icon has been removed from the icon bar from the top of the dialog box Note The Mode must be set to server or transparent in order to save all configuration changes Mode Domain Name Pruning Version to the VTP dialog box Note Ifthe Mode is not set to server and the Update button is used a message is displayed indicating that changes to the Pruning and Version in Use attributes are ignored Figure 6 28 These values can only set when the Mode is set to server Figure 6 28 Update Button Selected in Client Mode Message Cisco 6500 7600 Series Ma
184. ble and disable route redistribution from another IP routing process into the IS IS area respectively Note Explicit route redistribution from another IS IS process is not allowed however routes may be learned from a BGP EIGRP or OSPF routing process Additional Notes Tab Figure 6 82 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M IS IS dialog box Figure 6 82 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M IS IS Dialog Box Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the object Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide H 6 105 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M NDE Configuration Dialog Box C6576M NDE Configuration Dialog Box Details Tab The C6576M NDE Configuration dialog box provides information on the Netflow Data Export NDE configuration on a Catalyst 6000 family switch or a Cisco 7600 series Internet Router There is only one instance of this class per managed device NDE makes traffic statistics available for analysis by an external data collector You can use NDE to monitor all Layer 3 switched and all routed IP unicast traffic This dialog box is launched from the Software object or the NDE object in the physical view Figure 6 83 shows the Details tab of the C6576M NDE dialog box The following attributes are shown in this tab Destination IP IP address of destination Netflow Collector where NDE packets are sent to Destination Port UD
185. box Figure 6 62 Details Tab of the C6576M OSPF Dialog Box OSPF Area The OSPF area of the C6576M OSPF dialog box describes the OSPF area configurations Process ID Process number of this OSPF process Router ID Unique identifier of the router in the autonomous system By convention to ensure uniqueness this defaults to the value of one of the router s IP interface addresses Administrative Status Administrative status of this OSPF router process The enabled value denotes that the OSPF process is active on at least one interface the disabled value indicates that all interfaces are disabled Area Border Router Flag to note whether or not this router is an area border router AS Border Router Flag to note whether or not this router is configured as an autonomous system border router Add button Adds an OSPF process to the switch or router Launches the dialog box shown in Figure 6 63 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 78 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSPF DialogBox Mi gt Note The Catalyst 6000 family switches and the Cisco 7600 series Internet Routers support only three OSPF processes Specify the OSPF Process ID number only and click Add to create the OSPF process on the switch or router The string OSPF will be prepended automatically to the process ID amp Note A newly created OSPF process will not automatically be listed in the OSPF
186. ce from the performance state e mismatched The type of supervisor engine module discovered does not match the predeployed supervisor engine module Inventory Tab Figure 5 8 shows the Inventory tab of the C6576M Supervisor Module dialog box Figure 5 8 Inventory Tab of the C6576M Supervisor Module Dialog Box zj CRS7BM Ssparvisar Medija Di aiin Ta pi pm piers Waie pregati gatia Han EE 4 STE Da FREE Peete SEN Mii ET Hyri beam 0 e Gaui bane Sebo FEC Cunt erip MSEC Cont saberi Fae D erin Daip Yeon TAHE REL Gane EOF Tare CEL IT kay H a Bet FE taryan Hafa Yemen TH babas eden biii Mi i ee brara koam SAT x Pree Yer SADEN o r a 13 ET pire mierim rara 7 7 Fae baim Toe iy tea Free Gace jiis Thr mote ree me borit aot rae iii enit mhi rm Sei aa Coe sel mended Crees CEN STE TERE FESTE Te or ee le Tair2 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M Supervisor Module Dialog Box System Area The System area of the C6576M Supervisor Module dialog box provides the following information e Model Displays the model description of supervisor engine module installed Serial Number Displays the serial number for the supervisor engine module PFC Card Displays the type of PFC daughter card installed on the Supervisor module empty No card installed wsf6kpfc PFC installed wsf6kpfc2 PFC2 installed other Card is no
187. ce state Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes EE C6576M Ethernet Interface Dialog Box Configuration Tab Figure 5 14 shows the Configuration tab of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box Figure 5 14 Configuration Tab of the C6576M Ethemet Interface Dialog Box O65 TEM Eerie miar aoe Dog fe bn pen ae api scien hm Has ERY BEE fii Ee eee baig Pe PEE Gal Score file Tr a Sei mutelbel ect bie q Du Lee Ei B R kim Dum aw eyt LAL ISW Dag BR baie ti bama OTENE Bria TOKIE byer i lever i Lament eile Unik PF haces i MTL ie Vaart d Tit VH it amp eae P ADi BETE aH Etin i lues aa FE ENTE ip 5 ET SETE TE TE TPE ia Been ppm re mak bet Bam ee Phu ary E ok et General Area The General area of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box provides the following information Speed The desired speed of this port in bits per second This attribute is only editable if it is a Fast Ethernet interface In this case you can choose one of the following values autoDetect 10 Mb s 100 Mb s 1000 Mb s sl0G If set to autoDetect the Duplex attribute is set to auto which forces the interface to determine the speed and duplex mode for the interface automatically x Note If an unsupported speed is selected an error is reported mi Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Ethernet
188. ch were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer Out Unicast Pkts The total number of packets that higher level protocols requested be transmitted and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer including those that were discarded or not sent In Packets Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of input packets per second Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 108 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M ATM SONET Interface Dialog Box W Out Packets Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of output packets per second In Bits Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of input bits per second Out Bits Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of output bits per second Interface Error Statistics Area The Interface Error Statistics area contains the following information CRC Error Pkts Number of input packets that had cyclic redundancy checksum errors In Discarded Pkts The number of inbound packets that were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent their being deliverable to a higher layer protocol One possible reason for discarding such a packet could be to free up buffer space Out Discarded Pkts The number of outbound packets that were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent them from being transmitted O
189. che Version NDE version used for collection of routed traffic flow statistics on the MSFC NDE can use NDE version 1 5 or 6 to export the statistics captured on the MSFC for routed traffic Interface lInterface used as the source of the NDE packets containing statistics from the MSFC These statistics describe the routed flows The source interface must have an IP address It may be a loopback interface Dest IP IP address of destination Netflow Collector where NDE packets on routed traffic flows from the MSFC are sent to Dest Port UDP port number of destination Netflow Collector where NDE packets on routed traffic flows from the MSFC are delivered to Configuration Area The Configuration area of the C6576M NDE dialog box allows you to modify the following attributes PFC Source IP The NDE source IP address must be an unused address from the subnet of a router interface and cannot be an address currently used by the interface You cannot use an address from a subnet on a loopback interface PFC Version NDE version supported by the PFC for collected traffic statistics e MSFC Interface Interface used as the source of the NDE packets containing statistics from the MSFC Dest IP IP address of destination Netflow Collector where NDE packets are sent to Dest Port UDP port number of destination Netflow Collector where NDE packets are delivered to The configuration attributes are modified b
190. ched the IP Discovery window will resemble Figure 4 3 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 46 Chapter 4 Deploying the C65 76M Deployment and Commissioning Process W Figure 4 3 IP Discovery Window The contents of this window depend on how the window was launched For example if this window was launched from an object in the physical containment view then the Physical Location parameter would be automatically set to the location from which the window was launched as shown in Figure 4 3 For more information on the CEMF Auto Discovery process refer to the Auto Discovery chapter of the CEMF 3 1 Users Guide Note When specifying the SNMP community string use the read write community string for the switch If the read community string is used or appears first in the list of community strings then that will be the SNMP community string used for both the read and read write operations by the C65 76M As a result set operations will fail After the discovery process is complete newly discovered objects will be automatically added to the Network containers and Physical containers In the Network container the object will be placed under the appropriate subnet In the Physical container discovered objects will be placed in the location based on the value of the Physical Location parameter If one of the discovered devices is a Catalyst 6000 family switch or a Cisco 7600 series Internet Router then a
191. ckets per second In Bits Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of input bits per second Out Bits Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of output bits per second Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 156 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface Dialog Box W Interface Error Statistics Area The Interface Error Statistics area contains the following information CRC Error Pkts Number of input packets that had cyclic redundancy checksum errors In Discarded Pkts The number of inbound packets that were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent their being deliverable to a higher layer protocol One possible reason for discarding such a packet could be to free up buffer space Out Discarded Pkts The number of outbound packets that were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent their being transmitted One possible reason for discarding such a packet could be to free up buffer space In Dropped Pkts The number of packets dropped because the input queue was full Out Dropped Pkts The number of packets dropped because the output queue was full In Ignored Pkts Number of input packets that were ignored by this interface In Aborted Pkts Number of input packets that were aborted In Error Pkts The number of inbound packets that contained errors preven
192. click the Add button To remove a neighbor choose the neighbor in the Neighbor Table and click the Remove button The Neighbor IP Address and Cost are displayed for the neighbor selected Figure 6 69 Add or Remove OSPF Neighbors Dialog Box maL Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 86 l Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSPF DialogBox Mi Redistribution Tab Figure 6 70 shows the Redistribution tab of the C6576M OSPF dialog box Figure 6 70 Redistribution Tab of the C6576M OSPF Dialog Box Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide lt n Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M OSPF Dialog Box Redistribution Table Area This area describes the route redistribution configuration of the OSPF routing process Routes learned from other interior and exterior routing protocols may be redistributed into the OSPF routing domain Default Metric Area Protocol Source routing protocol from which routes are being distributed into OSPF IS IS EIGRP OSPF BGP AS Tag The autonomous system tag identifying the BGP routing domain IS IS Routing Level Indicates IS IS route level redistribution This field has the following values none For protocols other than IS IS level 1 Local area intra area dedistribution level 1 2 Redistribution for both inter and intra area routing level 2 Backbone interarea redistribution default Metric OSPF metric used to weigh
193. cluding those that were discarded or not sent In Packets Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of input packets per second Out Packets Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of output packets per second In Bits Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of input bits per second Out Bits Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of output bits per second Interface Error Statistics Area ATM T3 Area The Interface Error Statistics area contains the following information CRC Error Pkts Number of input packets that had cyclic redundancy checksum errors In Discarded Pkts The number of inbound packets that were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent them from being delivered to a higher layer protocol One possible reason for discarding such a packet is to free up buffer space Out Discarded Pkts The number of outbound packets that were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent them from being transmitted One possible reason for discarding such a packet is to free up buffer space In Dropped Pkts The number of packets dropped because the input queue was full Out Dropped Pkts The number of packets dropped because the output queue was full In Ignored Pkts Number of input packets that were ignored by this interface In Aborted Pkts Number of input packets that were aborted In Error Pkts
194. co com you can submit technical comments electronically Click Leave Feedback at the bottom of the Cisco Documentation home page After you complete the form print it out and fax it to Cisco at 408 527 0730 You can e mail your comments to bug doc cisco com To submit your comments by mail use the response card behind the front cover of your document or write to the following address Cisco Systems Attn Document Resource Connection 170 West Tasman Drive San Jose CA 95134 9883 We appreciate your comments Obtaining Documentation These sections explain how to obtain documentation from Cisco Systems World Wide Web You can access the most current Cisco documentation on the World Wide Web at this URL http www cisco com Translated documentation is available at this URL http www cisco com public countries_languages shtml Documentation CD ROM Cisco documentation and additional literature are available in a Cisco Documentation CD ROM package which is shipped with your product The Documentation CD ROM is updated monthly and may be more current than printed documentation The CD ROM package is available as a single unit or through an annual subscription Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide gy Aboutthis Guide HH Obtaining Technical Assistance Ordering Documentation You can order Cisco documentation in these ways Registered Cisco com users Cisco direct customers can order Cisco product docum
195. communication with the device from the normal state Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M NE Config M gmt Dialog Box discoverylostcomms CEMF lost communication with the device during discovery which occurs if the SNMP read community is incorrect mismatched The network element for the given IP address does not corrspond to a Catalyst 6000 family switch or Cisco 7600 series Internet Router System Information Tab Figure 6 3 shows the System Information tab of the C6576M Network Element dialog box The System Information tab provides the following information System Up Time The duration of time indicating how long the system has been running This attribute is read only System Services List of OSI layers supported by the switch or router This attribute is read only System Location Displays the location of the switch or router System Contact Displays the name of the person who is the contact for this switch router System Description A multiline text description of the switch router This attribute is read only Cisco Contact Information Details on how to contact Cisco Systems This attribute is read only Figure 6 3 System Information Tab of the C6576M Network Element Dialog Box iat Bey 4 Bemi pmm mkd Dere m A Ain fri DAAE Tiig Ebina liini TICOTT haem jg tse Biman AAT me baea R MEE fete oe aa bra AH ban fee epa Has
196. configurations EtherChannels and routing protocols Network element Represents the entire Catalyst 6000 family multilayer switch or Cisco 7600 series Internet Router managed through a single SNMP agent and IOS command line interface Physical Objects The C65 76M software models the following physical components Chassis The hardware frame of the Catalyst 6000 family switch or the Cisco 7600 series Internet Router Power supplies The source of power for the Catalyst 6000 family switch or the Cisco 7600 series Internet Router Supervisor Engine modules Contain the route and switch processors Ethernet interfaces Ports on Ethernet modules and supervisor engine modules Ethernet modules Represent Ethernet Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet modules Switch Fabric Modules Provide connection to the crossbar switching fabric FlexWAN modules Supports up to two port adapters that provide WAN and MAN connections Port adapters The port adapters plug into the FlexWAN module to provide WAN and MAN connections OSM GeWAN modules interfaces Modules and associated ports that provide 4 Gigabit Ethernet WAN connections OSM PoS modules interfaces Modules and associated ports that provide Packet over SONET PoS connection support OSM Channelized SONET modules interfaces Modules and associated ports that provide SONET based channelizing of interface bandwidth including both PoS and serial subinterfaces Content Switching Modu
197. connections falls below this value The valid values range from 0 to 4294967295 This value must be less than the currently configured maximum connections Maximum Connections Maximum number of active connections on the real server at any one point If the value is set to the maximum of 4294967295 it indicates that the maximum is infinite not monitored This value must be greater than the currently configured minimum connections Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide gy Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M SLB Dialog Box Server Farm Config Area The Server Farm Config area of the C6576M SLB dialog box allows you to add and configure server farms The following attributes are configured Server Farm Name field Unique identifier of a server farm on the device Server Farm Add button Adds the server farm specified in the Server Farm Name field You need to specify a name in the Server Farm Name field for the action to take effect e Server Farm Remove button Removes the server farm that is selected in the Server Farm Table A subdialog box is displayed asking the user to confirm the action Real Server Config Subarea This subarea allows the user to add and remove real servers to the server farm specified in the Server Farm Name field Real IP Address field IP address of the real server TCP Port Optional TCP Port translation for the real server Real Server Add button Adds the real server s
198. ctive opensent openconfirm established Negotiated Version Negotiated version of BGP running between the two neighbors Add Remove Neighbor Entry button Adds or removes BGP neighbors from this table Launches the dialog box shown in Figure 6 58 Specify the neighbor IP address and remote AS number to add or remove the neighbor from the local BGP neighbor table Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide lt a Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M BGP Dialog Box Figure 6 58 Add or Remove BGP Peers Dialog Box Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 72 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M BGP DialogBox Mil Redistribution Tab Figure 6 59 shows the Redistribution tab of the C6576M BGP dialog box Figure 6 59 Redistribution Tab of the C6576M BGP Dialog Box Redistribution Table Area This area describes the route redistribution configuration of the BGP routing process Routes learned from other interior and exterior routing protocols may be redistributed into the BGP routing domain Protocol Source protocol from which routes are being distributed into BGP IS IS EIGRP OSPF AS Tag The autonomous system tag identifying the BGP routing domain IS IS Routing Level Indicates IS IS route level redistribution This field has the following values none For protocols other than IS IS level 1 Local area intra area dedistribution level 1 2
199. d false VLAN based QoS disabled Interface Trust State The trust state of an interface determines how it marks schedules and classifies received L2 frames and whether or not congestion avoidance is implemented This attribute can have the following values Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide gy Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes EE C6576M Ethernet Interface Dialog Box untrusted tThe interface is marked as untrusted DSCP The DSCP value of the frame is trusted CoS tThe CoS value of the frame is trusted IP precedence The IP precedence value of the frame is trusted e Default CoS Value Interface class of service value QoS assigns the CoS value to untagged frames from a trusted interface and to all frames of an untrusted interface Input Service Policy The QoS policy map applied to the interface This policy map is only applied if QoS is enabled on the interface and VLAN based QoS is disabled on the interface Queue Type RX Desribes the queue structure for traffic on an egress port Queue Type TX Desribes the queue structure for traffic on an ingress port Select Policy button Launches a subdialog box to attach an input QoS policy map to the interface This action may fail if the specified policy map is not suitable for use with an Ethernet interface Figure 5 23 shows subdialog box that is displayed when the Select Policy button is pressed The subdialog box contain
200. d with a different card of the same type A change in this value indicates that the Supervisor module was removed and replaced with another of the same time Port adapters do not support the operational status information as a result the only attribute alarm raised by a port adapter is the final one a serial number change has been detected Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide Chapter8 Alarms and Alarm Management MH C65 76M Alarms SONET Interfaces Table 8 13 describes the alarms raised due to changes in the SONET interface status fields Note that these alarms are slightly different than those described elsewhere in this Chapter as they are controlled by bit fields in the attribute value This table contains the attribute the mask field bit and the alarm raised when the bit is set There is a corresponding alarm not listed of normal severity for each alarm which clears the alarm when the bit is cleared Table 8 13 SONET Interface Attribute Alarms Attribute Bitmask Field Description Severity sonetSectionCurr 2 C6576M 0157_0 SONET Section Warning entStatus status is Loss of Signal sonetSectionCurr 4 6576M 0159_0 SONET Section Warning entStatus status is Loss of Frame sonetLineCurrent 2 C6576M 0161_0 SONET Line Warning Status status is Alarm Indication Signal sonetLineCurrent 4 C6576M 0163_0 SONET Line Warning Status status is Remote Defect Indication sonet
201. d into a decommissioned state The following actions occur on a decommissioned object Active management stops All subobjects also are decommissioned Decommission buttons can be found within certain windows dependent upon the type of object selected When an object is decommissioned the children of that object also change their state to decommissioned For example if a module is decommissioned all interfaces and connections on that module are decommissioned Objects can be put into the decommissioned state from any other state Discovery State The discovery state is a temporary state that is assigned to certain objects during subchassis discovery This state applies to the Network Element Chassis and Software objects It is used to determine the physical and logical components on a switch If successful an automatic state transition to normal is made If communication is lost the object transitions to the discovery lostcomms state If physical components are detected that do not match the expected types the objects are transitioned to the mismatched state Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 2 8 Chapter2 Basic Concepts C65 76M Object States Hi Normal State The normal state is applicable to all objects and represents a situation in which an object is regarded as being actively monitored When an object enters the normal state CEMF performs heartbeat polling on the object every five minutes to chec
202. d only Module Inlet Inlet temperature of the module in degrees Celsius Module Outlet Outlet temperature of the module in degrees Celsius Each sensor can have the following values lt n gt C Temperature in degrees Celsius N O Indicates that the sensor is not operational N A Indicates that the sensor value is not available Inventory Area The Inventory area of the C6576M OSM dialog box provides the following information All the attributes in this area are read only Model Model of the OSM This attribute has the following value OSM 4GE WAN GBIC 4 port Gigabit Ethernet Optical Services Module GBIC OSM 40C12 POS MM 4 port OC 12 STM 4 SONET SDH OSM MM with 4 Gigabit Ethernet ports OSM 40C12 POS SI 4 port OC 12 STM 4 SONET SDH OSM SM IR with 4 Gigabit Ethernet ports OSM 40C12 POS SL 4 port OC 12 STM 4 SONET SDH OSM SM LR with 4 Gigabit Ethernet ports OSM 10C48 POS SS 1 port OC 48 STM 16 SONET SDH OSM SM SR with 4 Gigabit Ethernet ports OSM 10C48 POS SI 1 port OC 48 STM 16 SONET SDH OSM SM IR with 4 Gigabit Ethernet ports OSM 10C48 POS SL 1 port OC 48 STM 16 SONET SDH OSM SM LR with 4 Gigabit Ethernet ports Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide EGE Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes MH C6576M Optical Services Modules Dialog Box OSM 160C3 POS MM 16 port OC 3 STM 1 SONET SDH OSM MM with 4 Gigabit Ethernet ports OSM 160C3 POS SI
203. dapter is in the mismatched state The discovered SFM card is different from the pre deployed or previously discovered type Major performance lostcomms normal C6576M Port Adapter is in the normal state Normal performance lostcomm normallostcomms C6576M Port Adapter is in the lostcomms state Network connectivity to the supervisor card is lost Normal performance performance C6576M Port Adapter is in the performance state lostcomms perflostcomms C6576M Port Adapter is in the lostcomms state Network connectivity to the supervisor card is lost Softw are Table 8 9 describes the Software object state alarms Table 8 9 Software Object State Alarms State Description Severity Alarms Cleared discovery C6576M Software is in the discovery state Discovery of the logical software objects is being performed Informational normal discoverylostcomms C6576M Software is in the discoverylostcomms state Network connectivity to the switch has been lost during discovery or the IOS passwords are incorrect discovery normal C6576M Software object is in the normal state Normal discovery normallostcomms C6576M Software object is in the lostcomms state Network connectivity to the supervisor card is lost Note object no alarm is raised when the Software object enter
204. ddress The IP address of the last host that caused an SNMP authentication failure to occur SNMP v1 Write Community The v1 community string used to write data to the agent SNMP v2c Write Community The v2c community string used to write data to the agent Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M NE Config M gmt Dialog Box CatOS SNMP Area The Cat OS SNMP area of the C6576M Network Element dialog box provides the following information Same As IOS If enabled the IOS SNMP version and communities will be used to access the SNMP Agent on the Supervisor module in Hybrid OS configurations SNMP Version The version of the SNMP agent running on the switch or router The version is one of these values SNMPv1 SNMPv2c SNMPv3 Not supported by the Catalyst 6000 family switches or the Cisco 7600 series Internet Routers SNMP v1 Read Community The v1 community string used to read data from the agent SNMP v2c Read Community The v2c community string used to read data from the agent SNMP v1 Write Community The v1 community string used to write data to the agent SNMP v2c Write Community The v2c community string used to write data to the agent SNMP Trap Tab Figure 6 5 shows the SNMP Trap tab of the C6576M Network Element dialog box Figure 6 5 SNMP Trap Tab of the C6576M Network Element Dialog Box TBATE wierk Dumat alou FE fe p
205. de 6 92 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M EIGRP DialogBox Mi Stuck In Active Length of time in minutes that a route stays active This value determines the maximum period of time that an EIGRP router will wait for replies to its queries If this value is set too low there might not be enough time for all the neighboring routers to send their replies to the active router Log Neighbor Changes If true changes to neighbor adjacencies are logged This can be useful to monitor the stability of the routing system and help detect problems Log Neighbor Warnings If true neighbor warning messages are logged Delete EIGRP button Deletes the currently selected EIGRP process from the switch or router Add EIGRP button Adds EIGRP processes to the switch or router Launches the dialog box shown in Figure 6 74 Specify the following attributes and click Add to add an EIGRP process to IOS Autonomous System Number Autonomous system number for this EIGRP process IP Address IP address of a local network A local network must be specified to add an EIGRP process Wildcard Mask Mask to be used with the IP address This field is optional Figure 6 74 Add EIGRP Processes Dialog Box ia BOY 2 9 EE Note If no netmask is provided the EIGRP routing process is only deployed on a single network Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide EH 693 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog
206. de of the dialog box Status Tab Figure 5 52 shows the Status tab of the C6576M ATM SONET Interface dialog box Figure 5 52 Status Tab of the C6576M ATM SONET Interface Dialog Box Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 101 Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M ATM SONET Interface Dialog Box Interface Status Area The Status area of the C6576M ATM SONET Interface dialog box provides the following information to describe the general characteristics of the interface Description Comment or a description to help you remember what is attached to this interface The description is only put in the configuration to help you remember what specific interfaces are used for e Index String index of the interface This attribute is read only e Operational Status The current operational state of the interface This attribute is read only This attribute has one of the following values testing Indicates that no operational packets can be passed unknown down up dormant Interface is waiting for external actions such as a serial line waiting for an incoming connection notPresent Interface has missing typically hardware components lowerLayerDown The interface in the lower layer is down Administrative Status The desired state of the interface This attribute has one of the following values testing read only Indicates that no operational packets can be pass
207. deploys the Network Element and Software objects for each Catalyst 6000 family switch or Cisco 7600 series Internet Router discovered e Manual deployment This method should be used if a small number of devices that are connected to the network need to be deployed This method will deploy the Network Element and Software objects for the Catalyst 6000 family switches or Cisco 7600 series Internet Routers specified Predeployment This method should be used to predeploy a device that is not connected to the network The following objects can be predeployed Network Element and Software Chassis Supervisor Modules Ethernet Modules Switch Fabric Modules FlexWAN Modules Port Adapters OSM Modules The remaining C65 76M objects are automatically discovered when the Network Element object is commissioned IP Auto Discovery The CEMF Auto Discovery application is used to search an existing network The network is examined for IP and SNMP devices An object is created for each new device discovered The IP discovery window can be launched from either the Discovery icon from the CEMF Launchpad Figure 3 2 or from the Deployment Auto Discovery pop up menu item on a selected object as shown in Figure 4 2 Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M HM Deployment and Commissioning Process Figure 4 2 Launching the IP Discovery Window from the Map Viewer When first laun
208. device IOS Session The IOS Session area of the C6576M Network Element dialog box provides the following information e Username User name to establish an IOS management session with the device over telnet e Password Password to establish an IOS management session with the device over telnet EXEC Password Password to enter privileged EXEC mode Cat OS Session Area The Cat OS Session area of the C6576M Network Element dialog box provides the following information Same As IOS TIf enabled the IOS telnet username and password will be used to connect to the Supervisor module over CatOS in Hybrid OS configurations Username User name to establish a CatOS management session with the device over telnet e Password Password to establish a CatOS management session with the device over telnet EXEC Password Password to enter privileged EXEC mode in a CatOS session gt Note Ifthe above passwords are incorrect some dialog box values may report as ERROR Reset System Area The Reset System area of the C6576M Network Element dialog box provides the following information Last Restart Reason Text message displaying why the switch or router was restarted Reset button Button used to reset the switch or router This action power cycles the switch or router If clicked a pop up is displayed asking if you really want to reset the switch or router see Figure 6 2 Note Only users with administrative
209. distribution Table Area section on page 6 95 Protocol Source routing protocol from which routes are being distributed into EIGRP This field may have the following values IS IS EIGRP OSPF BGP static IS IS Routing Level Indicates IS IS route level redistribution Delay Delay metric Loading Loading metric Source ID lIdentifies the routing process from which routes are being distributed Bandwidth Bandwidth metric Reliability Reliability metric MTU Maximum transmission unit of the path metric Add button Enables route redistribution from another IP routing process into the EIGRP routing domain Routes may be learned from an IS IS OSPF or BGP routing process Delete button Disables route redistribution from another IP routing process into the EIGRP routing domain Distribution List Tab Figure 6 77 shows the Distribution List tab of the C6576M EIGRP dialog box Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M EIGRP Dialog Box Figure 6 77 Distribution List Tab of the C6576M EIGRP Dialog Box Distribution List Table Area This area describes filtering of routing updates sent or received by the routing process ACL ID Unique identifer of an ACL for filtering routing updates sent or received by a routing process The ACL specifies which network routes will be permitted or denied in routing updates This field has the following values
210. e Figure 4 25 shows an example of a predeployed Catalyst 6509 chassis Note that the chassis is empty and has cross hashes indicating that it is in the decommissioned state EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M Deployment and Commissioning Process W Figure 4 25 Predeployed Catalyst 6509 Chassis Object eee sites taiii Predeploying Subchassis Modules The next step in predeploying a Catalyst 6000 family switch or a Cisco 7600 series Internet Router in CEMF is to deploy the modules within the chassis The following subchassis objects can be predeployed e Supervisor Modules Ethernet Modules Switch Fabric Modules Flex WAN Modules Port Adapters Optical Services Modules Content Switching Module pP Tip Supporting modules such as AC or DC power supplies are automatically added through subchassis discovery You cannot manually deploy these objects Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide EE Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M HM Deployment and Commissioning Process Supervisor Module To predeploy a Supervisor Module choose Deployment gt Deploy Supervisor Control Modules s from the pop up menu of the Chassis object see Figure 4 26 Figure 4 26 Predeploying Supervisor Modules The Supervisor Module Deployment Wizard Object Parameters window as shown in Figure 4 27 is displayed Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 4 32
211. e by default it is considered to be nonbroadcast by the OSPF routing process An ATM interface can be configured as a broadcast interface The OSPF network type also can be dependent on the ATM network configuration whether the network is partially meshed or fully meshed Area ID The predefined ID uniquely identifying the area to which the interface connects It can be specified as either a decimal value or as an IP address Value is 0 0 0 0 if interface is a layer 2 no IP address assigned interface This attribute is read only Authentication Key Password to be used by neighboring OSPF routers on a network segment that is using OSPF simple password authentication It is ignored if OSPF Authentication Type is not simple This attribute is read only Hello Interval Length of time between the hello packets sent on an OSPF interface Must be consistent between all routers on an attached network This attribute is read only Trans Priority The priority of this interface Used in multiaccess networks this field is used in the designated router election algorithm The value 0 signifies that the router is not eligible to become the designated router on this particular network In the event of a tie in this value routers will use their router ID as a tie breaker This attribute is read only Trans Dead sec Number of seconds that a device s hello packets must not have been seen before its neighbors declare the OSPF router down Mu
212. e current 15 minute interval Unavailable Secs Number of Unavailable Seconds encountered by the SONET Path in the current 15 minute interval SONET Far End Path Error Area The SONET Far End Path Error area contains the following information Errored Secs Number of far end errored seconds encountered by the SONET Path in the current 15 minute interval Severely Err Secs Number of far end severely errored seconds encountered by the SONET Path in the current 15 minute interval Coding Violations Number of far end coding violations encountered by the SONET Path in the current 15 minute interval Unavailable Secs Number of far end unavailable seconds encountered by the SONET Path in the current 15 minute interval Routing Protocol Tab Figure 5 92 shows the Routing Protocol tab of the C6576M OSM POS Subinterface dialog box Figure 5 92 Routing Protocol Tab on the C6576M OSM POS Subinterface Dialog Box Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide gy Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M OSM POS Subinterface Dialog Box OSPF Area EIGRP Area The OSPF area of the C6576M OSM POS Interface dialog box provides the following information All the attributes in this area are read only Network Type OSPF interface type By default a POS interface is point to point however the OSPF network type may be modified to accommodate different types of network configurations This attribute has one of the followi
213. e defaults to 0 Add button Enables route redistribution from another IP routing process into the BGP routing domain Routes may be learned from an IS IS EIGRP or OSPF routing process Delete button Disables route redistribution from another IP routing process into the BGP routing domain Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 6 74 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M BGP DialogBox Mil Distribution List Tab Figure 6 60 shows the Distribution List tab of the C6576M BGP dialog box Figure 6 60 Distribution List Tab of the C6576M BGP Dialog Box Distribution List Table Area This area describes filtering of routing updates sent or received by the routing process ACL ID Unique identifer of an ACL for filtering routing updates sent or received by a routing process The ACL specifies which network routes will be permitted or denied in routing updates This field has the following values lt 1 199 gt Standard access list number lt 1300 2699 gt Expanded access list number alphanumeric Named access list Direction Indicates whether the filter will be applied against routing updates received by the routing process or advertised by the routing process in Applies to updates received out Applies to updates advertised Interface Identifies a particular interface that the filter is applied to For an incoming filter suppresses routing updates received on a
214. e enabled when QoS is enabled By default it will be automatically enabled if global QoS is enabled These are the possible values for this attribute true Microflow is enabled false Microflow is not enabled e Add Policy Map button Launches a subdialog box shown in Figure 6 95 to create a policy map on the managed device A policy map defines trust states and policers to enforce QoS parameters against traffic selected by defined class map criteria The following attribute is shown in this subdialog box Policy Name Unique identifier of the new policy map to be deployed on the device Add Policy button Creates a policy map on the managed device Figure 6 95 Add Policy Map Subdialog Box of the C6576M QoS Dialog Box Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 120 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M QoS DialogBox W Named Aggregate Tab Figure 6 96 shows the Named Aggregate tab of the C6576M QoS dialog box Figure 6 96 Named Aggregate Tab of C6576M QoS Dialog Box z PELRA eek Pe lala Tha JEn BE TE es SPREE 2 LT YE fe ia ip See fee phone i F pA EB Taiu am RR RE ENT FE TRES i ES Hs bien himp Hae VEE Tesh e pe ME Bari IPE bpe bin iar LE byl Eide aii ADELE heidi i ka sihis Pwi Oe Eam Urap ape re iira Surer Teema ham iTHbiras pmi Ee Bem qiie me puh be Named Aggregate Area The Named Aggregate area of the C6576M QoS dialog box describes the named aggregate
215. e is not available Actions Area The Actions area of the C6576M Supervisor Module dialog box provides the following information Commission This button is used to commission the object manually This can only be done if the object is in a decommissioned state By clicking this button the two interface subobjects are also commissioned Decommission This button is used to decommission the object manually In the decommissioned state the properties of the object are not monitored As a result data displayed in the configuration window is not guaranteed to be current Decommissioning the Supervisor Module will also decommission its Ethernet Interface objects The decommission action is useful to allow a supervisor engine module to be removed and replaced without generating alarms Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 16 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Supervisor Module Dialog Box Ti Status Field The display only Status field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field can have the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object attributes normal Presence polling is performed periodically performance Some attributes are collected periodically for trending purposes normallostcomms CEMF lost communication with the device from the normal state perflostcomms CEMF lost communication with the devi
216. e read only Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 118 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface Dialog Box Mi Figure 5 60 Performance Tab of the C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface Dialog Box Packets Octets Statistics Area The Interface Packets Octets Statistics area contains the following information Error Statistics Area Bandwidth Util Percentage of bandwidth utilization In Octets Total number of received octets including framing characters Out Octets Total number of transmitted octets including framing characters In Unicast Pkts The number of packets delivered by this sublayer to a higher sub layer which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer Out Unicast Pkts The total number of packets that higher level protocols requested be transmitted and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer including those that were discarded or not sent In Packets Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of input packets per second Out Packets Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of output packets per second In Bits Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of input bits per second Out Bits Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of output bits per second The Interface Error Statistics area contains the following information CRC Error Pkts
217. ea of the C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface dialog box contains buttons to enable data logging of all the interface attributes of the interface Start Turns on performance data logging Stop tTurns off performance data logging aw Note The logged data is available to you through the CEMF Performance Manager Refer to the Cisco Element Management Framework User Guide for more information about the Performance Manager Routing Protocol Tab Figure 5 61 shows the Routing Protocol tab of the C6576M OSM GEWAN Interface dialog box Figure 5 61 Routing Protocol Tab on the C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface Dialog Box Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide E Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface Dialog Box OSPF Area The OSPF area of the C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface dialog box provides the following information All the attributes in this area are read only EIGRP Area Network Type OSPF interface type OSPF network type can be nonbroadcast multiaddress NBMA even on a broadcast media such as Ethernet This attribute can have one of the following values broadcast nbma pointToPoint pointToMultipoint Area ID The predefined ID uniquely identifying the area to which the interface connects It can be specified as either a decimal value or as an IP address Value is 0 0 0 0 if interface is a layer 2 no IP address assigned interface This attribute is read only Authent
218. ed IP Address field IP address of a virtual server restricted client range Netmask field Subnet mask of a virtual server restricted client range Enabled bits indicate network addressing bits in the IP address amp Note The IP address and netmask must specify a unique client range on the virtual server The netmask must agree with the class of network address specified by the IP address Mode button Indicates that the restricted client range defines clients that may not use the virtual server The client is excluded Client Add button Adds the client range to a virtual server definition You need to specify a name in the Server Farm Name field an IP address in the IP Address field and a subnet mask in the Netmask field and select a mode for the action to take effect Client Remove button Removes the client range to a virtual server definition Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 76 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M SLB DialogBox i Additional Notes Tab Figure 5 39 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M SLB dialog box Figure 5 39 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M SLB Dialog Box The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the SLB Notes Area Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M ATM T3 Interface Dialog Box C6576M ATM T3 Interface Dialog B
219. ed down Last Change The value in seconds of sysUpTime at the time the interface entered its current operational state If the current state was entered before the last reinitialization of the local network management subsystem then this object contains a zero value This attribute is read only Connector Present Indication if a cable is connected to the interface If the ifAdminStatus is down then this value cannot be determined and an unknown message is given This attribute is read only This attribute can have the following values yes Cable is connected to the interface no Cable is not connected to the interface unknown Cannot determine if a cable is connected to the interface Number of Resets Number of times the interface internally reset This attribute is read only Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 102 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M ATM SONET Interface Dialog Box W ATM SONET Area The ATM SONET area of the C6576M ATM SONET Interface dialog box provides the following information SONET Section Status Status of the SONET Section This status may indicate multiple simultaneous defects This has one of the following values sonetSectionNoDefect No defect sonetSectionLOS Error condition Loss Of Signal sonetSectionLOF Error condition Loss Of Frame SONET Line Status Status of the SONET Line This status may indicate multiple
220. ed for the policy map class or a violate action has not been explicitly configured for the policy map class Note The Policy Violate Action is not supported in IOS 12 1 6 E and earlier A PFC2 card is also required Conform Action Subarea Conform Action Action to be taken when Policed traffic conforms to QoS parameters This attribute may have one of the following values Drop Drops packet Transmit Transmita packet Set DSCP Assigns DSCP value to packet before it is transmitted Set Precedence Assigns IP Precedence value to packet before it is transmitted A value of none 0 is returned on read if an explicit policer is not defined for the policy map class Set DSCP DSCP value assigned to packets of conforming ingress traffic before transmitting on egress interfaces This value is only relevant and will only be set in the running configuration of the device if the Policy Conform Action is Set DSCP A value of 0 is returned on read if an explicit policer is not defined for the policy map class or the conform action is not Set DSCP Set IP Precedence IP Precedence value assigned to packets of conforming ingress traffic before transmitting on egress interfaces This value is only relevant and will only be set in the running configuration of the device if the Policy Conform Action is Set Precedence A value of 0 is returned on read if an explicit policer is not defined for the policy map class or the conform action is
221. ed on the interface true IS IS routing is enabled false IS IS routing is disabled Area Tag The IS IS routing area in which the interface participates If multiarea IS IS is configured on the device the IS IS area must be named otherwise this value may be an implicit null tag Level 1 Hello Interval Length of time between hello packets generated on the interface for level 1 routing Level 2 Hello Interval Length of time between hello packets generated on the interface for level 2 routing Level 1 Metric Cost of the interface for IS IS level 1 intra area route calculation Level 2 Metric Cost of the interface for IS IS level 2 inter area route calculation Level 1 Priority The priority is used to determine which router on a LAN will be the designated router or designated intermediate system DIS Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface Dialog Box Level 2 Priority The priority is used to determine which router on a LAN will be the designated router or DIS Enable button Enables IS IS routing on the interface To enable IS IS on an interface the user must specify an IS IS routing process that is already Note deployed on the device If the process does not exist the action will fail Disable button Disables IS IS routing on the interface Note By default all interfaces are configured as IS
222. eived by the CEMF server when the switch is first brought on line then the predeployed Network Element object needs to be commissioned manually by opening the Network Element dialog box and selecting the Commission button see Figure 4 15 Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide lt Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M MH Deployment and Commissioning Process Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 4 64 CHAPTER Physical Object Dialog Boxes This chapter describes the Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager dialog boxes for the physical objects The following physical object dialog boxes are available in the C65 76M C6576M Chassis Dialog Box page 5 3 C6576M Power Supply Dialog Box page 5 12 C6576M Supervisor Module Dialog Box page 5 15 C6576M Ethernet Module Dialog Box page 5 22 C6576M Ethernet Interface Dialog Box page 5 27 C6576M Switch Fabric Module Dialog Box page 5 49 C6576M FlexWAN Module Dialog Box page 5 53 C6576M Port Adapter Dialog Box page 5 56 C6576M Optical Services Modules Dialog Box page 5 60 C6576M SLB Dialog Box page 5 65 C6576M ATM T3 Interface Dialog Box page 5 78 C6576M ATM E3 Interface Dialog Box page 5 90 C6576M ATM SONET Interface Dialog Box page 5 101 C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface Dialog Box page 5 115 C6576M OSM Channelized SONET Interface Dialog Box page 5 128 C6576M OSM POS Interface Dialog Box page 5 138 C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface Dialog Box page 5 149 C6576M OSM POS
223. el is longer than the expected size it will be truncated Transmit Label Transmitting SONET Path overhead message If the transmitting label is longer than the transmitting size it will be truncated Modify Path Message J1 button Launches a subdialog box to modify the expected receive and transmit SONET Path overhead message Figure 5 89 shows the subdialog box launched by this button The following items are displayed in the subdialog box Expected Size Transmit Size Expected Label Transmit Label Modify button Sets the specified values of the attributes given in the subdialog box In 12 1 11b E and later the values for the Expected Size and the Transmit Size should be the same since the Tx and Rx message sizes cannot be independently configured If the received values are different the J1 Path Overhead message size will be set to the larger of the two values mi Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSM POS Subinterface Dialog Box W Figure 5 89 SONET J 1 Modify Subdialog Box of the C6576M OSM POS Subinterface Dialog Box 13270 Performance Tab Figure 5 90 shows the Performance tab of the C6576M OSM POS Subinterface dialog box All the attributes shown in this tab are read only Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 169 Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes H C6576M OSM POS Subinterface Dialog Box Figure 5 90 Performance Tab of
224. ement Management Framework User Guide for more information about the Performance Manager Actions Area The Actions area of the C6576M Ethernet Module dialog box provides the following information Commission This button is used to commission the object manually This can only be done if the object is in a decommissioned state Clicking this button commissions all interfaces Decommission This button is used to decommission the object manually In the decommissioned state the properties of the object are not monitored As a result data displayed in the configuration window is not guaranteed to be current Clicking this button decommissions all interfaces Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 24 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Ethernet Module Dialog Box W The decommission action is useful to allow a Ethernet module to be removed and replaced without generating alarms Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M Ethernet Module Dialog Box Status Field The display only Status field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field can have the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object attributes normal Presence polling is performed periodically performance Some attributes are collected periodically for trending purposes normallostco
225. emove the filter Source IP Source Mask Source Port Dest IP Dest Mask Dest Port Filter Type Choose from the drop down menu include exclude Protocol Choose the flow filter protocol none tcp udp Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 6 109 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M NDE Configuration Dialog Box The following buttons implement the configuation changes Modify Filter Applies the NDE configuration changes Remove Filter Removes a configured NDE Include or Exclude Flow Mask filter Additional Notes Tab Figure 6 85 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M NDE Configuration dialog box Figure 6 85 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M NDE Configuration Dialog Box Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the object Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 110 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M STP Dialog Box Mi C6576M STP Dialog Box The C6576M STP dialog box provides information on the global Spanning Tree Protocol configuration on a managed Catalyst 6000 family switch or Cisco 7600 series Internet Router This dialog box is launched from the Software object or STP object in the Physical view Details Tab Figure 6 86 shows the Details tab of the C6576M STP dialog box Figure 6 86 Details Tab of C6576M STP Dialog Box air EL DE ET Tare soi
226. ent errors Out Discarded Pkts Number of outbound packets that were chosen to be discarded Out Dropped Pkts Number of events in which outbound packets were dropped Out Error Pkts Number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 34 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Ethernet Interface Dialog Box Ml Performance Logging Area The Performance Logging area of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box allows users to turn on performance data logging for a single interface Start Turns performance data logging on for this specific interface s attributes Stop tTurns performance data logging off for this specific interface s attributes All attributes in the Performance tab are logged when the object is placed into the Performance state Note The logged data is available to you through the CEMF Performance Manager Refer to the Cisco Element Management Framework User Guide for more information about the Performance Manager Routing Protocol Tab Figure 5 16 shows the Routing Protocol tab of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box Figure 5 16 Routing Protocol Tab on the C6576M Ethemet Interface Dialog Box dan T y 8 atte Tik Cog Pees Pete pP HO mal Adel lifti TOE el da Hieni as Tea HEA irag are pas jia r p miah sion bry Te Peay ijari PRES bisis iira HE Bete biyere preci ae eee frame ioe red
227. entation from the Networking Products MarketPlace http www cisco com c gi bin order order_root pl Registered Cisco com users can order the Documentation CD ROM through the online Subscription Store http www cisco com go subscription e Nonregistered Cisco com users can order documentation through a local account representative by calling Cisco Systems Corporate Headquarters California U S A at 408 526 7208 or elsewhere in North America by calling 800 553 NETS 6387 Documentation Feedback You can submit comments electronically on Cisco com In the Cisco Documentation home page click the Fax or Email option in the Leave Feedback section at the bottom of the page You can e mail your comments to bug doc cisco com You can submit your comments by mail by using the response card behind the front cover of your document or by writing to the following address Cisco Systems Attn Document Resource Connection 170 West Tasman Drive San Jose CA 95134 9883 We appreciate your comments Obtaining Technical Assistance Cisco provides Cisco com as a starting point for all technical assistance Customers and partners can obtain online documentation troubleshooting tips and sample configurations from online tools by using the Cisco Technical Assistance Center TAC Web Site Cisco com registered users have complete access to the technical support resources on the Cisco TAC Web Site Cisco com Cisco com is the fou
228. ential hot standby router The range is 1 to 255 where 1 indicates the lowest priority and 255 indicates the highest priority The default priority value is 100 The router in the HSRP group with the highest priority value becomes the active router Hello Interval Hello interval in milliseconds If this value is not configured it can be learned from the active router Hold Interval Hold interval in milliseconds If this value is not configured it can be learned from the active router Configure button Enable HSRP for IP on an interface This action deploys an HSRP group on the interface The HSRP group may optionally be assigned a primary IP address If no address is explicitly assigned the device attempts to discover the virtual IP address from the active server using Hello messages Figure 5 20 shows the subdialog box displayed when the Add Remove button is pressed Figure 5 20 HSRP Group Configure Subdialog Box Ma EY 2 9 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide gy Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M Ethernet Interface Dialog Box Secondary IP Area The Secondary IP area of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box provides the following information HSRP Secondary Address Table Describes secondary IP addresses of HSRP groups deployed on the interface Data is displayed in the following columns Group Number Unique identifier along of an HSRP group Secondary IP Secondary IP address of HSR
229. er5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M Switch Fabric Module Dialog Box Out Errors Total number of error packets transmitted on the module through the fabric channel since the entry was last initialized Out Dropped Total number of dropped packets transmitted on the module through the fabric channel since the entry was last initialized In Util Input utilization of the fabric channel for the module Out Util Output utilization of the fabric channel for the module amp Note This table is only supported in IOS versions 12 1 8a EX and later in earlier IOS versions the table will be empty Additional Notes Tab Figure 5 27 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M Switch Fabric Module dialog box Figure 5 27 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M Switch Fabric Module Dialog Box Dres F rre Bee ME mE brm simm er eam em Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the Switch Fabric Module Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 52 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M FlexWAN Module Dialog Box Mi C6576M FlexWAN Module Dialog Box This dialog box provides information for the FlexWAN modules This dialog box can be launched from a Chassis object or FlexWAN module object within the Physical view You can select one chassis and more than one FlexWAN module at a time from the object list on the left side of the dialog
230. erface Dialog Box W posOcl2mm posOc12smi posOc12sml posOc48mm posOc48smi posOc48sml posOc3mm posOc3smi posOc3sml Operational Status The current operational state of the interface This attribute is read only This attribute has one of the following values other ok minorFault majorFault Administrative Status The desired state of the interface This attribute has one of the following values down Last Change The value in seconds of sysUpTime at the time the interface entered its current operational state If the current state was entered before the last reinitialization of the local network management subsystem then this object contains a zero value This attribute is read only Connector Present Indicates whether or not a cable is connected to the interface If the ifAdminStatus is down then this value cannot be determined and an unknown message is given This attribute is read only This attribute has the following values yes Cable is connected to the interface no Cable is not connected to the interface unknown Cannot determine if a cable is connected to the interface Number of Resets Number of times the interface internally reset This attribute is read only The display only Status field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field can have the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the
231. erface is up and operational mi Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Ethernet Interface Dialog Box Ml down The interface is in a down administrative status this value causes the operational status to be set to down as well testing read only In this state no operational packets can be transmitted or received This value is read only Last Change The timestamp indicating when the configuration for this interface was last changed This is a read only attribute Connector Present Displays if a cable is attached to the interface These are the values yes no unknown This value is used when the Administrative Status is not set to up In this case it cannot be determined if a connection is present or not Number of Resets The number of times this interface has been reset This attribute is read only Status Field The display only Status field located at the bottom of the window indicates that current state of the object This field can have the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object attributes normal Presence polling is performed periodically performance Some attributes are collected periodically for trending purposes normallostcomms CEMF has lost communication with the device from the normal state perflostcomms CEMF has lost communication with the device from the performan
232. erformance Tab 5 33 Routing Protocol Tab 5 35 STP Tab 5 38 HSRP Tab 5 42 QoS Tab 5 45 Additional Notes Tab 5 48 C6576M Switch Fabric Module Dialog Box 5 49 Details Tab 5 49 Performance Tab 5 51 Additional Notes Tab 5 52 C6576M FlexWAN Module Dialog Box 5 53 Details Tab 5 53 Additional Notes Tab 5 55 C6576M Port Adapter Dialog Box 5 56 Details Tab 5 56 Additional Notes Tab 5 58 C6576M Optical Services Modules Dialog Box 5 60 Details Tab 5 60 Additional Notes Tab 5 64 C6576M SLB Dialog Box 5 65 Details Tab 5 65 Client Side VLAN Tab 5 68 Server Side VLAN Tab 5 70 Server Farms Tab 5 72 Virtual Servers Tab 5 74 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide gy E Contents Additional Notes Tab 5 77 C6576M ATM T3 Interface Dialog Box 5 78 Status Tab 5 78 Configuration Tab 5 80 ATM T3 Tab 5 82 Performance Tab 5 84 Routing Protocol Tab 5 87 Additional Notes Tab 5 89 C6576M ATM E3 Interface Dialog Box 5 90 Status Tab 5 90 Configuration Tab 5 92 ATM E3Tab 5 94 Performance Tab 5 95 Routing Protocol Tab 5 98 Additional Notes Tab 5 100 C6576M ATM SONET Interface Dialog Box 5 101 Status Tab 5 101 Configuration Tab 5 104 ATM Sonet Tab 5 106 Performance Tab 5 108 Routing Protocol Tab 5 111 Additional Notes Tab 5 114 C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface Dialog Box 5 115 Status Tab 5 115 Configuration Tab 5 117 Performance Tab 5 118 Routing Protocol Tab 5 121 HSRP Tab 5 124 Additional Notes Tab 5 127 C6576M OSM Channelized SONET In
233. eries consists of the 6 slot Catalyst 6506 switch the 9 slot Catalyst 6509 switch the 9 slot Catalyst 6509NEB switch shown in Figure 1 1 and the 13 slot 6513 switch These high performance modular frame based switches support high density Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet in both campus backbone and server aggregation environments The Catalyst 6006 and the Catalyst 6009 switches have a 32 Gbps switching capacity while the Catalyst 6506 the Catalyst 6509 and the Catalyst 6509 NEB switches can support a backplane architecture that scales from 32 Gbps to 256 Gbps All platforms share the same supervisor engines switching modules and software and support redundant configurations of supervisor engines power supplies and port interfaces For additional information about the Catalyst 6000 family switches refer to the Catalyst 6000 Family Installation Guide For a complete list of Catalyst 6000 family documentation see the Related Documentation section on page xv Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 12 Catalyst 6000 Family Overview W Supervisor engine Redundant supervisor engine Slots 1 9 right to left Ba8800 8588989 859900 8809000 p 6666 F Fe o Co FT Fa 0 800900 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Power supply 2 redundant FEET FEEEEET 7 Sogggoq jagaa Sissies Sa
234. erived from Edit Distribution List Table Area This area allows changes to be made to the Distribution Table ACL ID Unique identifer of an ACL for filtering routing updates sent received by a routing process Interface Identifies a particular interface that the filter is applied to Protocol Source routing protocol from which routes are being distributed into EIGRP This field may have the following values OSPF EIGRP BGP static Direction Indicates whether the filter will be applied against routing updates received by the routing process or advertised by the routing process Source ID Identifies a specific routing process instance that redistributed routes are derived from Add button Specifies a filter for suppressing or allowing distribution of network routes through EIGRP routing process Delete button Removes a filter for suppressing or allowing distribution of network routes through EIGRP routing process Additional Notes Tab Figure 6 78 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M EIGRP dialog box Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M IS IS Dialog Box Figure 6 78 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M EIGRP Dialog Box hel kk Bes ae a Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the object C6576M IS IS Dialog Box The C6576M IS IS dialog box provides information o
235. es in System ID System ID of the NET Unique identifier of the device in the routing area N Selector n selector portion of the NET Occupies the last byte of NET Value is always 00 Edit Netw ork Table Subarea This subarea allows you to modify the Network Table The Add and Remove buttons adds a NET address and removes a NET address from the IS IS routing process respectively The following parameters must be specified AFI Area Address System ID Status Field The Status display only field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field has the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object attributes normal Presence polling of the object normallostcomms CEMF has lost communication with the device from the normal state Interfaces Tab Figure 6 80 shows the Interfaces tab of the C6576M IS IS dialog box Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 6 102 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M IS IS Dialog Box Mil Figure 6 80 Interfaces Tab of C6576M IS IS Dialog Box Interface List Area The Interface List area of the C6576M IS IS dialog box lists the interfaces supported by a given IS IS routing process This table will be empty if CLNS routing is not enabled on the managed device The table contains one column Description Identifies the supported interface The interface may be an Ethernet Fa
236. escribes the status of the active STP VLAN port configurations of the interface Data is displayed in the following columns VLAN Idenifies the VLAN STP instance that this status applies to This is the numeric identifier of the access mode VLAN or a VLAN that is carried on the trunk Port Unique port identifier for the interface in the STP instance This identifier is unique for that port across all devices in the STP management domain State Describes the interface state in the STP instance Port Cost Indicates the current calculated port path cost of the interface in the STP instance HSRP Tab Figure 6 50 shows the HSRP tab of the C6576M EtherChannel dialog box Figure 6 50 HSRP Tab for the C6576M EtherChannel Dialog Box z CGS plaa Dieii Ciia al Ey I pe ppe me gaian frem iee Hg By E h r EES Ce i PR PR P APP kai h BRUTTO Tic ic HPH Ga ha F a Peep ta FE Heil FGF mi Bele hi ere Eee See Hearne Fr SLS ay FEET iem F bemp Haah a fume ies mer s brew ae ee Salt 732 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide EN Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes EE C6576M EtherChannel Dialog Box HSRP Area The HSRP area of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box provides the following information HSRP Group Table Describes HSRP groups deployed on an interface AS Note There may be multiple groups deployed on an interface Using a group number on one logical or
237. escribes the typical tasks to be completed when first using the Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager and consists of the following sections Preparing to Use the C65 76M Software page 3 1 Using Cisco EMF page 3 2 e Deploying C65 76M Objects page 3 7 e Launching Object Management Dialogs page 3 10 Preparing to Use the C65 76M Software The following table outlines the general steps involved in using the C65 76M software Table 3 1 Using C65 76M Steps Description Step1 Install and start Cisco EMF Refer to the Cisco Element Management Framework Installation and Administration Guide for more information on how to install and start Cisco EMF Step2 Install the C65 76M software Refer to the Cisco 6500 7600 Manager Installation Guide for more information Step3 Setup the Catalyst 6000 family You must configure the Catalyst 6000 switch or the Cisco 7600 series family switch or Cisco 7600 series Internet Internet Router Router before it can be properly managed by Cisco EMF Refer to the Hardware Configuration Requirements section in the Cisco 6500 7600 Manager Installation Guide for more information Step4 Start a Cisco EMF session Starting a Cisco EMF user session provides access to all C65 76M functionality Step5 Deploy objects Refer to the Deploying C65 76M Objects section of this chapter for more information Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter3 Getting Started
238. f the chassis One of the following values is displayed WS C6006 6 slot Catalyst 6000 series switch WS C6009 9 slot Catalyst 6000 series switch WS C6506 6 slot Catalyst 6500 series switch WS C6509 9 slot Catalyst 6500 series switch WS C6509NEB 9 slot vertical Catalyst 6500 series switch WS C6513 13 slot Catalyst 6500 series chassis OSR 7603 3 slot Cisco 7600 series chassis OSR 7606 6 slot Cisco 7600 series chassis OSR 7609 9 slot Cisco 7600 series chassis Number of Slots Displays the total number of slots in the chassis The values are 6 or 9 Serial Number Displays the serial number of the chassis Backplane Type Indicates the chassis backplane type For a Catalyst 6500 series switch or Cisco 7600 series Internet Router chassis this attribute has the value gigal6 16 Gigabit switch Used Slots Displays a comma separated list indicating the slots that are occupied Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 6 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Chassis Dialog Box i amp Note Ifthe Serial Number attribute changes an alarm is generated See Chapter 8 Alarms and Alarm Management Power Supply Inventory Area The Power Supply Inventory area of the C6576M Chassis dialog box provides the following information e Power Supply 1 Type lIndicates the type of the first power supply e Power Supply 2 Type Indicates the type of
239. f the dialog box IOS Tab Figure 6 24 shows the IOS tab of the C6576M Syslog dialog box The IOS tab provides the following information Facility The facility that generated the syslog message Severity The severity of the message e Message Name lIdentifies the message type The Message Name and Facility together uniquely identify a message type e Message Text The text of the message If the message text exceeds 255 characters the message is truncated to 254 characters and an asterisk is appended to the text to indicate that the message has been truncated Timestamp The timestamp when the message was generated amp Note An alarm will be generated for each entry in this table See Chapter 8 Alarms and Alarm Management Figure 6 24 IOS Tab of the C6576M Syslog Dialog Box payee ie F L ties tee ewig Hac HEJ y a ES Caleta bi de form et ig Be rele Henke Far benii Imi leaa aie ae ER a HITT IF miia JE La eee ee Fai er ere merir F param i ME ee t Gi ai m nmr F mis A DUET ft a ba Ei nra re wre P simas vi LLL ate EL binam bol Ber red au bie Taney Dee uo Pert Hed Parji a bee tnag Bevery Sj ne Fee ee Tee hams HER za ws bre a i Baa Hss hnl a e e aal beril mh Be ee Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M Syslog Dialog Box Syslog Message Details Area The Syslog Message Details area of the C
240. faces Netw ork Element Object The Network Element object is a logical container representing the entire Catalyst 6000 family multilayer switch or Cisco 7600 series Internet Router managed through the supervisor and or MSFC SNMP agents and Catalyst OS IOS command line interface This class acts as a container for the physical and logical components of the device The entire hierarchical structure of the C65 76M components is as follows Network Element Chassis Power Supplies Supervisor Modules Ethernet Interfaces Ethernet Modules Ethernet Interfaces Switch Fabric Modules FlexWAN Modules Port Adapter ATM Port Adapter ATM SONET Interfaces ATM E3 Interfaces ATM T3 Interfaces OSM GeWAN Modules OSM GeWAN Interfaces OSM POS Modules Ethernet Interfaces OSM POS Interfaces OSM Channelized SONET Modules Ethernet Interfaces OSM Channelized SONET Interfaces OSM Serial Sub interfaces OSM POS Sub interfaces Content Switching Modules Software EtherChannels Syslog EIGRP BGP OSPF VTP VLAN STP IS IS ACL NDE Loopback Qos QoS Policy Map MH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter2 Basic Concepts Containment Views W Containment Views The CEMF Map Viewer application uses a concept called containment views to allow logical grouping of monitored objects Objects being managed by CEMF must be added to one or more containment views Objects are organized into different views and can exist in multiple views simul
241. for level 1 routing Level 2 Hello Interval Length of time between hello packets generated on the interface for level 2 routing Level 1 Metric Cost of the interface for IS IS level 1 intra area route calculation Level 2 Metric Cost of the interface for IS IS level 2 inter area route calculation Level 1 Priority Determines which router on a LAN will be the designated router or Designated Intermediate System DIS Level 2 Priority Determines which router on a LAN will be the designated router or Designated Intermediate System DIS Enable IS IS button Enables IS IS routing on the interface AV Note To enable IS IS on an interface the user must specify an IS IS routing process that is already deployed on the device If the process does not exist the action will fail Disable IS IS button Disables IS IS routing on the interface Figure 6 48 shows the STP tab of the C6576M EtherChannel dialog box Figure 6 48 STP Tab for the C6576M EtherChannel Dialog Box TIT The area at the top of the STP tab provides the following information Guard Mode Indicates whether or not STP guard mode is enabled on an interface The possible values are Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide gy Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes EE C6576M EtherChannel Dialog Box root none PortFast Enabled Indicates whether or not an interface is enabled to move directly to the forward
242. formational parameter used only to communicate the current bandwidth to the higher level protocols such as IGRP and EIGRP you cannot adjust the actual delay of an interface with this command Bandwidth Overwrites default bandwidth in kilobits per second MH Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSM POS Interface Dialog Box W gt Note The Bandwidth attribute is an informational parameter used only to communicate the current bandwidth to the higher level protocols such as IGRP EIGRP and OSPF you cannot adjust the actual bandwidth of an interface with this command Layer 2 Area The Layer 2 area contains the following information MTU tThe size of the largest datagram frame which can be sent or received on the interface specified in octets Layer 3 Area The Layer 3 area contains the following information IP Address Displays the IP address of the layer 3 interface e Netmask Subnet mask of the IP address Enabled bits indicate network addressing bits in the IP address Clear IP Address button After receiving confirmation will unset the IP address for this interface ATM SONET Tab Figure 5 73 shows the ATM SONET tab of the C6576M OSM POS Interface dialog box Figure 573 ATM SONET Tab of the C6576M OSM POS Interface Dialog Box Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide E Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH
243. g box can be launched from a Network Element object or Chassis object within the Network or Physical containment views Only one Chassis object can be selected at a time from the Chassis object list on the left hand side of the dialog box Status Tab Figure 5 1 shows the Status tab of the C6576M Chassis dialog box Figure 5 1 Status Tab of the C6576M Chassis Dialog Box O64 Mid Chawla Didi fi ial tom Mere feel fiom Han HEY Tae gee eyes Prime Score bere DS ae amera Cry Temp See es Tan ben US Tk Daan i iha x Sani 1 milar ir sik Lb J olde t AEI d Hik a aonn WiN Ti nmas m TTI Cole Te FE p iiia tT i I HE Pai T DE YTT Celie Tempi TC ea Tbs wres hema quite ore eu be Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M Chassis Dialog Box General Area The General area of the C6576M Chassis dialog box provides the following information e Core Temperature Status Status of the core of the chassis This attribute can have the following values Excessive The current temperature is within normal operating parameters Normal The current temperature has exceeded the normal operating range High tThe current temperature is dangerously high The system will shutdown imminently Note If this attribute has a value other than off an alarm is generated See Chapter 8 Alarms and Alarm Management e Fan Status Status of the chassis fans This
244. g information Clock Source Source of the transmit clock loopTiming Indicates that the recovered receive clock is used as the transmit clock localTiming Indicates that a local clock source is used or that an external clock is attached to the box containing the interface SONET Framing SONET framing for ATM cell transmission The following values are possible sts 3c Synchronous Transport Signal level 3 concatenated is the SONET N American format that specifies the frame structure for a 155 52 Mbps line stm 1 Synchronous Transport Module level 1 is the SDH European format that specifies the frame structure for a 155 52 Mbps line EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M ATM SONET Interface Dialog Box W e NSAP Address Unique identifier of node in ATM network Required if not implemented by ATM CM End Station ID End station ID of node in ATM network The NSAP address prefix is provided by the switch to the router through ILMI There must be a PVC configured for ILMI communication with the switch Required if not implemented by ATM CM SONET Path Width Width of the SONET path This attribute is read only This is described by the STS Nc SPE STS 3c STM 1 For OC 3 signal 155 52 Mbps STS 12c STM 4 For OC 12 signal 622 08 Mbps SONET Medium Configuration Area The SONET Medium Configuration area contains the following infor
245. g puts all subchassis objects into the performance state Performance logging occurs at the specified interval When you initially enable performance logging or global performance logging on an object it takes a period of time up to the length of the interval for the data to be collected and become visible in C65 76M performance menus Heartbeat polling is performed on an object in the performance state If the object moves into the lostcomms state it is returned to the performance state when the error is corrected For example if a module is in the performance state and it fails it moves into the lostcomms state When heartbeat polling finds the module is back up it restores the module to the performance state There are three transitions out of the performance state If communication to the object is lost while the object is in the performance state the state transition is into the perflostcomms state To turn off the object s performance logging you can send the object the normal stimulus The transistion is to the normal state If heartbeat polling determines that connectivity is lost or changes have been made to the object the transition is to the discovery state Once dicovery is completed successfully the object transitions back to the performance state Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide Chapter2 Basic Concepts HH C65 76M Object States Perflostcomms State This state applies all physical
246. ger User Guide Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M Deployment and Commissioning Process W Property Description Catalyst 6000 Chassis Label that is used for the Chassis object in the Map Name Viewer Chassis Type This value specifies the type of chassis to deploy It is a drop down list containing the chassis types in the chassis series wsc6006 wsc6009 Note If you are deploying a Cisco 7600 series Internet Router the following chassis types will be displayed in the Chassis Type drop down menu Property Description Cisco 7600 Chassis Label that is used for the Chassis object in the Map Name Viewer Chassis Type This value specifies the type of chassis to deploy It is a drop down list containing the chassis types in the chassis series wsce7603 wsc7606 wsc7609 Specify the name of the Chassis object and the type of chassis to predeploy and click the Forward button The Summary window shown in Figure 4 24 is displayed Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M MH Deployment and Commissioning Process Figure 4 24 Deployment Wizard Summary You can either cancel the operation by clicking the Cancel button or click the Finish button to create the object If you click the Finish button the Network Element Chassis and Software objects are added to the Map Viewer The chassis image that is displayed will depend on the value used for the Chassis Typ
247. gest network datagram that can be sent on the interface Note amp IOS 12 1 8a ES caveat Jumbo frame support is incompatible with the IS IS routing protocol Leave the MTU size at the default value on any interface where IS IS provides routing Note For Native IOS any value for the MTU will be accepted although it is recommeneded that only 1500 or 9600 bytes is configured For Hybrid OS if jumbo frames are enabled the MTU will be reported as 9216 bytes If jumbo frames are not enabled the MTU will be reported as 1500 bytes Any input value greater than or equal to 9216 bytes will be taken as 9216 bytes and the jumbo frames will be enabled Any input value less than 9216 bytes will be taken as 1500 bytes and the jumbo frames will be disabled Default VLAN Displays the VLAN to which this interface belongs if it stops trunking This is a read only attribute Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide gy Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M Ethernet Interface Dialog Box Trunking Mode Indicates the administrative status set on the trunk port while the operational status is the one that indicates whether the port is actually trunking or not This mode is one of the following values off tThe port is permanently set to be a non trunk onNoNegotiate The port is permanently set to be a trunk and no negotiation takes place with the far end to try to ensure consistent operation on
248. gsoo 880000 Bo0000 5888885553 le Switching modules assembly ESD ground strap connection Power supply 1 Product Overview Chapter 1 Figure 1 1 Catalyst 6509 NEB Switch Chapterl ProductOverview HH Cisco 7600 Series Overview Cisco 7600 Series Overview The Cisco 7600 series Internet Routers consist of the 3 slot 7603 the 6 slot 7606 and the vertical 9 slot 7609 shown in Figure 1 2 The Cisco 7600 series Internet Routers deliver optical LAN WAN and MAN networking with a focus on line rate delivery of high touch IP services at the network edge Service providers can service enable their networks at optical speeds enabling them to differentiate their service offerings for competitive advantage The Cisco 7600 series Internet Routers support the following features 30 Mpps forwarding processor and up to 512 MB DRAM for Internet routing Up to two distributed Parallel Express Forwarding PXF IP services processors on each Optical Services Module OSM for flexible IP service implementation High touch line rate IP services at 6 Mpps per slot QoS Hierarchical traffic shaping Destination sensitive services accounting billing and QoS The ability to monitor service levels delivered to customers under service level agreements SLAs Wide range of WAN and MAN interfaces providing DSO through OC 48 using the FlexWAN module Com
249. gure 6 15 Save Config to NVRAM Saves the current running configuration to the location specified by the Startup Location attribute see Figure 6 15 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 20 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Software Dialog Box Hi Figure 6 15 Running Configuration Window Action Report Anton apor bgp muter id 132 163 12 10 bgp lg neaghbor changes network 142166120 netera 010 000 Neighbor 192 16812 109 remote as 123 I ip defauksgalreay 192 160 12 1 ip classless orme 204 225 247 0 285258 259 0 10215012 200 no ip help serrer Backup Restore Configuration Area The Backup Restore Configuration area of the C6576M Software dialog box provides the following information TFTP Host The IP address or hostname of the TFTP server that the startup or running configurations were backed up to or restored from The TFTP Host field must be configured in order to back up and restore the configuration The TFTP Note Host must be accessible from the managed device and there must be sufficient disk space on the host to store the device s startup configuration e Backup Status Status of the last backup action This attribute read only hashas the following values Ok The backup completed successfully Failed The backup failed Not executed The backup operation was not executed Backup File The name of the file to which the startup configuration
250. he Channel Provision subdialog box of the C6576M OSM Channelized SONET Interface dialog box The following items are displayed Channel ID field Unique identifier of a channel on the SONET interface Channel Type field Describes the type of allocated channel Free Channel button Frees a provisioned DS3 or OC 3 channel from the SONET interface Provision Channel button Provisions the interface Note The provisioned sts 1 SPEs cannot be in use by any other channel on the interface Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M OSM Channelized SONET Interface Dialog Box Figure 5 68 Channel Provision Subdialog Box of the C6576M OSM Channelized SONET Interface Dialog Box Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 134 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSM Channelized SONET Interface Dialog Box Ml Performance Tab Figure 5 69 shows the Performance tab of the C6576M OSM Channelized SONET Interface dialog box Figure 5 69 Performance Tab of the C6576M OSM Channelized SONET Interface Dialog Box Interface Packets Octets Statistics Area The Interface Packets Octets Statistics area contains the following information Bandwidth Util Percentage of bandwidth utilization In Octets Total number of received octets including framing characters Out Octets Total number of transmitted octets including framing characters In
251. he profile list on the left hand side Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 7 2 Chapter7 Profiles Syslog Profile W Step4 Select the profile from the profile list Step5 Specify the values for the profile attributes Step6 Save your changes by clicking the Save tool from the toolbar or choosing the File gt Save menu bar option Applying a Network Element Profile To apply a Network Element Profile follow these steps Step1 Open the Network Element dialog box for the Network Element object to which you want to apply the profile Step2 Choose Edit gt Apply Profile and the name of the profile you want to apply from the menu bar The profile is applied and the Network Element attributes are changed to match that of the profile Syslog Profile The Syslog profile is used to create a standard template for the Syslog objects listed below These objects are discussed in detail in the C6576M Syslog Dialog Box section on page 6 42 e Max Syslog Severity e Max Table Entries Enable Notification Creating a Syslog Profile To create a Syslog profile follow these steps Step1 Launch the Syslog Profile dialog box by choosing Open Syslog Profile from the pop up menu of the Syslog object or Software object The Syslog Configuration Profile dialog box shown in Figure 7 2 appears Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide L Chapter7 Profiles MH Syslog Profile Step 2 Step 3 Step
252. herChannel This field has the following values ip IP address mac MaAC address Distribution Address Address used for load balancing on the EtherChannel This field has the following values source destination both Layer 2 Area The Layer 2 area contains the following information MTU The size of the largest datagram frame which can be sent or received on the EtherChannel specified in octets This is also the maximum size of Layer 3 datagrams sent on the EtherChannel Layer 3 Area The Layer 3 area contains the following information IP Address IP address of the EtherChannel interface Netmask The subnet mask associated with the EtherChannel IP Address The value of the mask is in the format of an IP address with all the network bits set to 1 and all the host bits set to 0 Clear IP Address After receiving confirmation will unset the IP address for the EtherChannel Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide lt Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes EE C6576M EtherChannel Dialog Box Membership Tab Figure 6 46 shows the Membership tab of the C6576M EtherChannel dialog box Figure 6 46 Membership Tab of the C6576M EtherChannel Dialog Box ROY Fiil henna ara EE Global EtherChannel Ports Assignment Area This area lists the EtherChannel assignments for all interfaces on the selected software switch instance and is not specific to any EtherChannel instance
253. i oa ae IFIP Hom Exim Ha si Gases Haa Becrar Borne Farma lores w bee Tee Ferier T eTa do mri TEPS Fierin Brummer iari igre regani riara isha CASP Dgr isi ieee lied eed Bua miim ee oa bei Catalyst OS Image Area The Catalyst OS Image area of the C6576M Software dialog box provides the following information Image Name Name of the Cat OS image currently executing on the switch or router Version Version of the currently executing Cat OS image Image Source Location The list of files in order that are used to boot the switch or router Backup Restore Catalyst OS Image Area The Backup Restore Catalyst OS Image area of the C6576M Software dialog box provides the following information TFTP Host The IP address or hostname of the TFTP server that the Cat OS image was restored from or backed up to Backup Status Status of the last image backup operation The Backup Status has the following values Ok The backup operation completed without errors Failed The backup operation failed Not executed A backup has not been executed mi Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter 6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Software Dialog Box Hi e Backup Source The Cat OS image file to be backed up Specify the full path to the image for example slot0 c6sup12 jsv mz 121 6 E bin Backup Destination The destination filename on the TFTP Host to which the image will be
254. ibes the restricted clients of a virtual server Client ranges are configured to permit or deny clients using the virtual server The following columns are displayed in the table Virtual Server Name field Unique identifier of a virtual server on the device IP Address field IP address of a virtual server restricted client range Netmask field Subnet mask of a virtual server restricted client range Enabled bits indicate network addressing bits in the IP address Mode Indicates whether or not the restricted client range defines clients that may not use the virtual server Virtual Server Config Area The Virtual Server Config area of the C6576M SLB dialog box allows the user to add and configure virtual servers The following attributes are configured Virtual Server Name field Unique identifier of a virtual server on the device Virtual Server Add button Adds the virtual server specified in the Virtual Server Name field You need to specify a name in the Virtual Server Name field for the action to take effect Virtual Server Remove button Removes the virtual server that is selected in the Virtual Server Table A subdialog box is displayed asking the user to confirm the action Client Config Subarea This subarea allows the user to add a client range to a virtual server definition This action is used to restrict which clients are allowed to connect to the virtual server The following attributes can be configur
255. ical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M EtherChannel Dialog Box Hi Admin Group In native IOS this is the EtherChannel identifier that the interface belongs to or the new EtherChannel to be created In hybrid OS this is the channel group to which the interface belongs Note When a new EtherChannel is created either through Admin Group assignment in native IOS or dynamic formation in hybrid OS the EtherChannel list on this dialog will not automatically update with the new EtherChannel object Reselect the appropriate software object to refresh the list EtherChannel Ports Area The EtherChannel Ports area lists the interfaces that belong to the selected EtherChannel Slot Slot number of the interface Port Port number of the interface Operation Mode The PAgP operational mode of the component interface This field has one of the following values desirable PA gP packets sent on interface If no data packets are received the interface is never attached to a portchannel and cannot be used for data desirableSilent PAgP packets sent on interface If no data packets received after some timeout the interface is attached by itself to a portchannel and can be used for data automatic PAgP packets are not sent on interface until at least one PAgP packet is received which indicates the sender is operating in desirable or desirableSilent mode If no data packets received the interface is never attached to a
256. ication Key Password to be used by neighboring OSPF routers on a network segment that is using OSPF simple password authentication It is ignored if Authentication Type is not simple Hello Interval sec Frequency at which the device will send hello packets on the specified interface and EIGRP autonomous system number Retrans Interval sec The number of seconds between link state advertisement retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to this interface This value is also used when retransmitting database description and link state request packets Trans Priority The priority of this interface Used in multiaccess networks this field is used in the designated router election algorithm The value 0 signifies that the router is not eligible to become the designated router on this particular network If more than one router has the same value for this field the routers use their router ID as a tie breaker Trans Dead sec Number of seconds that a device s hello packets must not have been seen before its neighbors declare the OSPF router down Must be consistent among all routers on an attached network Trans Delay sec The estimated number of seconds it takes to transmit a link state update packet over this interface The EIGRP Area of the C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface dialog box provides the following information EIGRP Interface Table Describes the EIGRP configuration of the interface on each active autonomous sy
257. ice the IS IS area must be named otherwise this value may be an implicit null tag Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 146 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSM POS Interface Dialog Box W Level 1 Hello Interval Length of time between hello packets generated on the interface for level 1 routing Level 2 Hello Interval Length of time between hello packets generated on the interface for level 2 routing Level 1 Metric Cost of the interface for IS IS level 1 intra area route calculation Level 2 Metric Cost of the interface for IS IS level 2 inter area route calculation Level 1 Priority Determines which router on a LAN will be the designated router or Designated Intermediate System DIS Level 2 Priority Determines which router on a LAN will be the designated router or Designated Intermediate System DIS Enable button Enables IS IS routing on the interface AV Note To enable IS IS on an interface the user must specify an IS IS routing process that is already deployed on the device If the process does not exist the action will fail Disable button Disables IS IS routing on the interface Note By default all interfaces are configured as IS IS Circuit type Level 1 2 Additional Notes Tab Figure 5 76 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M OSM POS Interface dialog box Figure 5 76 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M OSM POS I
258. ier Integer 0 248 increments of 8 Native IOS 12 1 8a E and later Integer 0 252 increments of 4 CatOS 6 3 Integer 0 63 CatOS 7 1 Integer 1 63 e Cost Describes the STP VLAN path cost of this interface The VLAN path cost is only used on trunking interfaces On any switchport that is not in trunking mode the STP port path cost is used instead AS Note Default values for priority and cost will be used if one of these arguments is not provided by the user The user must provide a nondefault value for at least one of these arguments otherwise the action will fail e Add Remove Per VLAN STP Setting button Launches a subdialog box to add and remove an explicit STP VLAN configuration to the interface The configuration will only have an effect if the interface is in trunking mode and the VLAN has an associated STP instance The interface does not Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M Ethernet Interface Dialog Box currently need to be configured as a trunking port nor does the VLAN or the VLAN STP instance need to exist Figure 5 18 shows the subdialog box that is displayed when the Add Remove Per VLAN STP Setting button is selected The subdialog box contain the following VLAN Identifies the VLAN STP instance This is the numeric identifier of the access mode VLAN or a VLAN that is carried on the trunk Priority Describes the STP VLAN por
259. iguration restore operation The Restore Status has the following values Ok tThe restore operation completed without errors Failed tThe restore operation failed Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide B69 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M VLAN Dialog Box Not executed A restore has not been executed Restore File Name of the file on the TFTP server to which the VLAN configuration will be restored from Backup button Backs up the VLAN configuration to the file specified in the Backup File field on the TFTP Host Restore button Restores a VLAN configuration backup or loads a new VLAN configuration Copies the file specified by the Restore File field from the TFTP Host to the switch or router A Caution The Restore and Schedule Restore buttons will cause the switch to be reset after the VLAN database restoration process is complete Schedule Restore button Schedules the restore operation Launches the dialog box shown in Figure 6 42 Figure 6 42 Scheduled Restore VLAN Configuration Dialog Box Sobada Daing Pikast ember tha dale and Hima bo perom acion Hour Minuta Date ae Note Analarm is generated if the Backup Status and Restore Status attributes are set to Failed See Chapter 8 Alarms and Alarm Management Note VLAN Database Backup Restore is not supported in VTP Client Transparent mode as of IOS 12 1 8a EX and later Cisco
260. ile E Etim mE Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 80 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes General Area C6576M ATM T3 Interface Dialog Box W The General area contains the following information Link Up Down Trap Enables or disables linkUp and linkDown trap generation for the interface Bandwidth Overwrites default bandwidth in kilobits per second Note The Bandwidth attribute is an informational parameter used only to communicate the current bandwidth to the higher level protocols such as IGRP EIGRP and OSPF you cannot adjust the actual bandwidth of an interface with this command e Delay Specifies the delay in tens of microseconds for an interface or network segment Note Layer 2 Area Layer 3 Area The Delay attribute is an informational parameter used only to communicate the current bandwidth to the higher level protocols such as IGRP and EIGRP you cannot adjust the actual delay of an interface with this command Input Queue Length Input queue length in packets Output Queue Length Output queue length in packets The Layer 2 area contains the following information e MAC Address Displays the MAC address of the interface e MTU The size of the largest packet which can be sent received on the interface specified in octets The Layer 3 area contains the following information IP Address Displays the IP address of the layer 3 interface e Netmask
261. ils Tab of the C6576M Port Adapter Dialog Box te HEM 7 4 TS TER Inventory rea The Inventory area of the C6576M Port Adapter dialog box provides the following information All the attributes in this area are read only Model Model of the port adapter This attribute may have one of the following values PA 2E3 2 port serial E3 port adapter PA 2H 2 port HSSI port adapter PA 2T3 2 port serial T3 port adapter PA 2T3 Enhanced 2 port serial T3 port adapter PA 4T Enhanced 4 port serial port adapter PA 8T 232 8 port EIA TIA 232 serial port adapter PA 8T V35 8 port V 35 serial port adapter Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 56 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes amp C6576M Port Adapter DialogBox W PA 8T X21 8 port X 21 serial port adapter PA A3 E3 Enhanced ATM E3 port adapter PA A3 OC3MM Enhanced ATM OC 3 multimode port adapter PA A3 OC3SMI Enhanced ATM OC 3 single mode intermediate reach port adapter PA A3 OC3SML Enhanced ATM OC 3 single mode long reach port adapter PA A3 T3 Enhanced ATM T3 port adapter PA E3 1 port serial E3 port adapter PA H 1 port HSSI port adapter PA MC 2T3 Dual interface multichannel T3 port adapter PA MC 8E1 8 port multichannel E1 port adapter PA MC 8T1 8 port multichannel T1 port adapter PA MC E3 1 port multichannel E3 port adapter PA MC T3 1 port multichannel T3 port adapter PA POS OC3MM Multimode PoS OC3
262. ination Netmask Gateway and Server Side VLAN fields Static Route Add button Adds the static route specified by the Destination Network Destination Netmask Gateway and Server Side VLAN fields For the Static Route Remove and Static Route Add button actions to take effect you need to specify the static route using one of the following sets of attributes Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M SLB Dialog Box Option A A VLAN in the Server Side VLAN field An IP address in the Destination Network field A Subnet Mask in the Destination Netmask field Option B A VLAN in the Server Side VLAN field An IP address in the Gateway field Option C A VLAN in the Server Side VLAN field An IP address in the Destination Network field A Subnet Mask in the Destination Netmask field An IP address in the Gateway field Server Farms Tab Figure 5 37 shows the Server Farms tab of the C6576M SLB dialog box Figure 5 37 Server Farms Tab of the C6576M SLB Dialog Box Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 72 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes Server Farm Area C6576M SLB Dialog Box Mi The Server Farm area of the C6576M SLB dialog box provides the following information Server Farm Table Describes the configured server farms The following attributes are displayed for the selected server farm in the table amp
263. ing state on link up This is a read only attribute Portfast can be configured on a trunking interface but it only has an effect when the interface is in access mode The following are possible values true false Access Mode Area The Access Mode area of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box provides the following information Port Priority Describes the STP port priority of this interface This is a metric used to represent the location of an interface in a network topology It is used to determine which port will be placed in a blocking state when two or more ports are part of a loop The default value is 128 in all versions of IOS 32 in all versions of CatOS The valid values are Native IOS 12 1 6 E and earlier Integer 0 248 increments of 8 Native IOS 12 1 8a E and later Integer 0 252 increments of 4 CatOS 6 3 Integer 0 63 CatOS 7 1 Integer 1 63 Port Cost Describes the STP port cost for this interface The port cost is a metric used to represent the speed of the interface STP will use this value in determining the preferred path when a loop is detected in the network X Note Ona Hybrid OS device the port cost cannot be configured directly The actual port cost used is a calculated value and is the one being displayed Per VLAN STP Setting Area The Per VLAN STP Setting area in the STP tab of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box provides the following information STP VLA
264. ing values are possible dsx3other dsx3M23 dsx3CbitParity dsx3ClearChan e Scrambling Indicates whether DS 3 scrambling is enabled on the interface Scrambling assists recovery of the clock by the receiver Line Build Out Length Line build out length short 0 to 50 feet long Greater than 50 feet Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M ATM T3 Interface Dialog Box Performance Tab Figure 5 43 shows the Performance tab of the C6576M ATM T3 Interface dialog box Figure 5 43 Performance Tab of the C6576M ATM T3 Interface Dialog Box Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 84 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M ATM T3 Interface Dialog Box W Interface Packets Octets Statistics Area The Interface Packets Octets Statistics area contains the following information Bandwidth Util Percentage of bandwidth utilization In Octets Total number of received octets including framing characters Out Octets Total number of transmitted octets including framing characters In Unicast Pkts The number of packets delivered by this sublayer to a higher sub layer which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer Out Unicast Pkts The total number of packets that higher level protocols requested be transmitted and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer in
265. interface Dialog Box Ti Figure 5 80 SONET J 1 Modify Subdialog Box of the C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface Dialog Box Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 155 Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface Dialog Box Performance Tab Figure 5 81 shows the Performance tab of the C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface dialog box All the attributes shown in this tab are read only Figure 5 81 Interface Performance Tab of the C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface Dialog Box tae HEJ 7 e TT Interface Packets Octets Statistics Area The Interface Packets Octets Statistics area contains the following information Bandwidth Util Percentage of bandwidth utilization In Octets Total number of received octets including framing characters Out Octets Total number of transmitted octets including framing characters In Unicast Pkts The number of packets delivered by this sublayer to a higher sub layer which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer Out Unicast Pkts The total number of packets that higher level protocols requested be transmitted and that were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer including those that were discarded or not sent In Packets Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of input packets per second Out Packets Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of output pa
266. ion starts and the Cisco EMF Launchpad window appears see Figure 3 2 Cisco Element M anagement Framew ork Launchpad Window The icons displayed in the Launchpad window see Figure 3 2 represent applications that are provided by Cisco Element Management Framework Cisco EMF The icons and applications are Viewer Groups Access Events Discovery Notify Thresholds Event Grps For more information refer to the Cisco Element Management Framework User Guide Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter3 Getting Started MH Using Cisco EMF Figure 3 2 Cisco EMF Launchpad Cisco Hement Manager Fram rk Launchpad Viewer The Viewer icon provides access to the Cisco EMF Map Viewer application which provides complete flexibility in viewing building and monitoring a network using graphical representations of Network Elements The Map Viewer application is the primary access point for C65 76M management functions Groups The Groups icon provides access to the Cisco EMF Object Group Manager application which provides the opportunity to organize Network Elements into object groups The Object Group Manager allows the creation deletion and modification of object groups Object groups can be any combination of objects derived from the Cisco EMF managed object class Objects can be added manually or on the basis of query criteria Access The Access icon provides access to the Cisco EMF User Access Control ap
267. ion the object manually In the decommissioned state the properties of the object are not monitored As a result data displayed in the configuration window is not guaranteed to be current The decommission action allows a port adapter to be removed and replaced without generating alarms Status Field The display only Status field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field can have the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object attributes normal Presence polling is performed periodically performance Some attributes are collected periodically for trending purposes normallostcomms CEMF has lost communication with the device from the normal state perflostcomms CEMEF has lost communication with the device from the performance state mismatched The type of port adapter discovered does not match the predeployed port adapter Additional Notes Tab Figure 5 31 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M Port Adapter dialog box Figure 5 31 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M Port Adapter Dialog Box Weis Egr 4 EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Port Adapter Dialog Box Mi Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the port adapter Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide HELE Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes
268. istFacility gt message name lt clogHistMsgName gt at lt clogHistMsgTimestamp gt clogMessageGenerated C6576M 0143_0 asserted Informational Syslog None clogHistSeverity lt clogHistMsgText gt by facility info 7 lt clogHistFacility gt message name lt clogHistMsgName gt at lt clogHistMsgTimestamp gt clogMessageGenerated C6576M 0144_0 asserted Informational Syslog None clogHistSeverity lt clogHistMsgText gt by facility debug 8 lt clogHistFacility gt message name lt clogHistMsgName gt at lt clogHistMsgTimestamp gt coldStart C6576M 0132_0 Cold Start Major Network None Agent reinitializing Element configuration may have changed ciscoConfigManEvent N A N A N A N A linkDown C6576M 0136_0 link lt ifDescr gt Major Ethernet None down Interface linkUp C6576M 0135_0 link lt ifDescr gt Normal Ethernet linkDown up Interface newRoot C6576M 0157_0 lt ip gt is the new Informational STP N A Spanning Tree root stpxInconsistency N A N A N A N A Update tepConnectionClose N A N A N A N A topologyChange C6576M 0158_0 Ports on lt ip gt Informational STP N A have transitioned states moduleUp N A see module section for N A N A N A details on module status alarm moduleDown N A see module section for N A N A N A details on module status alarm chassisAlarmOn N A see chassis section for N A N A N A details on chassis status alarm chassisAlarmOff N A see chassis section for N A N A N A details on chassis status alarm
269. it Severely Err Secs C bit severely errored seconds C bit Coding Violations C bit coding violations P bit Errored Secs P bit errored seconds Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 96 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M ATM E3 Interface Dialog Box W P bit Severely Err Secs P bit severely errored seconds P bit Coding Violations P bit coding violations Line Errored Secs Line errored seconds e Line Coding Violations Line coding violations Unavail Secs Unavailable seconds Severely Err Frm Secs Severely errored framing seconds DX3 Far End Current Area The DX3 Far End Current area contains the following information C bit Errored Secs Far end C bit errored seconds C bit Severely Err Secs Far end C bit severely errored seconds e C bit Coding Violations Far end C bit coding violations Elapsed Secs Number of seconds that have elapsed since the beginning of the far end current error measurement period Unavail Secs Far end unavailable seconds Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 557 Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M ATM E3 Interface Dialog Box Routing Protocol Tab Figure 5 50 shows the Routing Protocol tab of the C6576M ATM E3 Interface dialog box Figure 550 Routing Protocol Tab of the C6576M ATM E3 Interface Dialog Box OSPF Area The OSPF area contains the following information OSPF Network
270. ith this command e Delay Specifies the delay in tens of microseconds for an interface or network segment Note Layer 2 Area Layer 3 Area The Delay attribute is an informational parameter used only to communicate the current bandwidth to the higher level protocols such as IGRP and EIGRP you cannot adjust the actual delay of an interface with this command Input Queue Length Input queue length in packets Output Queue Length Output queue length in packets The Layer 2 area contains the following information e MAC Address Displays the MAC address of the interface e MTU The size of the largest packet which can be sent or received on the interface specified in octets The Layer 3 area contains the following information IP Address Displays the IP address of the Layer 3 interface Netmask Subnet mask of the interface IP address Enabled bits indicate the network addressing bits in the IP address e Clear IP Address button After receiving confirmation will unset the IP address for this interface Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M ATM SONET Interface Dialog Box ATM Sonet Tab Figure 5 54 shows the ATM Sonet tab of the C6576M ATM Sonet Interface dialog box Figure 5 54 ATM Sonet Tab of the C6576M ATM Sonet Interface Dialog Box ATM SONET Configuration Area The ATM SONET Configuration area contains the followin
271. itoring system which captures and reacts to events on the network is when and how a network operator is informed of these events The Cisco EMF Event Manager uses notifications for providing this information For example when the temperature of a module rises 10 degrees above normal an e mail might be sent to the network operator warning of a potential problem and a minor event might be generated if the temperature does not fall to within 10 degrees of normal within twenty minutes Notification profiles are collections of notifications Each notification profile has a name and description and can be accessed by all Event Manager users Each profile includes a list of notifications and is run following a trigger which might be an event entering an event group or a threshold breach in a thresholding regime For example when the first event is received by an event group a notification profile may be triggered that causes a sound to occur which alerts the operator As well as audible alerts a notification can be set up to display on screen or to trigger an external notification such as an e mail The Thresholds icon provides access to the Thresholding Regime feature A Thresholding Regime is a set of threshold conditions for specified object attributes which when breached causes one or more notification profiles to be run The Thresholding Regime defines which attributes should be polled and on what period and defines the thresholding conditions
272. ject Dialog Boxes EE C6576M Ethernet Interface Dialog Box HSRP Tab Figure 5 19 shows the HSRP tab of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box Figure 5 19 HSRP Tab on the C6576M Ethemet Interface Dialog Box HSRP Area The HSRP area of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box provides the following information HSRP Group Table Describes HSRP groups deployed on an interface AV Note There may be multiple groups deployed on an interface Using a group number on one logical or physical interface does not preclude using it on another Virtual P Primary virtual IP address of the HSRP group If this address is not configured the agent attempts to discover the virtual address through a discovery process which scans the hello messages Preempt lIf enabled the current router attempts to overthrow a lower priority active router and attempt to become the active router If disabled this router becomes the active router only if there is no such router or the active router fails true preempt enabled false preempt disabled MH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Ethernet Interface Dialog Box Ml Delay Minimum Time difference in seconds between a router power up and the time it can start preempting the currently active router This value is only applicable when preemption is enabled Priority Priority value that prioritizes a pot
273. k Element Dialog Box Te pE Beer ee eee es Hae Se y ee bee Ceipelen jemaemee DHF coe ee Sige cd Pre Bi oy cm fare imre ETET ETET H ipning Frea Pao BER BSH Bey Limit ae IT a l baire Cate Pees Temm tan PAra oe eet kem mia are j Click the Commission button from the Configuration tab to start the subchassis discovery which allows the C65 76M to determine which modules are installed on the switch or router and also allows CEMF to start monitoring the switch or router 312 Commissioning may take a few minutes Unlike the Auto Discovery process see the IP Auto Discovery section on page 4 5 no additional parameters need to be specified These parameters were specified in the manual Deployment Wizard Figure 4 11 After the object is commissioned the Physical view will resemble Figure 4 16 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M HM Deployment and Commissioning Process Figure 4 16 Manually Deployed and Commissioned Catalyst 6506 Switch If an error is encountered when the object is commissioned the Network Element object might go into the Mismatched or Lostcomms state and an alarm would be raised The Network Element is placed in the Mismatched state if the IP address specified during the deployment wizard does not correspond to the device type that was deployed If this occurs the Network Element object must be deleted from CEMF and redeployed wi
274. k for connectivity or changes to the object Lostcomms State This state applies only to the Network Element object If communication to the Network Element object is lost it moves into the lostcomms state Heartbeat polling polls an object every five minutes to verify its existence and current state Heartbeat polling continues until the object responds positively to a heartbeat request When the object can be contacted again it responds positively to heartbeat requests and then moves back into the normal state Normal Lostcomms State This state applies all objects except the Network Element object This state indicates that communication has been lost to an object that was formerly in the normal state Two transistions can be made out of this state If communication is restored the object transitions back to the normal state e While this object is still in the normal lostcomms state if the object is stimulated to activate performance logging then the transistion is immediately to the perflostcomms state Performance State This state applies all physical objects that support Performance Logging When you enable performance logging on an object in the normal state the object is moved into the performance state Specific performance data is collected on the object and can be viewed in the Performance Manager You can enable performance logging on a global scale or on an individual interface basis Enabling global performance loggin
275. l IP Preempt Delay Minimum Priority Hello Interval Hold Interval EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface Dialog Box Mi Figure 5 63 HSRP Secondary IP Modify Subdialog Box HSRP Area The HSRP area of the C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface dialog box provides the following information e HSRP Group Table Describes HSRP groups deployed on an interface AV Note There may be multiple groups deployed on an interface Using a group number on one logical or physical interface does not preclude using it on another Virtual P Primary virtual IP address of the HSRP group If this address is not configured the agent attempts to discover the virtual address through a discovery process which scans the hello messages Preempt lIf enabled the current router attempts to overthrow a lower priority active router and attempts to become the active router If disabled this router becomes the active router only if there is no such router or the active router fails true Preempt enabled false Preempt disabled Delay Minimum Time difference in seconds between a router power up and the time it can start preempting the currently active router This value is only applicable when preemption is enabled Priority Metric used to select the active and standby routers 0 is lowest priority 255 is highest Router with highest priority
276. l parameter used only to communicate the current bandwidth to the higher level protocols such as IGRP EIGRP and OSPF you cannot adjust the actual bandwidth of an interface with this command The Layer 2 area of the C6576M OSM GE WAN interface dialog box provides the following information e MAC Address Displays the MAC address of the interface e MTU The size specified in octets of the largest datagram frame that can be sent on the interface A GE interface that is using a nondefault MTU cannot be added to an EtherChannel with GE interfaces using the default MTU If the interface MTU is changed for one interface the change is applied to all interfaces GE and GE EtherChannel using a nondefault MTU Note Layer 3 Area IOS 12 1 8a E5 caveat Jumbo frame support is incompatible with the IS IS routing protocol Leave the MTU size at the default value on any interface where IS IS provides routing The Layer 3 area of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box provides the following information IP Address Displays the IP address of the layer 3 interface e Netmask Subnet mask of the interface IP address Enabled bits indicate the network addressing bits in the IP address e Clear IP Address button After receiving confirmation will unset the IP address for this interface Performance Tab Figure 5 60 shows the Performance tab of the C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface dialog box All attributes in this area ar
277. le at a time from the object list on the left side of the dialog box Figure 5 25 shows the Details tab of the C6576M Switch Fabric Module dialog box All the attributes displayed in this tab are read only Figure 5 25 Details Tab of the C6576M Switch Fabric Module Dialog Box EEan Gadi Pahiic ueshile Tim ea Wiii Pahile Mtg fik bii opidi ke ne joai i ict iy gt mia jekke AMR FE Dan EE ERINE Operememi Lima P irer Se frier tI THE JF wile Lr Las NE TERESE T bitami br 5 i ipi japie imiia i P msan oe ipm Se ees jemi or ade kis sip Fiend ur bithi mei ae EO EP atte on paN om or ir AEE LS STATER Bam de feta Ps keman muns g al The Details area of the C6576M Switch Fabric Module dialog box provides the following information Operational Status Displays the operational status of the Switch Fabric Module This attribute has one of the following values other tThe status is unknown ok tThe status is normal minorFault There is a minor problem majorFault There is a major problem Note If this attribute has a value other than ok an alarm is generated See Chapter 8 Alarms and Alarm Management Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M Switch Fabric Module Dialog Box Temperature Area Standby Status Displays the status of the Switch Fabric Module This attribute has one of the following values other Hyb
278. les Defines a virtual server that represents a cluster of real servers Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter 2 Basic Concepts MH C65 76M Objects and Interfaces These C65 76M objects have the following hierarchical organization Logical Objects Chassis Power supplies Supervisor engine modules Ethernet interfaces Ethernet modules Ethernet interfaces Switch Fabric Modules FlexWAN Modules Port adapters ATM port adapters ATM SONET interfaces ATM E3 interfaces ATM T3 interfaces OSM GeWAN Modules OSM GeWAN interfaces OSM PoS Modules Ethernet interfaces OSM PoS interfaces OSM Channelized SONET Modules Ethernet interfaces OSM ChSONET interfaces OSM Serial Subinterfaces OSM PoS Subinterfaces Content Switching Modules The C65 76M models the following logical components Software Represents the IOS image and configuration file on the Catalyst 6000 family switch or Cisco 7600 series Internet Router EtherChannels Creates deletes and modifies EtherChannels on the Catalyst 6000 family switch or Cisco 7600 series Internet Router VLAN Lists creates and deletes VLAN interfaces on the Catalyst 6000 family switch or Cisco 7600 series Internet Router Loopback Used to isolate the fault on an end to end circuit Syslog Represents the standard syslog messaging protocol on the Catalyst 6000 family switch or Cisco 7600 series Internet Router ACL Represent access control lists b
279. log Boxes C6576M EtherChannel Dialog Box Hil Additional Notes Tab Figure 6 53 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M EtherChannel dialog box Figure 6 53 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M EtherChannel Dialog Box Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the object Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide A Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M BGP Dialog Box C6576M BGP Dialog Box The C6576M BGP dialog box provides information for the IOS Border Gateway Protocol BGP This dialog box can be launched from the Software object or BGP object in the Physical view BGP Tab Figure 6 54 shows the BGP tab of the C6576M BGP dialog box Figure 6 54 BGP Tab of the C6576M BGP Dialog Box BGP Information Area The BGP Information area of the C6576M BGP dialog box provides the following information Local AS ID Autonomous system number for the local BGP process This attribute has a value of 0 if BGP is disabled on the switch or router Enable button Enables BGP on the switch or router Launches the dialog box shown in Figure 6 55 To enable BGP on the switch or router specify the BGP autonomous system number and then click Enable BGP An error will be reported if BGP is already enabled on the switch or router Disable button Disables BGP on the switch or router Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 68 l Chapter6
280. logHistMsgText gt by facility emergency 1 lt clogHistFacility gt message name lt clogHistMsgName gt at lt clogHistMsgTimestamp gt clogMessageGenerated C6576M 0138_0 asserted Critical Syslog None clogHistSeverity lt clogHistMsgText gt by facility alert 2 lt clogHistFacility gt message name lt clogHistMsgName gt at lt clogHistMsgTimestamp gt clogMessageGenerated C6576M 0139_0 asserted Critical Syslog None clogHistSeverity lt clogHistMsgText gt by facility critical 3 lt clogHistFacility gt message name lt clogHistMsgName gt at lt clogHistMsgTimestamp gt clogMessageGenerated C6576M 0140_0 asserted Major Syslog None clogHistSeverity lt clogHistMsgText gt by facility error 4 lt clogHistFacility gt message name lt clogHistMsgName gt at lt clogHistMsgTimestamp gt clogMessageGenerated C6576M 0141_0 asserted Minor Syslog None clogHistSeverity lt clogHistMsgText gt by facility warning 5 lt clogHistFacility gt message name lt clogHistMsgName gt at lt clogHistMsgTimestamp gt mi Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide Chapter8 Alarms and Alarm Management C65 76M Alarms W Table 82 CEMF Alarms Generated by SNMP Traps continued Alarms Trap Varbind Message Alarm Severity Object Cleared clogMessageGenerated C6576M 0142_0 asserted Minor Syslog None clogHistSeverity lt clogHistMsgText gt by facility notice 6 lt clogH
281. logging Stop tTurns off performance data logging Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M ATM T3 Interface Dialog Box amp Note The logged data is available to you through the CEMF Performance Manager Refer to the Cisco Element Management Framework User Guide for more information about the Performance Manager Status Field The display only Status field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field has the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object attributes normal Presence polling is performed periodically performance Some attributes are collected periodically for trending purposes normallostcomms CEMF lost communication with the device from the normal state perflostcomms CEMF lost communication with the device from the performance state Configuration Tab Figure 5 41 shows the Configuration tab of the C6576M ATM T3 Interface dialog box Figure 5 41 Configuration Tab of the C6576M ATM T3 Interface Dialog Box CVT ATM TJ here Diging ie ami hat aor Sime Uber fn fo ie Hac Sey Chaves Uka APEE un peme Mme i Ty iare aii Lie i Haai Bl hja bee RE mM bim hija Caren peg di Dia TE TTia iknim Tsn ii C Layer Layer j MET Bidets TE J F Joep L Tat TFE imeni m m m ew F amm Alabu RETTER ATTI ei pnei uma sT aries n OEE eee T Bms sH k
282. ls I apogee nt Wizard bdan Ghjert Preter g O UOO Supervilaor IP Akie a 0 j 0G SHP Vi Read Community publig 105 SHF VL Wite Commeri ty preuat 05 SHP Vic Read Community publ ie 106 SHP Wir Write Community private 05 SHF Vara bon 05 Weert IDE Faceward argue I I BEHSE Property Description Catalyst 6500 Switch Name of the Network Element object that is displayed Name in the Map Viewer application IP Address IP address of the switch or router SNMP V1 Read SNMP v1 read community used by the device Community SNMP V1 Write SNMP v1 write community used by the device Community SNMP V2c Read SNMP v2c read community used by the device Community SNMP V2c Write SNMP v2c write community used by the device Community Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 4 14 Chapter 4 Deploying the C65 76M Property SNMP Version IOS Telnet Password IOS Enable Password Deployment and Commissioning Process W Description The version of the SNMP agent running on the device This is a drop down menu containing SNMPv1 e SNMPv2c SNMPV3 not supported The password used to allow the C65 76M to access the enable level of the Network Element using a Telnet connection The value entered in this text box is not in plain text The password used to allow the C65 76M to access the Network Element using a Telnet connection The value entered in this text box is not in
283. ly monitoring the object attributes normal Presence polling is performed periodically performance Some attributes are collected periodically for trending purposes normallostcomms CEMF lost communication with the device from the normal state perflostcomms CEMF lost communication with the device from the performance state Configuration Tab Figure 5 53 shows the Configuration tab of the C6576M ATM SONET Interface dialog box Figure 5 53 Configuration Tab of the C6576M ATM SONET Interface Dialog Box CG 70M ATRLSONET inter fane Cinka ey Hep Ha HR 7 4 b r Baa Ceti STEN ee Pe ANER ee carne aie Gami Lii ipin Me spr lam LT ee eee Dee Spee YF ATH Robi th sli en ee rants BIAT hjem on HEDE a F eim TENE C kmi oar a Se Ee Em tee Peers Ald Poe Sage a Pein mri Bme Te e eee OM Ree pme ee m wi Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 104 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes General Area C6576M ATM SONET Interface Dialog Box W The General area contains the following information Link Up Down Trap Enables or disables linkUp and linkDown trap generation for the interface Bandwidth Overwrites default bandwidth in kilobits per second Note The Bandwidth attribute is an informational parameter used only to communicate the current bandwidth to the higher level protocols such as IGRP EIGRP and OSPF you cannot adjust the actual bandwidth of an interface w
284. m action has been specified Set DSCP Integer DSCP value assigned to packets of conforming ingress traffic before transmitting on egress interfaces This value is only relevant and will only be set in the running configuration of the device if the Conform Action attribute is Set DSCP Set IP Precedence IP Precedence integer value assigned to packets of conforming ingress traffic before transmitting on egress interfaces This value is only relevant and will only be set in the running configuration of the device if Conform Action is Set Precedence Exceed Action Action to be taken when traffic exceeds QoS parameters This atttribute has one of the following values Drop Drops packet Policed DSCP Transmit Changes the DSCP as per the policed DSCP map before transmitting Transmit Transmits packet A value of none 0 indicates an exceed action has not been specified Violate Action Action to be taken when traffic violates QoS parameters This atttribute has one of the following values Drop Drops packet Policed DSCP Transmit Changes the DSCP as per the policed DSCP map before transmitting Transmit Transmits packet A value of none 0 indicates that a violate action has not been specified Note The Violate Action feature is not supported in IOS 12 1 6 E and earlier A PFC2 card is also required New Policer button Launches a subdialog box shown in Figure 6 97 to create an aggregrate policer
285. mation All attributes in this area are read only e Type Indicates whether or not a SONET or SDH signal is used on the interface Line Type Line type of the interface The following values are possible sonetShortSingleMode sonetLongSingleMode sonetMultiMode Line Coding Line coding for the interface sonetMediumB3ZS For electrical SONET SDH signals STS 1 and STS 3 sonetMediumCMI For electrical SONET SDH signals STS 1 and STS 3 sonetMediumNRZ Non return to Zero which is used for optical SONET SDH signals sonetMediumRZ Return to Zero which is used for optical SONET SDH signals sonetMediumOther Other Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide E Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M ATM SONET Interface Dialog Box Performance Tab Figure 5 55 shows the Performance tab of the C6576M ATM SONET Interface dialog box All attributes in this area are read only Figure 555 Performance Tab of the C6576M ATM SONET Interface Dialog Box uge ey y Interface Packets Octets Statistics Area The Interface Packets Octets Statistics area contains the following information Bandwidth Util Percentage of bandwidth utilization In Octets Total number of received octets including framing characters Out Octets Total number of transmitted octets including framing characters In Unicast Pkts The number of packets delivered by this sublayer to a higher sub layer whi
286. me the DIS In the case of equal priorities the highest MAC address breaks the tie Level 2 Hello Interval Length of time between hello packets generated on the interface for level 2 routing Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide C6576M ATM T3 Interface Dialog Box W Physical Object Dialog Boxes Chapter5 Level 2 Metric Cost of the interface for IS IS level 2 inter area route calculation Level 2 Priority Level 2 priority Enable button Enables IS IS routing on the interface To enable IS IS on an interface the user must specify an IS IS routing process that is already Note deployed on the device If the process does not exist the action will fail Disable button Disables IS IS routing on the interface Note By default all interfaces are configured as IS IS Circuit type Level 1 2 Additional Notes Tab Figure 5 45 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M ATM T3 Interface dialog box Figure 5 45 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M ATM T3 Interface Dialog Box Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the ATM T3 Interface Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M ATM E3 Interface Dialog Box C6576M ATM E3 Interface Dialog Box This dialog box describes a physical and logical enhanced ATM E3 interface of the PA A3 E3 FlexWAN port adapter on the Catalyst 6000 fa
287. ment Object 2 6 Containment Views 2 7 Network View 2 7 Physical View 2 8 C65 76M Object States 2 8 Decommissioned State 2 8 Discovery State 2 8 Normal State 2 9 Lostcomms State 2 9 Normal Lostcomms State 2 9 Performance State 2 9 Perflostcomms State 2 10 Discovery Lostcomms State 2 10 Mismatched State 2 10 CHAPTER 3 Getting Started 3 1 Preparing to Use the C65 76M Software 3 1 Using CiscoEMF 3 2 Cisco Element Management Framework Launchpad Window 3 3 Quitting a Cisco EMF User Session 3 6 Deploying C65 76M Objects 3 7 Launching Object Management Dialogs 3 10 CHAPTER 4 Deploying the C65 76M 4 1 M anaging a Catalyst 6000 Family Switch or a Cisco 7600 Series Internet Router Deploying Objects 4 1 Commissioning Objects 4 3 Deployment and Commissioning Process 4 5 IP Auto Discovery 4 5 Manual Deployment 4 11 Predeployment 4 21 CHAPTER 5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes 5 1 C6576M Chassis Dialog Box 5 3 Status Tab 5 3 Inventory Tab 5 6 Performance Tab 5 10 Additional Notes Tab 5 11 4 1 mi Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Contents W C6576M Power Supply Dialog Box 5 12 Details Tab 5 12 Additional Notes Tab 5 14 C6576M Supervisor M odule Dialog Box 5 15 Status Tab 5 15 Inventory Tab 5 17 Performance Tab 5 19 Additional Notes Tab 5 20 C6576M Ethernet Module Dialog Box 5 22 Details Tab 5 22 Additional Notes Tab 5 26 C6576M Ethernet Interface Dialog Box 5 27 Status Tab 5 27 Configuration Tab 5 30 P
288. mily switches or Cisco 7600 series Internet Routers This dialog box can be launched from the ATM port adapter or the ATM T3 interface object within the Physical view You can select multiple ATM E3 Interfaces port adapters FlexWAN modules and chassis at a time from the object list on the left side of the dialog box Status Tab Figure 5 46 shows the Status tab of the C6576M ATM E3 Interface dialog box Figure 5 46 Status Tab of the C6576M ATM E3 Interface Dialog Box Interface Status Area The Status area of the C6576M ATM E3 Interface dialog box provides the following information to describe the general characteristics of the interface Description Comment or a description to help you remember what is attached to this interface The description is only put in the configuration to help you remember what specific interfaces are used for Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 90 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M ATM E3 Interface Dialog Box W Index String index of the interface This attribute is read only e Operational Status The current operational state of the interface This attribute is read only This attribute has one of the following values testing lIndicates that no operational packets can be passed unknown down up dormant Interface is waiting for external actions such as a serial line waiting for an incoming connection notPresent Interface has mi
289. mms CEMF lost communication with the device from the normal state perflostcomms CEMF lost communication with the device from the performance state mismatched The type of Ethernet module discovered does not match the predeployed Ethernet module Additional Notes Tab Figure 5 12 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M Ethernet Module dialog box Figure 5 12 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M Ethemet Module Dialog Box Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the Ethernet module Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 26 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Ethernet Interface Dialog Box Ml C6576M Ethernet Interface Dialog Box This dialog box provides information for all Ethernet interface attributes including Ethernet Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet interfaces This dialog box can be launched from a Chassis object Supervisor module object Ethernet module object or Ethernet Interface object within the Physical view You can select one chassis more than one Ethernet module and more than one interface at a time from the object list on the left side of the dialog box Status Tab Figure 5 13 shows the Status tab of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box Figure 5 13 Status Tab of the C6576M Ethemet Interface Dialog Box Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes EE C6576
290. n the OSI Intermediate System to Intermediate System IS IS routing process on a Catalyst 6000 6500 series switch or Cisco 7600 series Internet Router This dialog box is launched from the Software object or IS IS objects in the Physical view Details Tab Figure 6 79 shows the Details tab of the C6576M IS IS dialog box Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 100 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M IS IS Dialog Box Figure 6 79 Details Tab of C6576M IS IS Dialog Box Global Area The Global area of the C6576M IS IS dialog box provides the following information e CLNS Enabled Indicates whether or not CLNS routing is enabled on the device CLNS routing must be enabled for the IS IS routing process to function If CLNS routing is disabled some attributes of the IS IS object may not be accessible IS IS Area The IS IS area of the C6576M IS IS dialog box provides the following information Area Tag IS IS routing process area tag Mandatory if configuring multiarea IS IS otherwise it is optional If no tag is specified the default null tag is assumed Level Describes whether the routing process performs Layer 1 Layer 1 and Layer 2 or Layer 2 only routing By default the first IS IS routing process created on a device is set to perform Layer 1 and Layer 2 routing any other processes created will by default be configured to perform Layer 1 routing only AV Note There may be at most
291. n the object s dialog box from the pop up menu Refer to the C65 76M Objects and Interfaces section on page 2 3 for descriptions of the object hierarchies For example to open the EtherChannel Dialog right click on the Software object and choose Open EtherChannel Dialog from the pop up menu as shown in Figure 3 6 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 3 10 Chapter3 Getting Started Launching Object Management Dialogs Ml Figure 3 6 Launching an Object Management Dialog Box Chapter 5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes and Chapter 6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes describe how to use the dialog boxes for the physical and logical objects respectively Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter3 Getting Started MH Launching Object Management Dialogs Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 3 12 Deploying the C65 76M This chapter describes how to deploy the Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager and consists of these sections e Managing a Catalyst 6000 Family Switch or a Cisco 7600 Series Internet Router page 4 1 Deployment and Commissioning Process page 4 5 M anaging a Catalyst 6000 Family Switch or a Cisco 7600 Series Internet Router Managing a Catalyst 6000 family switch or a Cisco 7600 series Internet Router using CEMF is a two step process 1 Deploy objects that need to be managed C65 76M objects can be discovered automatically or deployed manually
292. nager User Guide jg Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M VTP Dialog Box Status Field The Status display only field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field has the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object attributes normal Presence polling of the object normallostcomms CEMEF has lost communication with the device from the normal state Additional Notes Tab Figure 6 29 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M VTP dialog box Figure 6 29 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M VTP Dialog Box ue BEY 7 Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the object Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 36 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M VLAN DialogBox Hi C6576M VLAN Dialog Box This dialog box provides attributes for VLAN configurations This dialog box can be launched from the Software object or VLAN object in the Physical view You can choose only one Software object and one VLAN object at a time from the object list on the left side of the dialog box Status Tab Figure 6 30 shows the Status tab of the C6576M VLAN dialog box Figure 6 30 Status Tab for the C6576M VLAN Dialog Box EET Interface Status Area The Details area of the C6576M VLAN dialog box provides the following information VLAN Number tThe number of
293. nches the Add Filter subdialog box shown in Figure 6 90 to append a permit or deny filter to an ACL On a standard ACL a filter may only be defined against traffic flows originating from a source host or range of hosts On an extended ACL filters may be defined against specific traffic types against the source or destination of a traffic flow and against specific source or destination TCP or UDP ports Figure 6 90 Add Filter Dialog Box EA MT dak Piber Piai x i p aie Ell i sett loa F Thi i ee a mi eee iq Taj mam Minsi hs Baana Cree Derana Oa sff auni Pri Cte Prd abot itim EC Kiik kaia ac f CTR io BE RE f r Hem MEN ajl Mre oe eer ee oe eee hu The following fields are displayed in this Add Filter subdialog box Criteria filter type permit Filter allows packets in a traffic flow if the filter conditions are met deny Filter blocks packets in a traffic flow if the filter conditions are met Protocol Name or number of an IP protocol to apply an extended ACL filter to To match any Internet protocol including ICMP TCP and UDP use the keyword ip This argument is not applicable when creating standard ACL filters and mandatory for extended ACL filters Source IP Number of the network or host from which the packet is being sent Source Mask Bitmask used in combination with Source IP to specify a host address or a range of addresses to apply filter Place ones in the bit posi
294. ndation of a suite of interactive networked services that provides immediate open access to Cisco information networking solutions services programs and resources at any time from anywhere in the world Cisco com is a highly integrated Internet application and a powerful easy to use tool that provides a broad range of features and services to help you with these tasks Streamline business processes and improve productivity Resolve technical issues with online support Download and test software packages Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide xvi About this Guide Obtaining Technical Assistance Hi Order Cisco learning materials and merchandise Register for online skill assessment training and certification programs If you want to obtain customized information and service you can self register on Cisco com To access Cisco com go to this URL http www cisco com Technical Assistance Center The Cisco Technical Assistance Center TAC is available to all customers who need technical assistance with a Cisco product technology or solution Two levels of support are available the Cisco TAC Web Site and the Cisco TAC Escalation Center Cisco TAC inquiries are categorized according to the urgency of the issue Priority level 4 P4 You need information or assistance concerning Cisco product capabilities product installation or basic product configuration Priority level 3 P3 You
295. ne possible reason for discarding such a packet is to free up buffer space In Dropped Pkts The number of packets dropped because the input queue was full Out Dropped Pkts The number of packets dropped because the output queue was full In Ignored Pkts Number of input packets which were ignored by this interface In Aborted Pkts Number of input packets that were aborted In Error Pkts The number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher layer protocol Out Error Pkts Number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors SONET Section Error Statistics Area The SONET Section Error Statistics area contains the following information Errored Secs Number of errored seconds encountered by the SONET Section in the current 15 minute interval Severely Err Secs Number of severely errored seconds encountered by the SONET Section in the current 15 minute interval Coding Violations Number of coding violations encountered by the SONET Section in the current 15 minute interval Severely Err Frm Secs Number of severely errored framing seconds encountered by the SONET Section in the current 15 minute interval Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M ATM SONET Interface Dialog Box SONET Line Error Statistics Area The SONET Line Error Statistics area contains the following information
296. nfig mode command power cycle module slot_number Note Actions Area Status Field When changing the configured SLB mode from CSM to RP the SLB configurations for CSM will be erased The Actions area of the C6576M SLB dialog box provides the following actions Commission This button is used to commission the object manually This can only be done if the object is in a decommissioned state Decommission This button is used to decommission the object manually In the decommissioned state the properties of the object are not monitored As a result data displayed in the configuration window is not guaranteed to be current The decommission action allows a Content Switching Module to be removed and replaced without generating alarms The display only Status field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field has the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object attributes normal Presence polling is performed periodically performance Some attributes are collected periodically for trending purposes normallostcomms CEMF has lost communication with the device from the normal state perflostcomms CEMF has lost communication with the device from the performance state mismatched The type of Content Switching Module discovered does not match the predeployed Content Switching Module Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chap
297. ng values broadcast nbma pointToPoint pointToMultipoint Area ID The predefined ID uniquely identifying the area to which the interface connects It can be specified as either a decimal value or as an IP address Value is 0 0 0 0 if interface is a Layer 2 no IP address assigned interface This attribute is read only Authentication Key Password to be used by neighboring OSPF routers on a network segment that is using OSPF simple password authentication It is ignored if Authentication Type is not simple Hello Interval sec Frequency at which the device will send hello packets on the specified interface and EIGRP autonomous system number Trans Priority The priority of this interface Used in multiaccess networks this field is used in the designated router election algorithm The value 0 signifies that the router is not eligible to become the designated router on this particular network If more than one router has the same value for this field the routers use their router ID as a tie breaker Trans Dead sec Number of seconds that a device s hello packets must not have been seen before its neighbors declare the OSPF router down Must be consistent among all routers on an attached network Trans Delay sec The estimated number of seconds it takes to transmit a link state update packet over this interface Retrans Interval sec The number of seconds between link state advertisement retransmissio
298. nistrative Status is not set to up In this case it cannot be determined if a connection is present or not Last Change The value in seconds of sysUpTime at the time the interface entered its current operational state If the current state was entered before the last reinitialization of the local network management subsystem then this object contains a zero value This attribute is read only Status Field The display only Status field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field has the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object attributes normal Presence polling is performed periodically performance Some attributes are collected periodically for trending purposes normallostcomms CEMEF has lost communication with the device from the normal state perflostcomms CEMF has lost communication with the device from the performance state Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 150 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface Dialog Box Interface Configuration Tab Figure 5 78 shows the Interface Configuration tab of the C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface dialog box Figure 5 78 Interface Configuration Tab of the C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface Dialog Box CG TG TA Sr itini fee Configure Did i a Be i Ale Hac Egy aa ee CE Piet DI J sg Pid cs hi a oe fig z Lip r L
299. not Set Precedence Microflow Policing Subarea This is supported in Native IOS only MH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter 6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M QoS Policy Map Dialog Box Ml Microflow Enabled Indicates whether or not a Microflow policer is defined for the policy map class This enables QoS policing against Layer 3 switched traffic flows This attribute may have one of the following values true false Rate Maximum transmission rate in bits per second to enforce against policed traffic This value is mandatory when defining an explicit policer A value of 0 is returned on read if an explicit policer is not defined for the policy map class Burst Normal burst size in bytes to enforce against policed traffic This value is mandatory when defining an explicit policer A value of 0 is returned on read if an explicit policer is not defined for the policy map class Exceed Action Action to be taken when policed traffic exceeds QoS parameters Drop Drops packet Policed DSCP Transmit Changes the DSCP as per the policed DSCP map before transmitting Transmit Transmits packet A value of none 0 is returned on read if an explicit policer is not defined for the policy map class Conform Action Subarea Conform Action Action to be taken when Policed traffic conforms to QoS parameters This attribute may have one of the following values Drop Drops packet
300. ns for adjacencies belonging to this interface This value is also used when retransmitting database description and link state request packets The EIGRP Area of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box provides the following information EIGRP Interface Table Describes the EIGRP configuration of the interface on each active autonomous system The EIGRP parameters of the interface on an autonomous system may be explicitly configured even if EIGRP routing updates in the autonomous system are not currently carried on the interface Bandwidth Utilization The percentage of the interface bandwidth that the EIGRP protocol can use Hello Interval sec Frequency at that the device will send hello packets on the specified interface and EIGRP autonomous system number Hold Time sec Hold time during that the device will wait for a hello packet to be received on the specified interface and EIGRP autonomous system number The hold time should be at least three times the hello interval Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 174 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes ISIS Area C6576M OSM POS Subinterface Dialog Box W The ISIS area of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box provides the following information amp ISIS Enabled Indicates whether or not IS IS routing is enabled on the interface true IS IS routing is enabled false IS IS routing is disabled Area Tag The IS IS routing area in
301. nt and Commissioning Process Description Name of the Network Element object that is displayed in the Map Viewer application IP address that is given to the switch or router when it is connected to the network SNMP v1 read community used by the device SNMP v1 write community used by the device SNMP v2c read community used by the device SNMP v2c write community used by the device The version of the SNMP agent running on the device This is a drop down menu containing SNMPv1 SNMPv2c e SNMPV3 not supported The password used to allow the C65 76M to access the Network Element using a Telnet connection The value entered in this text box will not be in plain text The password used to allow the C65 76M to access the enable level of the Network Element using a Telnet connection The value entered in this text box will not be in plain text Enter the details for the switch and then click the Forward button The Views window may be displayed if the system requires a selection of the location of the network element within the physical hierarchy see Figure 4 21 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M MH Deployment and Commissioning Process Figure 4 21 Deployment Wizard Views SSS Property Description Physical Location in the Physical containment view where the new object will be deployed If this wizard was launched from a site in the Ph
302. nterface Retrans Interval sec The number of seconds between link state advertisement retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to this interface This value is also used when retransmitting database description and link state request packets Hello Interval sec The length of time in seconds between the hello packets that the router sends on the interface This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network Trans Dead sec The number of seconds that a router s hello packets have not been seen before its neighbors declare the router down This should be some multiple of the hello interval This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network Polling Interval sec The larger time interval in seconds between the hello packets sent to an inactive nonbroadcast multiaccess neighbor State The OSPF interface state Designated Router IP address of the designated router Backup Designated Router IP address of the backup designated router Authentication Key Password to be used by neighboring OSPF routers on a network segment that is using OSPF simple password authentication Ignored if ospfAuthType is not simple Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSPF DialogBox Mi Neighbor Tab Figure 6 68 shows the Neighbor tab for the C6576M OSPF dialog box Figure 6 68 Neighbor Tab of the C6576M OSPF Dialog Box
303. nterface Dialog Box Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide ETA Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M OSM POS Interface Dialog Box Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the OSM POS Interface Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 148 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface Dialog Box W C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface Dialog Box This dialog box describes a logical DS3 channel on a channelized OC 12 ChOC 12 or OC 48 ChOC 48 SONET interface of an Optical Service Module OSM A DS3 channel of a SONET interface is provisioned as a logical Serial interface This dialog box can be launched from the OSM Channelized SONET Module or Interface object or the Serial Subinterface object within the Physical view You can select multiple OSM serial subinterfaces OSM Channelized SONET interfaces OSMs and chassis at a time from the object list on the left side of the dialog box Note Status Tab E3 serial subinterfaces can be configured through the CLI but the OSM Channelized SONET cards do not support SDH E3 content formatting The EMS will discover these interfaces but does not support any operations against them Figure 5 77 shows the Status tab of the C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface dialog box Figure 5 77 Status Tab of the C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface Dialog Box Uae HEJ y e peppen pner
304. nute interval Coding Violations Number of coding violations encountered by the SONET Path in the current 15 minute interval Unavailable Secs Number of unavailable seconds encountered by the SONET Path in the current 15 minute interval SONET Far End Path Error Area The SONET Far End Path Error area contains the following information Errored Secs Number of far end errored seconds encountered by the SONET Path in the current 15 minute interval Severely Err Secs Number of far end severely errored seconds encountered by the SONET Path in the current 15 minute interval Coding Violations Number of far end coding violations encountered by the SONET Path in the current 15 minute interval Unavailable Secs Number of far end unavailable seconds encountered by the SONET Path in the current 15 minute interval Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface Dialog Box Routing Protocol Tab Figure 5 83 shows the Routing Protocol tab of the C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface dialog box Figure 5 83 Routing Protocol Tab on the C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface Dialog Box tae oe yj t THA OSPF Area The OSPF area of the C6576M OSM POS Interface dialog box provides the following information All the attributes in this area are read only Network Type OSPF interface type By default a POS interface is point to point however the OSPF netwo
305. o stub areas Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 80 l Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes Netw ork Tab C6576M OSPF DialogBox Mi nssa Similar to a stub area but autonomous system external routes can be imported into the area Auth Type Authentication type for the area The authentication type must be the same for all routers and access servers in an area The authentication password for all OSPF routers on a network must be the same if they are to communicate with each other using OSPF The Authentication type has the following values none The area does not enforce any authentication simple Simple password authentication is used md5 MD5 authentication is enabled for the area Def Cost Default cost for the area Use this value only on an area border router attached to a stub area It provides a metric for the summary default route generated by the area border router into the stub area NSSA Def Info Orig Generates a Type 7 default into the NSSA area This argument takes effect only on an NSSA area border router or an NSSA AS border router NSSA No Redistrib Used when the router is a NSSA area border router and routes are to be imported only into the normal areas but not into the NSSA area Stub No Summary lIndicates that an area border router is sending summary link advertisements into the stub area Remove Area Removes an explicit NSSA or stub area configuration to the OSPF
306. o the device Launches the dialog box shown in Figure 6 11 Date The date when the restore will start The format is MM DD YY YYY Hour The hour when the restore will start It is a 24 hour clock Minute The minute when the restore will start Figure 6 11 Scheduled Backup Restore Cat OS Image Dialog Box ScheclleDialing Plage amber tha dale and Hima bo perm action Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M Software Dialog Box D Note An alarm is generated if the Backup Status and Restore Status attributes are set to Failed See Chapter 8 Alarms and Alarm Management IOS Config File Tab Figure 6 12 shows the IOS Config File tab of the C6576M Software dialog box Figure 6 12 IOS Config File Tab of the C6576M Software Dialog Box DE magi Ca pi eas O g P a Ca Pa aa biisi TETE Thatar iiae eer Cet ledin remm Burt ioe ra ey Fem i m ieee imi Charged Aimy Ae er Liat Rawal Tek ee fo Berio Exes te Pean ark te ra each eee Cora TIF Het ee ha amari Beima nms Mmi manini Banen Fin Goose fi iit Emise ee i Heen PPH irm eters bread The running configuration file can be edited by selecting the pop up menu option of the network element object shown in Figure 6 13 EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Software Dialog Box Hi Figure 6 13 Pop up Menu
307. o the interface If the ifAdminStatus is down then this value cannot be determined and an unknown message is given This attribute is read only This attribute has the following values yes Cable is connected to the interface no Cable is not connected to the interface unknown Cannot determine if a cable is connected to the interface Number of Resets Number of times the interface internally reset This attribute is read only The display only Status field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field has the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object attributes normal Presence polling is performed periodically performance Some attributes are collected periodically for trending purposes normallostcomms CEMF has lost communication with the device from the normal state perflostcomms CEMF has lost communication with the device from the performance state Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 116 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface Dialog Box W Configuration Tab Figure 5 59 shows the Configuration tab of the C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface dialog box Figure 5 59 Configuration Tab of the C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface Dialog Box CESTOM COM GE M i jita Rete Diaj Gie i mima eie brip RT ie uae ugy m 5 leipe ipep eggs HS era a gt P a ee mt e ie et ee Le r MECE R
308. o the unique identifier of the interface if this is a Layer 2 address less interface If the interface is a Layer 3 addressed interface this value is 0 This identifier is dynamic it may change over the lifetime of an interface IP Address IP address of the interface Area ID Unique identifier of the area to which the interface connects An Area ID of 0 0 0 0 is used for the OSFP backbone Network Type OSPF interface type OSPF network type can be NBMA even on a broadcast media such as Ethernet This column has the following values broadcast nbma pointToPoint pointToMultipoint Admin Status OSPF interface s administrative status enabled Indicates that neighbor relationships can be formed on the interface and the interface will be advertised as an internal route to some area Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M OSPF Dialog Box disabled lIndicates that the interface is external to OSPF Trans Priority The priority of this interface Used in multiaccess networks this field is used in the designated router election algorithm The value 0 signifies that the router is not eligible to become the designated router on this particular network If more than one router has the same value the routers use their router ID as a tie breaker Trans Delay sec The estimated number of seconds it takes to transmit a link state update packet over this i
309. object list bottom left of Figure 6 62 To list the new process reselect the current Software object from the Software object list top left of Figure 6 62 Remove button Deletes the currently selected OSPF process Figure 6 63 Add OSPF Processes Dialog Box Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide lt Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M OSPF Dialog Box Status Field The Status display only field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field has the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object attributes normal Presence polling of the object normallostcomms CEMEF has lost communication with the device from the normal state Area Tab Figure 6 64 shows the Area tab of the C6576M OSPF dialog box Figure 6 64 Area Tab of the C6576M OSPF Dialog Box Area Configuration Area This describes OSPF NSSA and stub area configurations The information for a particular area can be displayed by selecting the desired area from the Areas list When you select an area the following information is provided Area ID Identifies a stub or NSSA area adjacent to the router The identifier can be specified as either a decimal value or as an IP address Area Type Type of area The type has the following values default Not a stub or NSSA area stub Information on external routes are not sent t
310. objects adding to or deselecting part of the group Right button Displays and selects from menus Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide gy Aboutthis Guide HH Obtaining Documentation This guide uses the following conventions and terminology pointer Indicates where the mouse action is to occur select To push and hold down the left mouse button release To let up on a mouse button to initiate an action click To select and release a mouse button without moving the pointer e double click To click a mouse button twice quickly without moving the pointer e drag To move the pointer by sliding the mouse with one or more buttons selected In situations that allow more than one item to be selected from a list simultaneously the following actions are supported To select a single item in a list click on the entry Clicking a second time on a previously selected entry deselects it To select a contiguous block of items click on the first entry then without releasing the mouse button drag to the last desired entry and release A subsequent click anywhere on the screen deselects all previous selections To extend a currently selected block hold the Shift key down and click on the entry at the end of the group to be added To add a noncontiguous entry to the selection group hold down the Ctrl Control key and click on the entry to be added Obtaining Documentation The following section
311. objects that support Performance Logging This state indicates that communication has been lost to an object that was formerly in the performance state Two transistions can be made out of this state If communication is restored the object transitions back to the performance state While this object is still in the perflostcomms state if the object is stimulated to deactivate performance logging then the transistion is immediately to the normal lostcomms state If communication to an object is lost it moves into the lostcomms state In this state performance polling if activated is stopped however heartbeat polling continues until the object responds positively to a heartbeat request Heartbeat polling polls an object every five minutes to verify its existence and current state When the object can be contacted again it responds positively to heartbeat requests and then moves back into the previously held state Discovery Lostcomms State The discovery lostcomms state applies to Network Element Software and Chassis objects This state is similar to the lostcomms state except that it only occurs during the discovery process When connectivity is established with the corresponding object in the device the discovery is resumed and the object moves out of the discovery lostcomms state Mismatched State The mismatched state occurs when a mismatch is found between the type of hardware discovered and what is predeployed in CEMF Fo
312. of the following values ethernet The class map can be used on Ethernet interfaces other Indicates that a class map contains more than one match entry or it contains a match criteria that is unsupported on Ethernet interfaces empty Indicates a class map with no match entries An empty class map cannot be applied to an Ethernet interface however you may modify it e Match Condition Specifies whether to match all criteria in the class map or any criteria in the list e Match IP Precedence Specifies IP Precedence values to match Up to eight values may be specified If no values are specified IP Precedence matching criteria is disabled This attribute may only have a value if the Type attribute is ethernet 1 and both Match DSCP and Match ACL attributes are nil Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 124 Chapter 6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M QoS DialogBox W Match DSCP Specifies DSCP values to match Up to eight values may be specified If no values are specified DSCP matching criteria is disabled This attribute may only have a value if the Type attribute is ethernet and both Match IP Precedence and Match ACL attributes are nil Match ACL Identifier of a named or numbered standard or extended ACL In no identifier is specified the ACL matching criteria is disabled The named or numbered ACL must be configured on the device before this class map can be associated with an interface
313. of the virtual server A value of 0 0 0 0 indicates that no IP address is configured TCP Port TCP port of the virtual server A value of 0 indicates all ports are supported Well known port numbers include dns 53 ftp 21 https 443 matip a 350 nntp 119 pop2 109 pop3 110 smtp 25 telnet 23 www 80 xot 1998 Note This attribute cannot be nil if the virtual server IP address is set to a value other than 0 0 0 0 If virtual server IP address is set to 0 0 0 0 it indicates that no IP address has been configured and the value of the TCP port number is not applicable On read a value of 0 will always be returned Server Farm Name Identifies the server farm associated with the virtual server This referenced server farm must be unique on the device Idle Timer The duration that connection information is maintained in the absence of packet activity for a connection Current Connections Number of current connections to the virtual server Operation Status The operational status of the virtual server This attribute can have the following values outOfService 1 operational 2 failed 3 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M SLB Dialog Box Admin Status The administrative status of the virtual server This attribute can have the following values outOfService 1 inService 2 Virtual Server Client Table Descr
314. og Boxes C6576M OSPF Dialog Box Distribution List Tab Figure 6 71 shows the Distribution List tab of the C6576M OSPF dialog box Figure 6 71 Distribution List Tab of the C6576M OSPF Dialog Box Distribution List Table Area This area describes filtering of routing updates sent or received by the routing process ACL ID Unique identifer of an ACL for filtering routing updates sent or received by a routing process The ACL specifies which network routes will be permitted or denied in routing updates This field has the following values lt 1 199 gt JP standard access list number lt 1300 2699 gt IP expanded access list number alphanumeric Named access list Direction Indicates whether the filter will be applied against routing updates received by the routing process or advertised by the routing process in Applies to updates received out Applies to updates advertised Interface Identifies a particular interface that the filter is applied to For an incoming filter suppresses routing updates received on a specific interface if not specified routing updates are suppressed on all interfaces For an outgoing filter suppresses routes from being advertised on a particular interface if not specified route advertisements are suppressed on all interfaces Nullo FastEthernet lt slot gt lt port gt Native IOS only Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 89 Chapter 6
315. og box Figure 6 1 Configuration Tab of the C6576M Network Element Dialog Box Sri been Remi O l fie HEL llen Mere eip Arns He iat oy aaa fo CES Spee eee ce biit em ae bee _ ape Irim ima IF rehires Temin EAI EPEL a Spe alin ai ei anette ee Ste E Tama bil ism imi Ji ee Dam si aT Binim i Timen Lai LESS Pama ES Er EL Sens T Espi Pum Feed rrira ohn FELTETS ee Fest Feer Ti je ee ey pai bees papy ga mijai System Area The System area of the C6576M Network Element dialog box provides the following information System Name Fully qualified name of the switch or router IP Address Area The IP Address area of the C6576M Network Element dialog box provides the following information IP Address IP address used to access the switch or router MSFC JP address of the management agent on the MSFC daughter card only in Hybrid OS Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M NE Config M gmt Dialog Box Operating System Area The Operating System area of the C6576M Network Element dialog box provides the following information Expected OS Type This attribute is used by a client that initiates a deployment context to indicate the type of operating system expected on a managed device This can only be changed when the device is decommissioned Active OS Type The operating system type detected on the managed
316. ogBox Mi Additional Notes Tab Figure 6 72 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M OSPF dialog box Figure 6 72 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M OSPF Dialog Box Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the object Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Bol Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M EIGRP Dialog Box C6576M EIGRP Dialog Box The C6576M EIGRP dialog box provides information on the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol EIGRP enabled in IOS This dialog box is launched from the Software object or EIGRP objects in the Physical view Note Allinformation in this dialog box is retrieved or set using IOS commands If the IOS Telnet or the Enable password specified in the Network Element dialog box is incorrect attributes in this dialog box might be displayed as ERROR Details Tab Figure 6 73 shows the Details tab of the C6576M EIGRP dialog box Figure 6 73 Details Tab of C6576M EIGRP Dialog Box Configuration Area The Configuration area of the C6576M EIGRP dialog box provides the following information e Autonomous System Autonomous system number for this EIGRP process Router Summarization If true subnet routes are summarized automatically into network level routes Automatic summarization is performed when there are two or more networks associated with the EIGRP process Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Gui
317. ollowing attributes are configured Client Side VLAN field Unique identifier of a client VLAN on the device Note VLAN I is the default VLAN VLAN identifiers greater than 1001 are reserved as the default VLANs for various media and for hidden VLANs generated by the device e Client VLAN Add button Adds the client VLAN specified in the client side VLAN field If you do not specify a VLAN in the Client Side VLAN field no action will take effect Client VLAN Remove button Removes the client VLAN that is selected in the Client VLAN Table A subdialog box is displayed asking the user to confirm the action Gatew ay Config Subarea The Gateway Config subarea allows the user to add a default gateways associated with the client VLAN specified in the Client Side VLAN field This VLAN must already be configured as a client side VLAN Gateway field Default gateway associated with the client VLAN Gateway Remove button Removes the default gateway specified by the Gateway field and the Client Side VLAN field You need to specify a VLAN in the Client Side VLAN field and an IP address in the Gateway field for the action to take effect Gateway Add button Adds the default gateway specified by the Gateway field and the Client Side VLAN field You need to specify a VLAN in the Client Side VLAN field and an IP address in the Gateway field for the action to take effect Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide E Cha
318. omment or a description to help you remember what is attached to this interface The description is only put in the configuration to help you remember what specific interfaces are used for Type Describes the type of allocated channel This attribute is read only Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 128 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes SONET Status Area C6576M OSM Channelized SONET Interface Dialog Box W t3 A DS3 channel is provisioned as a serial subinterface with T3 DS3 content formatting e3 A DS3 channel is provisioned as a serial subinterface with E3 DS3 content formatting pos An OC 3 channel is provisioned as a POS subinterface Index String index of the interface This attribute is read only Operational Status The current operational state of the interface This attribute is read only This attribute has one of the following values testing Indicates that no operational packets can be passed unknown down up dormant Interface is waiting for external actions such as a serial line waiting for an incoming connection notPresent Interface has missing typically hardware components lowerLayerDown The interface in the lower layer is down Administrative Status The desired state of the interface This attribute has one of the following values down Last Change The value in seconds of sysUpTime at the time the interface entered its cur
319. on rate in bits per second to enforce against policed traffic This value is mandatory when defining an explicit policer A value of 0 is returned on read if an explicit policer is not defined for the policy map class Burst Normal burst size in bytes to enforce against policed traffic This value is mandatory when defining an explicit policer A value of 0 is returned on read if an explicit policer is not defined for the policy map class Add button Adds the class map onto the device Policing Info Area The Policing Info area of the C6576M QoS Policy Map dialog box provides the following information Trust State Trust state associated with the traffic selected by the class map criteria If no trust state is defined the trust state configured on the ingress interface is used instead The possible values of this attribute are untrusted dscp cos ip precedence amp Note This attribute is only supported in Native IOS Aggregate Policing Subarea Aggregate Enabled Indicates whether or not an explicit policer is defined for the policy map class This enables QoS policing against Layer 3 switched traffic flows Named Aggregate Unique string identifier of an aggregate policer on the device This value is nil if an explicit aggregate policer is defined within this policy map class This is supported in Native IOS only Rate Maximum transmission rate in bits per second to enforce against
320. on the managed device with the specified rate burst and max burst values Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 6 122 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M QoS DialogBox W Figure 6 97 QoS Aggregate Add Subdialog Box of the C6576M QoS Dialog Box 205 Ag pegqalte Add Dialog B0212 Remove button Deletes one or more aggregrate policers on the managed device selected in the Named Policers Table Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 173 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M QoS Dialog Box Class Maps Tab Figure 6 98 shows the Class Maps tab of the C6576M QoS dialog box Figure 6 98 Class Maps Tab of C6576M QoS Dialog Box Class Maps Area The Class Maps area of the C6576M QoS dialog box describes globally defined class maps on the device Class maps identify a selected stream of IP traffic based on a defined set of matching criteria This tab contains the following information Class Maps Table Lists globally defined class maps on the device Class Map Name Unique identifier of a class map on the managed device Type Indicates whether the class map can be used on Ethernet interfaces or not The C65 76M EMS will discover class maps that are not suitable for use with Ethernet interfaces however you cannot add remove or configure these class maps They are listed in the table only to indicate that the class map names are in use This attribute has one
321. one process on the device performing Layer 2 routing this process can also perform Layer 1 routing There may be up to 29 additional routing processes performing Layer 1 only routing Configuring IS IS Area The Configuring IS IS area allows you to create an IS IS routing process on the managed device and deploy an instance of the IS IS object in the element manager New Area Tag IS IS routing process area tag Mandatory if configuring multiarea IS IS otherwise it is optional If no tag is specified the default null tag is assumed Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M IS IS Dialog Box Add New IS IS button Creates an IS IS routing process on the managed device e Remove IS IS button Deletes the currently selected IS IS object Netw ork Area The Network area of the C6576M IS IS dialog box provides the following information Network Table Describes the Network Entity Titles for an IS IS routing process The NETs define the area addresses for the IS IS area and the system ID of the router There must be at least one entry in this table in order for the IS IS routing process to be functional This table displays the following columns AFI Authority and Format Identifier AFI This is the first byte in the IS IS NSAP Area Identifier Area Address Area Address of the NET Identifies the IS IS routing area that the routing process participat
322. onfiguration file that will be used on the next restart If this location is not set then undefined is displayed This attribute is read only Startup Location The location of the startup configuration file that was used the last time the system was booted up This attribute is read only Config Mode Cat OS configuration mode The mode can be one of these values binary lIn binary config mode any changes to the running configuration are automatically written to NVRAM text lIn text file configuration mode the changes are only written to DRAM Text File Location The location of the Cat OS text configuration file which can be either NVRAM or a file in the FLASH file system View Startup Configuration button Displays the startup configuration in a text box see Figure 6 19 This attribute is read only EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Software Dialog Box Hi Figure 6 19 Startup Configuration Window Action Report View Running Configuration button Displays the current running configuration in a text box see Figure 6 20 Save Running Configuration button Saves the current running configuration to the location specified by the Startup Location attribute see Figure 6 20 Figure 6 20 Running Configuration Window Action Report Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M Softwa
323. opulate chassis the Network Element object Catalyst 6500 Switch This option deploys the Network Element Chassis Network Element and and Software objects Used when you want to Chassis perform predeployment operations Choose the Catalyst 6500 Switch Network Element Only option and click the Forward button The Object Parameters window shown in Figure 4 10 is displayed Tip The Catalyst 6500 Switch Network Element and Chassis option is used for the predeployment processes see the Predeployment section EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M Deployment and Commissioning Process W Figure 4 10 Deployment Wizard Object Parameters Dlspilogere re Wizard bjd Pramen a oe Dhjet Pareesters nt Forward gt gt Cancel Miish ii i Property Description Number of Catalyst The number of switches or routers that you want to 6500 Switch elements deploy at the same time Enter the number of Catalyst 6500 series switches or Cisco 7600 series Internet Routers that you want to deploy at the same time and click the Forward button The remaining screens of this wizard are displayed for each switch or router to be deployed The Object Parameters window shown in Figure 4 11 is displayed Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M MH Deployment and Commissioning Process Figure 4 11 Deployment Wizard Object Parameters Detai
324. or the entry Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M QoS Policy Map Dialog Box Figure 6 104 Policy Map Add Class Subdialog Box of C6576M QoS Policy Map Dialog Box Fe st Open inher Free fete Ma MEV y 4 Lipase Diii Pla m gener eror Parke RE Frem SR i Savages rupsei fae pmi haai ipype pi crete tan rer fume FED mina Ari UI iim Mbia Fel oe Pune NM P kbirt Eja Eel oe ai pa Asis 1 Poke witag mmor pam ES Price leap omma pois Bri LLL Cim hing hie m hie tad Type mine inur CEN Faral E Eper i y dt 3 Bbm me km fr paa PE fe The following is shown in this subdialog box Class Name Area e Class Name Table Lists the classes by the Class Map Name e Class Map Name Unique identifier of the policy map class on the device e Type Indicates whether the selected class map can be used on Ethernet interfaces or not The C65 76M EMS will discover class maps that are not suitable for use with Ethernet interfaces however you cannot add remove or configure these class maps They are listed in the table only to indicate that the class map names are in use This attribute has one of the following values ethernet The class map can be used on Ethernet interfaces other Indicates that a class map contains more than one match entry or it contains a match criteria that is unsupported on Ethernet interfaces empty Indicates a class map
325. orks this field is used in the designated router election algorithm The value 0 signifies that the router is not eligible to become the designated router on this particular network If more than one router has the same value for this field the routers use their router ID as a tie breaker This is a read only attribute Trans Dead sec The number of seconds that a router s hello packets have not been seen before its neighbors declare the router down This value should be a multiple of the hello interval This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network This is a read only attribute Trans Delay sec The estimated number of seconds it takes to transmit a link state update packet over this interface This is a read only attribute The EIGRP Area of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box provides the following information EIGRP Interface Table A list of the EIGRP processes The following attributes can be configured for an EIGRP process Bandwidth Utilization The percentage of the interface bandwidth that the EIGRP protocol can use Hold Time sec Hold time during which the device will wait for a hello packet to be received on the specified interface and EIGRP autonomous system number The hold time should be at least three times the hello interval Hello Interval sec Frequency at which the device will send hello packets on the specified interface and EIGRP autonomous system number
326. ormation for SLB This dialog box can be launched from a Chassis object or SLB object within the Physical view You can select one chassis and one SLB object at a time from the object list on the left side of the dialog box Details Tab Figure 5 34 shows the Details tab of the C6576M SLB dialog box Figure 5 34 Details Tab of the C6576M SLB Dialog Box i Eb EE e munden kur d Fri a bria Hamm KAL TEITICTE LE Lie Bie Gri Pee De Crepes upa mep a a base Wieje r ia gs i ga hps mian pa ag bed 73324 Status Area The Status area of the C6576M SLB dialog box provides the following information Operational Status Displays the operational status of the CSM This attribute has one of the following values This is a read only attribute other tThe status is unknown ok tThe status is normal minorFault There is a minor problem majorFault There is a major problem Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide E Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M SLB Dialog Box amp Note If this attribute has a value other than ok an alarm is generated See Chapter 8 Alarms and Alarm Management Temperature Area The Temperature area of the C6576M SLB dialog box provides information for the following sensors All the attributes in this area are read only e Module Inlet Inlet temperature of the module in degrees Celsius Module Outlet Outlet temperature of the mod
327. oth standard and extended named and numbered mi Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter2 Basic Concepts C65 76M Objects and Interfaces Hi NDE NetFlow Data Export NDE makes traffic statistics available for analysis by an external data collector QoS Enables and manages the global quality of service QoS engine QoS policy map Describes the traffic filters applied to enforce QoS parameters on ingress traffic received on an interface or VLAN e EIGRP Creates modifies and deletes Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol EIGRP instances on the Catalyst 6000 family switch or Cisco 7600 series Internet Router BGP Creates and modifies Border Gateway Protocol BGP routing protocol e OSPF Displays the Open Shortest Path First OSPF routing protocol information for the Catalyst 6000 family switch or Cisco 7600 series Internet Router WVTP VLAN Trunking Protocol e STP Spanning Tree Protocol IS IS Creates modifies and deletes intermediate system to intermediate system IS IS routing processes on the Catalyst 6000 family switch or Cisco 7600 series Internet Router These components have the following hierarchical organization Software EtherChannels Syslog EIGRP BGP OSPF VTP VLAN STP IS IS ACL NDE Loopback QoS QoS policy map Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide o Chapter 2 Basic Concepts HH C65 76M Objects and Inter
328. ovides the first priority clock for internal circuitry localTimingSecondary lIndicates that local timing is used and the SONET controller provides the clock if the primary clock source fails e Loopback Mode Indicates whether or not SONET loopback mode is enabled The possible values are None Indicates that the loopback is disabled Internal Indicates data is looped from the transmit path to the receive path allowing diagnostics to send data to itself without relying on any external connections To enable internal loopback you must first set the clock source to internal Line external Indicates data is looped from the external port to the transmit port and back out the external port Framing Framing for optical digital transmission amp Note SDH framing is currently unsupported on the channelized SONET modules even though IOS CLI allows the interface to be configured for SDH framing SONET Medium Area The SONET Medium area contains the following information All attributes in this area are read only e Type Indicates whether a SONET or SDH signal is used on the interface Line Type Line type of the interface The following values are possible sonetShortSingleMode sonetLongSingleMode sonetMultiMode Line Coding Line coding for the interface sonetMediumB3ZS For electrical SONET SDH signals STS 1 and STS 3 sonetMediumCMI For electrical SONET SDH signals STS 1 and STS 3
329. ox This dialog box describes a physical and logical enhanced ATM T3 interface of the PA A3 T3 port adapter on the Catalyst 6000 family switches or Cisco 7600 series Internet Routers This dialog box is launched from the ATM port adapter or the ATM T3 interface object within the Physical view You can select multiple ATM T3 interfaces port adapters FlexWAN modules and chassis at a time from the object list on the left side of the dialog box Status Tab Figure 5 40 shows the Status tab of the C6576M ATM T3 Interface dialog box Figure 5 40 Status Tab of the C6576M ATM T3 Interface Dialog Box Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 78 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M ATM T3 Interface Dialog Box W Interface Status Area The Status area of the C6576M ATM T3 Interface dialog box provides the following information to describe the general characteristics of the interface Description Comment or a description to help you remember what is attached to this interface The description is only put in the configuration to help you remember what specific interfaces are used for Index String index of the interface This is a read only attribute Operational Status The current operational state of the interface This is a read only attribute This attribute has one of the following values testing Indicates that no operational packets can be passed unknown down up dormant Interface
330. ox shown in Figure 6 31 Specify the VLAN number to be added and click the Add VLAN button The string VLAN will prepended to the VLAN number specified amp Note The newly added VLAN will not appear automatically in the VLAN object list bottom left of Figure 6 30 To refresh the VLAN list reselect the appropriate Software object Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 38 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M VLAN DialogBox Hi Figure 6 31 Add VLAN Subdialog Box Age BOY 2 9 Delete VLAN button Deletes the currently selected VLAN If you click this button you are asked to confirm deletion of the current VLAN see Figure 6 32 Figure 6 32 Delete VLAN Subdialog Box i Status Field The Status display only field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field has the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object attributes normal Presence polling of the object normallostcomms CEMF has lost communication with the device from the normal state Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide E Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M VLAN Dialog Box Configuration Tab Figure 6 33 shows the Configuration tab of the C6576M VLAN dialog box Figure 6 33 Configuration Tab for the C6576M VLAN Dialog Box DET WLAN Malty Ee GP phe phir Empi pin Her Hace
331. ox to the object that caused the alarm by choosing the Open Dialog option in the pop up menu of the alarm entry shown in Figure 8 3 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 82 Chapter8 Alarms and Alarm Management Viewing C65 76M Alarms Ti Figure 8 3 Launching the Dialog to the Affected Object From the Event Browser A F ht ke oe Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter8 Alarms and Alarm Management MH Viewing C65 76M Alarms Full Event Description Dialog The Full Event Description dialog box shown in Figure 8 4 displays full details of an alarm event listed in the Event Browser Launch this dialog by double clicking the event in the Event Browser Figure 8 4 Full Event Description Dialog Box Note When the event has not been cleared the Event State displays Active and the Clearing Method User Responsible for Clearing Clearing Time and Date and Acknowledgement Details sections are disabled You cannot alter the displayed information When an event has been cleared you can view the method used to clear it by clicking the Clearing Event button The Full Event Description dialog box displays the following information Object name Name of the CEMF managed object the event was reported against Time and Date Time and date the event was reported Severity Severity of the reported event Source Domain Indicates from which Communications domain the event
332. paration and Safety Guide Catalyst 6000 Family Quick Software Configuration Guide Catalyst 6000 Family Module Installation Guide Catalyst 6000 Family Software Configuration Guide Catalyst 6000 Family System Functional Description Catalyst 6000 Family Command Reference Catalyst 6000 Family IOS Software Configuration Guide Catalyst 6000 Family IOS Command Reference ATM Software Configuration and Command Reference Catalyst 5000 Family and Catalyst 6000 Family Switches System Message Guide Catalyst 6000 Family 5000 Family 4000 Family 2926G Series 2948G and 2980G Switches The following documents are available for the Cisco 7600 Internet Router Site Preparation and Safety Guide Cisco 7600 Internet Router Quick Software Configuration Guide Cisco 7600 Internet Router Software Configuration Guide Cisco 7600 Internet Router Command Reference Cisco 7603 and 7606 Internet Router Installation Guide Cisco 7609 Internet Router Installation Guide Cisco 7600 Internet Router Module Installation Guide Cisco 7600 Internet Router System Message Guide Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide xii About this Guide Conventions and Terminology W For information about MIBs refer to this URL http www cisco com public sw center netmgmt cmtk mibs shtml Conventions and Terminology This publication uses the following conventions Convention Description boldface font Commands and keywords are in boldface
333. patibility with the Catalyst 6000 family LAN interfaces offering 10 Mbps Ethernet to 1 Gbps MH Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide Chapter1 Product Overview Figure 1 2 Cisco 7609 Intemet Router assembly Cisco 7600 Series Overview Ml Supervisor engine oOo Redundant lt I Torr supervisor engine Switch Fabric Module Redundant 0 o Switch Fabric Module Le I Z Slots 1 9 Errr g SOnbooceooE oegesooon Dooc 2 2 8 i A EEREN Bbnnan KJ 2 2 9 Power supply 1 Power supply 2 redundant ESD ground strap connection right to left 55746 For additional information about the Cisco 7600 series Internet Routers refer to the Cisco 7603 and 7606 Internet Router Installation Guide and Cisco 7609 Internet Router Installation Guide For a complete list of Cisco 7600 series Internet Router documentation see the Related Documentation section on page xv Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter ProductOverview HM Supported Hardware Supported Hardware Table 1 1 lists the hardware that is supported by C65 76M release 2 1 Table 1 1 Supported Hardware Platform Part Number Description Catalyst 6
334. pecified by the Real IP Address TCP Port and Server Farm Name fields You need to specify a name in the Server Farm Name field an IP address in the Real IP Address field and a port number in the TCP Port field for the action to take effect Real Server Remove button Removes the real server specified by the Real IP Address TCP Port and Server Farm Name fields You need to specify a name in the Server Farm Name field an IP address in the Real IP Address field and a port number in the TCP Port field for the action to take effect Virtual Servers Tab Figure 5 38 shows the Virtual Servers tab of the C6576M SLB dialog box Figure 5 38 Virtual Servers Tab of the C6576M SLB Dialog Box Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 74 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes Virtual Server Area C6576M SLB Dialog Box Mi The Virtual Server area of the C6576M SLB dialog box allows the user to configure a virtual server to bring it into service Ay Note To modify attribute values enter the desired value into the fields and press the Save icon in order for changes to take effect Click Refresh to display the new settings The following information is provided Virtual Server Table Describes the virtual servers The following attributes are displayed for the selected virtual server in the table amp Virtual Server Index Unique identifier of a virtual server on the device IP Address IP address
335. plain text Enter the details for this window and then click the Forward button The Views window shown in Figure 4 12 may be displayed if the system requires a selection of the location of the network element within the physical hierarchy Note The Network Element object can be deployed and commissioned without the IOS Telnet or enable passwords being set However some of the attributes will have the value of ERROR because those values are retrieved using IOS commands Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M HM Deployment and Commissioning Process Figure 4 12 Deployment Wizard Views Property Description Physical Location in the Physical containment view where the new object will be deployed If the wizard was launched from a Site object in the Physical containment view this screen will not be displayed and the Physical parameter is set automatically If this wizard is launched from any other containment view this screen is displayed and you must specify the appropriate location in the Physical containment where the new object should be added You can use the Select button to specify the Physical containment Figure 4 13 Click the Forward button when completed Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 4 16 Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M Deployment and Commissioning Process W Figure 413 Physical Containment Selection Cb jer t Selecto
336. plication which is a component of Carrier Class Security and provides system administrators the opportunity to control which features of their system can be accessed by various levels of personnel This is important for security and efficient and effective network management Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 3 4 Chapter3 Getting Started Events Discovery Thresholds Using CiscoEMF W The Events icon provides access to the Event Browser application In Cisco EMF when a condition fault occurs on a managed object in the network the system is notified immediately This notification is shown as an event and can be viewed with the Event Browser One of the most important aspects of network service management is the ability to identify events on the system and to take action to resolve them quickly and efficiently For example there may be a power supply fault in a chassis which would require an engineer to be sent out to rectify the fault This fault is critical to the running of the network and would need prompt attention The Discovery icon provides access to the Cisco EMF Auto Discovery application which examines the network for IP and SNMP devices and creates a managed object for each new device discovered Auto Discovery can be opened from the Cisco EMF Launchpad window or from a pop up menu available on a selected object The Notify icon provides access to the Notification feature An important aspect of a mon
337. ployed in CEMF the objects are automatically added to the Network Physical and the appropriate Manager Views In this example the Network Element objects are called may and morar the Chassis objects are called may Chassis and morar Chassis and the Software objects are called may Software and morar Software Under the Network container the Network Element objects are labelled by their IP addresses and added to the group representing the subnet that they belong to 192 168 12 0 Under the Physical container the Network Element and Chassis objects are available Note The Software objects are available only under the Catalyst6000Manager Catalyst6500Manager and Cisco7600Manager containment views Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M W Managing a Catalyst 6000 Family Switch or a Cisco 7600 Series Internet Router Figure 4 1 Hierarchical Structure of Deployed and Commissioned Objects Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 44 Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M Deployment and Commissioning Process W Deployment and Commissioning Process There are three methods that can be used to enable CEMF to monitor a Catalyst 6000 family switch or a Cisco 7600 series Internet Router IP Auto Discovery This method should be used to deploy a large number of devices that are currently connected to the network This method automatically
338. pmet Pas lg me ereill EN kami oie F Faa General Area The General area contains the following information e Bandwidth Overwrites default bandwidth in kilobits per second D Note The Bandwidth attribute is an informational parameter used only to communicate the current bandwidth to the higher level protocols such as IGRP EIGRP and OSPF you cannot adjust the actual bandwidth of an interface with this command Delay Specifies the delay in tens of microseconds for an interface or network segment Note The Delay attribute is an informational parameter used only to communicate the current bandwidth to the higher level protocols such as IGRP and EIGRP you cannot adjust the actual delay of an interface with this command Input Queue Length Displays the input queue length in packets Output Queue Length Displays the output queue length in packets Link Up Down Trap Enables or disables linkUp and linkDown trap generation for the interface Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide ETa Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes H C6576M OSM POS Subinterface Dialog Box Layer 2 Area The Layer 2 area contains the following information e MTU tThe size of the largest datagram frame which can be sent or received on the interface specified in octets Layer 3 Area The Layer 3 area contains the following information IP Address Displays the IP address of the Layer 3 interface
339. policers defined globally on the device This tab not supported in Hybrid OS contains the following information attributes Named Policers table Lists by aggregate name the named aggregate policers defined globally on the device This table displays the following Aggregate Name Unique identifier of a named aggregate policer on the managed device Rate Maximum transmission rate in bits per second to enforce against policed traffic e Burst Normal burst size in bytes to enforce against policed traffic e Max Burst Maximum burst size in bytes to enforce against policed traffic A value of 0 indicates that a maximum burst size has not been specified amp Note The Max Burst feature is not supported in 12 1 8a E and earlier Conform Action Area The Conform Action area of the C6576M QoS dialog box describes the named aggregate policers defined globally on the device This tab contains the following information Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide H 612 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M QoS Dialog Box amp Conform Action Action to be taken when traffic conforms to QoS parameters This attribute has one of the following values Drop Drops packet Transmit Transmits packet Set DSCP Assigns DSCP value to packet before it is transmitted Set Precedence Assigns IP Precedence value to packet before it is transmitted A value of none 0 indicates no confor
340. privileges can use the Reset button Note Any changes to the running configuration will be saved automatically when the switch or router is reset using the Reset button Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 64 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M NE Config Mgmt Dialog Box Ti Figure 6 2 Confirmation Reset Window for a Network Element aa mav 7 9 Actions Area The Actions area of the C6576M Network Element dialog box provides the following information Commission button Commissions the object manually You can commission the object only if the object is in a decommissioned state Clicking this button forces a subchassis discovery to be executed and propagates the commissioned status to all subobjects Decommission button Decommissions the object manually and propagates the decommissioned status to all subobjects In the decommissioned state the properties of the object are not monitored As aresult data displayed in the configuration window is not guaranteed to be current Status Field The display only Status field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field has the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object attributes discovery CEMF is trying to determine the contents and configuration of the switch router normal Presence polling is performed periodically normallostcomms CEMEF has lost
341. process Direction Indicates whether the filter will be applied against routing updates received by the routing process or advertised by the routing process Interface Identifies a particular interface that the filter is applied to e Protocol Identifies a protocol source of network routes Source ID Identifies a specific routing process instance that redistributed routes are derived from Add button Specifies a filter for suppressing or allowing distribution of network routes through BGP Delete button Removes a filter for suppressing or allowing distribution of network routes through BGP Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 6 76 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M BGP DialogBox Mil Additional Notes Tab Figure 6 61 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M BGP dialog box Figure 6 61 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M BGP Dialog Box Notes Area The Notes area is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the object Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide EA Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M OSPF Dialog Box C6576M OSPF Dialog Box The C6576M OSPF dialog box provides information for all IOS Open Shortest Path First OSPF routing protocol processes This dialog box can be launched from the Software object or OSPF objects in the Physical view Details Tab Figure 6 62 shows the Details tab of the C6576M OSPF dialog
342. pter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M SLB Dialog Box Server Side VLAN Tab Figure 5 36 shows the Server Side VLAN tab of the C6576M SLB dialog Figure 5 36 Server Side VLAN Tab of the C6576M SLB Dialog Box Server Side VLAN Area The Server Side VLAN area of the C6576M SLB dialog box provides the following information Server VLAN Table Identifies the server VLANs used by the CSM These are the VLANs on the device to which servers will connect The following attributes are displayed for the selected server VLANs in the table IP Address IP address of the server VLAN Netmask Subnet mask of the server VLAN IP address Enabled bits indicate network addressing bits in the IP address Server VLAN Alias Table Describes the aliases of a server VLAN If the CSM is in a different subnet from the real servers aliases may be used to eliminate the need for a router Only used in server mode There may be multiple aliases associated with each server VLAN The following attributes are displayed in the table Server Side VLAN Unique identifier of a server VLAN on the device IP Address IP address of the server VLAN Netmask Subnet mask of the server VLAN alias IP address Enabled bits indicate network addressing bits in the IP address Server VLAN Static Route Table Describes the static routes of a server VLAN A static route is configured to reach a real server if it is more than one network hop
343. r Choose the Physical containment view and then click Apply button The Summary window shown in Figure 4 14 is displayed Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide m Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M MH Deployment and Commissioning Process Figure 414 Deployment Wizard Summary Reads to deploy 1 object using the teaelate Catalyst GO Meteors Element with I installed fodlon Maala Prett Finish amp continu Faraar ss Cancel Bate You can either cancel the operation by clicking Cancel or click Finish to create the object If you click the Finish button the Network Element and Software objects are added to the Map Viewer The resulting Map Viewer resembles Figure 4 4 After the Network Element and Software objects are created by the Deployment Wizard the type of switch and its contents need to be determined This determination is made by commissioning the Network Element object When the Network Element object is commissioned it executes a subchassis discovery process that communicates with the switch to automatically determine the contents of the switch To commission the Network Element object right click on the Network Element object and choose Open Network Element Dialog from the pop up menu which launches a window that resembles Figure 4 15 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 4 18 Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M Deployment and Commissioning Process W Figure 4 15 Networ
344. r example if a 48 port 10 100TX RJ 45 module is expected the module is predeployed in CEMF to prepare for that type of module However when the module becomes available and is placed into the chassis it is not a 48 port 10 100TX RJ 45 module but an 8 port Gigabit Ethernet module After the C65 76M detects the new module it finds a mismatch The module gets placed into the mismatched state and an alarm is raised against the module To correct a mismatch problem the source of the problem must be assessed If the operator was at fault and predeployed an incorrect module the operator should delete the predeployed module and deploy the correct module If the engineer is at fault and inserted the wrong type of module into the chassis then the module should be removed and replaced The mismatched state applies to the following objects Network element All modules Port Adapters e Channelized SONET subinterfaces For the Network Element object the mismatched state indicates that there is a major difference between the CEMF information and the actual Catalyst 6000 family switch or a Cisco 7600 series Internet Router This mismatch can be in the major switch series e g 6000 6500 or 7600 the specific model of the switch e g 6506 6509 or 6513 or the type of software installation on the switch Catalyst OS Hybrid OS or Native IOS Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 2 10 CHAPTER Getting Started This chapter d
345. r network performance is degraded Network functionality is noticeably impaired but most business operations continue Priority level 2 P2 Your production network is severely degraded affecting significant aspects of business operations No workaround is available Priority level 1 P1 Your production network is down and a critical impact to business operations will occur if service is not restored quickly No workaround is available The Cisco TAC resource that you choose is based on the priority of the problem and the conditions of service contracts when applicable Cisco TAC Web Site You can use the Cisco TAC Web Site to resolve P3 and P4 issues yourself saving both cost and time The site provides around the clock access to online tools knowledge bases and software To access the Cisco TAC Web Site go to this URL http www cisco com tac All customers partners and resellers who have a valid Cisco service contract have complete access to the technical support resources on the Cisco TAC Web Site The Cisco TAC Web Site requires a Cisco com login ID and password If you have a valid service contract but do not have a login ID or password go to this URL to register http www cisco com register If you are a Cisco com registered user and you cannot resolve your technical issues by using the Cisco TAC Web Site you can open a case online by using the TAC Case Open tool at this URL http www cisco com tac ca
346. re Dialog Box Backup Restore Configuration Area The Backup Restore Configuration area of the C6576M Software dialog box provides the following information TFTP Host The IP address or hostname of the TFTP server that the startup or running configurations were backed up to or restored from Note The TFTP Host field must be configured in order to back up and restore the configuration The TFTP Host must be accessible from the managed device and there must be sufficient disk space on the host to store the device s startup configuration e Backup Status Status of the last backup action This attribute read only hashas the following values Ok The backup completed successfully Failed The backup failed Not executed The backup operation was not executed Backup File The name of the file to which the startup configuration will be copied Note Ifthe TFTP server is not the CEMF server then the file specified by the Backup File field must already exist If it does not the backup action will fail If the TFTP server is the CEMF server the file will be automatically created e Backup button Backs up the current startup configuration to the TFTP server The backup filename is specified by the Backup File attribute e Scheduled Backup Schedules the backup operation It will launch the dialog box shown in Figure 6 21 Figure 6 21 Scheduled Backup Configuration Dialog Box Schedulelialog Pisasse en
347. rea is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the OSM Channelized SONET Interface Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide EA Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M OSM POS Interface Dialog Box C6576M OSM POS Interface Dialog Box This dialog box describes a physical and logical PoS interface on an OSM This dialog box can be launched from the OSM POS Module or Interface object within the Physical view You can select multiple OSM POS Interfaces OSMs and chassis at a time from the object list on the left side of the dialog box Status Tab Figure 5 71 shows the Status tab of the C6576M OSM POS Interface dialog box Figure 5 71 Status Tab of the C6576M OSM POS Interface Dialog Box Interface Status Area The Status area of the C6576M OSM POS Interface dialog box provides the following information to describe the general characteristics of the interface Description Comment or a description to help you remember what is attached to this interface The description is only put in the configuration to help you remember what specific interfaces are used for Index String index of the interface This attribute is read only Type Describes the physical interface type This attribute is read only The possible values of this attribute are Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 138 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes Status Field C6576M OSM POS Int
348. received octets including framing characters In Broadcast Pkts The total number of good packets received that were directed to the broadcast address Note that this does not include multicast packets In Multicast Pkts The total number of good packets received that were directed to a multicast address Note that this number does not include packets directed to the broadcast address In Unicast Packets The number of packets delivered by this sublayer to a higher sub layer which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer In Packets Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of input packets per second In Bits Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of input bits per second Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide E Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M Ethernet Interface Dialog Box Error Statistics Area Out Octets Total number of transmitted octets including framing characters Out Unicast Pkts The total number of packets that higher level protocols requested be transmitted and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer including those that were discarded or not sent Out Packets Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of output packets per second Out Bits Sec Five minute exponentially decayed moving average of output bits per second The Error Statistics area C6576M Ethe
349. rent operational state If the current state was entered before the last reinitialization of the local network management subsystem then this object contains a zero value This attribute is read only Connector Present Indicates whether or not a cable is connected to the interface If the ifAdminStatus is down then this value cannot be determined and an unknown message is given This attribute is read only This attribute has the following values yes Cable is connected to the interface no Cable is not connected to the interface unknown Cannot determine if a cable is connected to the interface Number of Resets Number of times the interface internally reset This attribute is read only The ATM SONET area of the C6576M OSM Channelized SONET Interface dialog box provides the following information SONET Section Status Status of the SONET Section This status may indicate multiple simultaneous defects This attribute is read only This can have one of the following values sonetSectionNoDefect No defect sonetSectionLOS Error condition Loss Of Signal sonetSectionLOF Error condition Loss Of Frame SONET Line Status Status of the SONET Line This status may indicate multiple simultaneous defects This attribute is read only This can have one of the following values sonetLineNoDefect No defect Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes HH
350. rformance Manager Refer to the Cisco Element Management Framework User Guide for more information about the Performance Manager Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes H C6576M OSM POS Subinterface Dialog Box POS Statistics Tab Figure 5 91 shows the POS Statistics tab of the C6576M OSM POS Subinterface dialog box Figure 5 91 POS Statistics Tab on the C6576M OSM POS Subinterface Dialog Box SONET Path Error Area The SONET Path Error area contains the following information SONET Path Status Status of the SONET Path This status may indicate multiple simultaneous defects These are possible path defects bitmask No defects 1 STS Path Loss of Pointer 2 STS Path Alarm Indication Signal 4 STS Path Remote Defect Indication 8 Unequipped 16 Signal Label Mismatch 32 SONET Path Width Width of the SONET path This is described by the STS Nc SPE A DS3 channel has a width of STS 1 55 84 Mbps Errored Secs Number of errored seconds encountered by the SONET Path in the current 15 minute interval Severely Err Secs Number of severely errored seconds encountered by the SONET Path in the current 15 minute interval Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide E Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSM POS Subinterface Dialog Box W Coding Violations Number of coding violations encountered by the SONET Path in th
351. rid OS only active standby error Hybrid OS only Model Model of the Switch Fabric Module This attribute has the following value WS X6500 SFM WS X6500 SFM2 Serial Number The serial number of the module Hardware Version The hardware version on the module Software Version The software version on the module Firmware Version The firmware version on the module The Temperature area of the C6576M Switch Fabric Module dialog box provides the following information Actions Area Module Outlet The outlet temperature in degrees Celsius of the module Module Inlet The inlet temperature in degrees Celsius of the module EARL Outlet The outlet temperature in degrees Celsius of the Distributed Forwarding daughter card EARL Inlet The inlet temperature in degrees Celsius of the Distributed Forwarding daughter card The Actions area of the C6576M Switch Fabric Module dialog box provides the following actions Commission This button is used to commission the object manually This can only be done if the object is in a decommissioned state Decommission This button is used to decommission the object manually In the decommissioned state the properties of the object are not monitored As a result data displayed in the configuration window is not guaranteed to be current The decommission action allows a Switch Fabric Module to be removed and replaced without generating alarms mi Cisco 6500 7600
352. rk type may be modified to accommodate different types of network configurations This attribute has one of the following values broadcast nbma pointToPoint pointToMultipoint Area ID The predefined ID uniquely identifying the area to which the interface connects It can be specified as either a decimal value or as an IP address Value is 0 0 0 0 if the interface is a Layer 2 no IP address assigned interface This attribute is read only Authentication Key Password to be used by neighboring OSPF routers on a network segment that is using OSPF simple password authentication Ignored if Authentication Type is not simple Hello Interval sec Frequency at which the device will send hello packets on the specified interface and EIGRP autonomous system number Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 160 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes EIGRP Area ISIS Area C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface Dialog Box Ti Trans Priority The priority of this interface Used in multiaccess networks this field is used in the designated router election algorithm The value 0 signifies that the router is not eligible to become the designated router on this particular network If more than one router has the same value for this field the routers use their router ID as a tie breaker Trans Dead sec Number of seconds that a device s hello packets must not have been seen before its neighbors declare
353. rms associated with them Netw ork Element Network Element Chassis Power Supplies All Modules Port Adapters Interfaces Software Object Logical Objects Table 8 3 describes the Network Element object state alarms Table 8 3 Network Element State Alarms C65 76M Alarms W State Message Description Severity Alarms Cleared discovery C6576M Network Element is inthe Informational discoverylostcomms discovery state normal mismatched discoverylostcomms C6576M Network Element is inthe Critical discovery discoverylostcomms state Network connectivity to switch has been lost during discovery mismatched C6576M Network Element is inthe Major discovery mismatched state IP address does not correspond to a Catalyst 6500 switch normal C6576M Network Element is in the Normal discovery normal state lostcomms lostcomms C6576M Network Element is inthe Critical normal lostcomms state Network connectivity to the switch has been lost Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter8 Alarms and Alarm Management MH C65 76M Alarms Chassis Table 8 4 describes the Chassis object state alarms Table 8 4 Chassis State Alarms State Description Severity Alarms Cleared discovery C6576M Chassis is in the discovery Informational normal state Chassis and subchassis discovery performance is being performed discoverylostcomms C6576M Chassis is in
354. rnet Interface dialog box provides the following information Collisions Number of collisions on this segment Giants Total number of packets received that were longer than 1518 octets excluding framing bits but including FCS octets and were otherwise well formed CRC Error Pkts Packets received that had a length excluding framing bits but including FCS octets of between 64 and 1518 octets inclusive but had either a bad Frame Check Sequence FCS with an integral number of octets FCS Error or a bad FCS with a nonintegral number of octets Alignment Error In Discarded Pkts Number of inbound packets that were chosen to be discarded even though no errors had been detected to prevent their being deliverable to a higher layer protocol One reason to discard such a packet is to free up buffer space In Dropped Pkts Number of events in which packets were dropped by the probe due to lack of resources This number is not necessarily the number of packets dropped but is the number of times this condition has been detected In Ignored Pkts Number of packets ignored In Aborted Pkts Number of packets aborted In Error Pkts Number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher layer protocol Runts Total number of packets received that were less than 64 octets long excluding framing bits but including FCS octets and were otherwise well formed Misaligned Pkts Alignm
355. rored seconds encountered by the SONET line in the current 15 minute interval Severely Err Secs Number of severely errored seconds encountered by the SONET line in the current 15 minute interval Coding Violations Number of coding violations encountered by the SONET line in the current 15 minute interval Unavailable Secs Number of unavailable seconds encountered by the SONET line in the current 15 minute interval Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 136 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M OSM Channelized SONET Interface Dialog Box W SONET Far End Line Error Statistics Area The SONET Far End Line Error Statistics area contains the following information Errored Secs Number of far end errored seconds encountered by the SONET line in the current 15 minute interval Severely Err Secs Number of severely far end errored seconds encountered by the SONET line in the current 15 minute interval Coding Violations Number of far end coding violations encountered by the SONET line in the current 15 minute interval Unavailable Secs Number of far end unavailable seconds encountered by the SONET line in the current 15 minute interval Additional Notes Tab Figure 5 70 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M OSM Channelized SONET Interface dialog box Figure 5 70 Additional Notes Tab of the C6576M OSM Channelized SONET Interface Dialog Box Notes Area The Notes a
356. rsion The hardware version on the module Software Version The software version on the module Firmware Version The firmware version on the module Performance Logging Area The Performance Logging area of the C6576M FlexWAN Module dialog box contains these buttons to enable and disable performance logging of the interface attributes of the port adapters if installed on the FlexWAN module Start Turns on performance data logging Stop tTurns off performance data logging Note The logged data is available to the user through the CEMF Performance Manager Refer to the Cisco Element Management Framework User Guide for more information about the Performance Manager Actions Area The Actions area of the C6576M FlexWAN Module dialog box provides the following actions Commission This button is used to commission the object manually This can only be done if the object is in a decommissioned state Decommission This button is used to decommission the object manually In the decommissioned state the properties of the object are not monitored As a result data displayed in the configuration window is not guaranteed to be current The decommission action allows a FlexWAN module to be removed and replaced without generating alarms MH Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M FlexWAN Module Dialog Box W Status Field The display only Status
357. s explain how to obtain documentation from Cisco Systems World Wide Web You can access the most current Cisco documentation on the World Wide Web at the following URL http www cisco com Translated documentation is available at the following URL http www cisco com public countries_languages shtml Documentation CD ROM Cisco documentation and additional literature are available in a Cisco Documentation CD ROM package which is shipped with your product The Documentation CD ROM is updated monthly and may be more current than printed documentation The CD ROM package is available as a single unit or through an annual subscription Ordering Documentation Cisco documentation is available in the following ways Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide xiv About this Guide Obtaining Documentation W Registered Cisco Direct Customers can order Cisco product documentation from the Networking Products MarketPlace http www cisco com cgi bin order order_root pl Registered Cisco com users can order the Documentation CD ROM through the online Subscription Store http www cisco com go subscription Nonregistered Cisco com users can order documentation through a local account representative by calling Cisco corporate headquarters California USA at 408 526 7208 or elsewhere in North America by calling 800 553 NETS 6387 Documentation Feedback If you are reading Cisco product documentation on Cis
358. s of the chassis and or network configurations warnings etc Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M Power Supply Dialog Box C6576M Power Supply Dialog Box This dialog box provides access to attributes relating to the power supplies This dialog box can be launched from a Chassis object or Power Supply objects within the Physical containment view You can select multiple Chassis and Power Supply objects at a time from the object list on the left side of the dialog box Details Tab Figure 5 5 shows the Details tab of the C6576M Power Supply dialog box Figure 5 5 Details Tab of the C6576M Power Supply Dialog Box Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 12 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Power Supply Dialog Box Mi Details Area The Details area of the C6576M Power Supply dialog box provides the following information Type Displays the type of power supply This field has one of the following values wscac1000 1000W AC power supply wscac1300 1300W AC power supply wscac2500w 2500W AC power supply wscac4000w 4000W AC power supply wscdcl1300 1300W DC power supply wscdc2500w 2500W DC power supply pwr950ac 950W AC power supply pwr950dc 950W DC power supply pwrl900ac 1900W AC power supply pwrl900dc 1900W DC power supply pwrl900ac6 1900 watt supply AC 6 slots Note The WS C6509 NE
359. s the following Input Policy Map Table Lists the QoS policy maps to apply to the interface Modify button Attaches an input QoS policy map to the interface Remove Policy button Detaches an input QoS policy map from the interface When you click the Remove Policy button a subdialog box is displayed prompting you to confirm the removal action Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 46 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Ethernet Interface Dialog Box Mi Figure 5 23 Select Policy Subdialog Box Ars SY 2 9 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide E Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M Ethernet Interface Dialog Box Additional Notes Tab Figure 5 24 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box Figure 5 24 Additional Notes Tab on the C6576M Ethernet Interface Dialog Box Notes Area The Notes tab is a text box that allows you to type in additional notes for the interface Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 48 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Switch Fabric Module Dialog Box Wi C6576M Switch Fabric Module Dialog Box Details Tab Details Area This dialog box provides information for the Switch Fabric Modules This dialog box can be launched from a Chassis object or Switch Fabric Module object within the Physical view You can select one chassis and more than one Switch Fabric Modu
360. s the lostcomms state Because the Software object cannot enter the lostcomms state independently of the Network Element mi Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter8 Alarms and Alarm Management Attribute Value Alarms Because the Catalyst 6000 family switches and the Cisco 7600 series Internet Router running IOS do not support SNMP traps for hardware component failures or changes the C65 76M software polls certain object attributes to determine hardware status If the polled value indicates a failure the C65 76M software raises an appropriate alarm The following objects have one or more attributes polled for status Chassis information Chassis Power Supply All Modules Port Adapters Software Table 8 10 describes the Chassis object attribute alarms Table 8 10 Chassis Attribute Alarms C65 76M Alarms W Attribute M essage Description Severity Alarms Cleared Core C6576M Chassis Core Temperature Normal Core Temperature Temperature Status is ok Core temperature is within Status error Status ok normal operation limits Core Temperature Status critical Core C6576M Chassis Core Temperature Major Core Temperature Temperature Status is error The core chassis Status critical Status error temperature is greater than the normal operating temperature range Core C6576M Chassis Core Temperature Critical Core Temperature Temperature Status is critical The
361. seopen If you have Internet access we recommend that you open P3 and P4 cases through the Cisco TAC Web Site Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide gy Aboutthis Guide HH Obtaining Technical Assistance Cisco TAC Escalation Center The Cisco TAC Escalation Center addresses priority level or priority level 2 issues These classifications are assigned when severe network degradation significantly impacts business operations When you contact the TAC Escalation Center with a Pl or P2 problem a Cisco TAC engineer automatically opens a case To obtain a directory of toll free Cisco TAC telephone numbers for your country go to this URL http www cisco com warp public 687 Directory DirTAC shtml Before calling please check with your network operations center to determine the level of Cisco support services to which your company is entitled for example SMARTnet SMARTnet Onsite or Network Supported Accounts NSA When you call the center please have available your service agreement number and your product serial number Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide xviii CHAPTER Product Overview This chapter consists of the following sections Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager Software Overview page 1 1 Catalyst 6000 Family Overview page 1 2 Cisco 7600 Series Overview page 1 4 e Supported Hardware page 1 6 e Supported Software page 1 10 The Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager C65 76M software manages
362. simultaneous defects This can have one of the following values sonetLineNoDefect No defect sonetLineAIS Line defect Alarm Indication Signal sonetLineRDI Line defect Remote Defect Indication SONET Path Status Status of the SONET Path This status may indicate multiple simultaneous defects This can have one of the following values sonetPathNoDefect No defect sonetPathSTSLOP STS Path Loss of Pointer sonetPathSTSAIS STS Path Alarm Indication Signal sonetPathSTSRDI STS Path Remote Defect Indication sonetPathUnequipped Unequipped sonetPathSignalLabelMismatch Signal Label Mismatch Performance Logging Area The Performance Logging area of the C6576M ATM T3 Interface dialog box contains buttons to enable data logging of all the interface attributes of the interface Start Turns on performance data logging Stop tTurns off performance data logging D Note The logged data is available to you through the CEMF Performance Manager Refer to the Cisco Element Management Framework User Guide for more information about the Performance Manager Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 103 Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M ATM SONET Interface Dialog Box Status Field The display only Status field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field has the following values decommissioned CEMF is not active
363. specific interface if not specified routing updates are suppressed on all interfaces For an outgoing filter suppresses routes from being advertised on a particular interface if not specified route advertisements are suppressed on all interfaces Nullo FastEthernet lt slot gt lt port gt Native IOS only GigabitEthernet lt slot gt lt port gt Native IOS only Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide gy Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M BGP Dialog Box GE WAN lt slot gt lt port gt POS lt slot gt lt port gt ATM lt slot gt lt subslot gt lt port gt Port channel lt n gt Native IOS only VLAN lt n gt Protocol Identifies the routing protocol source of network routes Source ID Identifies the routing process from which routes are being distributed This field may have the following values IS IS This is either an implicit null tag or the tag of a named IS IS routing process BGP This is a 16 bit autonomous system ID in the range of to 65535 EIGRP This is a 16 bit autonomous system ID in the range of 1 to 65535 OSPF This is a 16 bit OSPF process ID in the range of 1 to 65535 Edit Distribution Table Area This area allows changes to be made to the Distribution Table attributes described in the Distribution List Table Area section on page 6 75 e ACL ID Unique identifer of an ACL for filtering routing updates sent received by a routing
364. ssage has been truncated Timestamp The timestamp when the message was generated s Note An alarm will be generated for each entry in this table See Chapter 8 Alarms and Alarm Management Figure 6 25 Catalyst OS Tab of the C6576M Syslog Dialog Box t pai open ume ote eel i a5 ME vw 4 a tog Care OE SST TS F Voi Dy Fareed a Veta bam Hess cage feet Viren kara ETLE Jeg oe bei DE ER i rese iar gr em d tie Tema pam kimm fer Eee Ue langg ism of kr Li Siege Leelee Fam hih Ake Hi Lae mah er hemi hem Sires bnl aa ei er aal beril mih a s Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide a Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M Syslog Dialog Box Syslog Message Details Area The Syslog Message Details area of the C6576M Syslog dialog box provides the following information e Messages Not Recorded The number of syslog messages not recorded A message is not recorded if it has a severity value greater than the Max Syslog Severity attribute This attribute is read only Messages Not Processed The number of messages that were not processed due to a lack of system resources This attribute is read only Messages Deleted From Table The number of messages that were deleted from the table in order to make room for new messages The maximum number of messages kept in the table is dependent on the Max Table Entries attribute This attribute is read only Notifications
365. ssing typically hardware components lowerLayerDown The interface in the lower layer is down Administrative Status The desired state of the interface This attribute has one of the following values testing read only Indicates that no operational packets can be passed down Last Change The value in seconds of sysUpTime at the time the interface entered its current operational state If the current state was entered prior to the last reinitialization of the local network management subsystem then this object contains a zero value This attribute is read only Connector Present Indication if a cable is connected to the interface If the ifAdminStatus is down then this value cannot be determined and an unknown message is given This attribute is read only This attribute can have the following values yes Cable is connected to the interface no Cable is not connected to the interface unknown Cannot determine if a cable is connected to the interface Number of Resets Number of times the interface internally reset This attribute is read only Performance Logging Area The Performance Logging area of the C6576M ATM E3 Interface dialog box contains the buttons to enable data logging of all the interface attributes of the interface Start Turns on performance data logging Stop tTurns off performance data logging Note The logged data is available to the user through the CEMF
366. st be consistent among all routers on an attached network This attribute is read only Trans Delay sec Estimated number of seconds it takes to send a link state update packet this interface This attribute is read only Retrans Interval sec The number of seconds between link state advertisement retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to this interface This value also is used when retransmitting database description and link state request packets This attribute is read only The EIGRP area describes the EIGRP configuration of the interface on each active autonomous system This area contains the following information EIGRP Interface Table Lists the active EIGRP routing processes on the router Each routing process handles routing updates for a single autonomous system The routing process only is active if it is deployed on at least one network Hold Time sec Hold time during which the device will wait for a hello packet to be received on the specified interface and EIGRP autonomous system number The hold time should be at least three times the hello interval Bandwidth Utilization Percentage of bandwidth that may be used by EIGRP on the interface Values greater than 100 percent may be configured this can be useful if the bandwidth is set artificially low for other reasons Hello Interval sec Frequency at which the device will send hello packets on the specified interface and EIGRP autonomous system number
367. stEthernet or GigabitEthernet The interface may also be an Ethernet portchannel group or virtual LAN Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Bi 6 103 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M IS IS Dialog Box Redistribution Tab Figure 6 81 shows the Interfaces tab of the C6576M IS IS dialog box Figure 6 81 Redistribution Tab of C6576M IS IS Dialog Box Redistribution Table Area The Redistribution Table area of the C6576M IS IS dialog box describes the route redistribution configuration of an IS IS routing process Protocol Source routing protocol from which routes are learned and redistributed into the IS IS area Source ID This identifies the routing process BGP An autonomous system number which is a 16 bit decimal number EIGRP Same as BGP OSPF An appropriate OSPF process ID from which routes are to be redistributed This value takes the form of a non zero decimal number e Metric IS IS metric used for the redistributed route Edit Redistribution Table Area The Edit Redistribution Table area of the C6576M IS IS dialog box allows you to enable or disable route redistribution from another IP routing process into the IS IS area The following parameters must be given Protocol Source ID e Metric Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 104 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M IS IS Dialog Box Mil The Add and Remove buttons ena
368. stem The EIGRP parameters of the interface on an autonomous system may be explicitly configured even if EIGRP routing updates in the autonomous system are not currently carried on the interface Bandwidth Utilization The percentage of the interface bandwidth that the EIGRP protocol can use Hello Interval sec Frequency at which the device will send hello packets on the specified interface and EIGRP autonomous system number Hold Time sec Hold time during which the device will wait for a hello packet to be received on the specified interface and EIGRP autonomous system number The hold time should be at least three times the hello interval Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes ISIS Area C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface Dialog Box W The ISIS area of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box provides the following information amp ISIS Enabled Indicates whether or not IS IS routing is enabled on the interface This attribute is read only true ISIS routing is enabled false ISIS routing is disabled Area Tag The IS IS routing area in which the interface participates If multiarea IS IS is configured on the device the IS IS area must be named otherwise this value may be an implicit null tag This attribute is read only Level 1 Hello Interval Length of time between hello packets generated on the interface for level 1 routing Level 2 Hello Interval
369. switch and the Cisco 7600 series Internet Router Enter the 802 1Q VLAN and ISL VLAN numbers for which a mapping is to be added or removed Note The valid range for 802 1Q VLAN numbers is 1001 to 4095 The valid range of ISL VLAN numbers is 1 to 1000 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M VLAN Dialog Box Figure 6 37 Add Remove VLAN Mapping Subdialog Box 802 1Q VLAN Number The 802 1Q VLAN number to be mapped ISL VLAN Number The ISL VLAN to which the 802 1Q VLAN number is to be mapped Add Mapping button Adds mapping of 802 1Q and ISL VLANs specified by the 802 1Q VLAN Number and ISL VLAN Number fields Add Remove Mapping button Removes mapping of 802 1Q and ISL VLANs specified by the 802 1Q VLAN Number and ISL VLAN Number fields EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M VLAN DialogBox Hi STP Tab Figure 6 38 shows the VLAN STP tab of the C6576M VLAN dialog box Figure 6 38 VLAN STP Tab for the C6576M VLAN Dialog Box STP Area The STP area of the C6576M VLAN dialog provides the following information Spanning Tree Protocol Configures whether or not Spanning Tree Protocol is enabled for this virtual LAN This attribute has one of the following values enabled disabled notApplicable Primary Root Configures whether or not the switch is the root node
370. t an error message is displayed The message resembles the message shown in Figure 4 30 Commissioning Predeployed Objects A predeployed Network Element and subobjects are commissioned automatically when a coldStart SNMP trap that is issued from the switch or the router is received by the CEMF server amp Note For the automatic commissioning to work the switch or router must be configured to send SNMP traps and the CEMF server host must be in the trap client list The subchassis discovery task is executed during commissioning The discovery task does the following Verifies the predeployed objects Ifamismatch between the predeployed object and the discovered object exists then the predeployed object is placed in a Mismatched state For example if a Supervisor Engine 2 MSFC2 is predeployed but a Supervisor Engine 1A MSFC2 is discovered the Supervisor Module object will be placed in a Mismatched state If the wrong object was predeployed delete the object and recommission the Network Element If the wrong module was inserted in the switch or router insert the correct module and recommission the object e Checks for switch or router components that were not predeployed Any objects that are discovered will be created and commissioned automatically Automatically creates and commissions the remaining C65 76M objects These objects include the power supply and all of the logical objects If the coldStart trap is not rec
371. t one of the above e MSFC Card Displays the type of MSFC daughter card installed on the Supervisor module Not supported in Hybrid OS empty No card installed wsf6kmsfc MSFC installed wsf6kmsfc2 MSFC installed other Card is not one of the above ROM ID Displays the bootflash version information Version Area The Version area of the C6576M Supervisor Module dialog box provides the following information Hardware Displays the hardware version of the supervisor engine module Software Displays the software version of the supervisor engine module Firmware Displays the firmware version of the supervisor engine module System Flash Memory Inventory Area The System Flash Memory Inventory area lists the Flash memory information for the entire switch including redundant supervisor engines if available File System Name used to refer to a partition by the system Size Bytes Total size of Flash memory e Free Space Bytes Amount of free space available in the device File Count Number of files on the device Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 18 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Supervisor Module Dialog Box Ti Performance Tab Figure 5 9 shows the Performance tab of the C6576M Supervisor Module dialog box Figure 5 9 Performance Tab of the C6576M Supervisor Module Dialog Box MET BAs TBITE CPU Usage Area The CPU Usage area of
372. t priority of this interface Note This value is the same as the Per VLAN STP Port Priority in the Per VLAN STP Setting Area Cost Describes the STP VLAN path cost of this interface Add button Adds an explicit STP VLAN configuration to the interface Remove button Removes an explicit STP VLAN configuration to the interface Figure 5 18 Add Remove Per VLAN STP Setting Subdialog Box STP Status Area The STP Status area of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box provides the following information Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 40 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Ethernet Interface Dialog Box Ml STP VLAN Status Table Describes the status of the active STP VLAN port configurations of the interface No data is displayed if it is in the linkDown or STP misconfigured state Data is displayed in the following columns VLAN lIdentifies the VLAN STP instance that this status applies to This is the numeric identifier of the access mode VLAN or a VLAN that is carried on the trunk Port Unique port identifier for the interface in the STP instance This identifier is unique for that port across all devices in the STP management domain State Describes the interface state in the STP instance Port Cost Indicates the current calculated port path cost of the interface in the STP instance Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Ob
373. t the pop up menu item Deployment gt Deploy Manager from the appropriate container The following example describes how to manually predeploy a Catalyst 6500 series switch To manually predeploy other devices use the pop up menu from the other manager containers Choose Deployment gt Deploy Catalyst 6500 Manager from the pop up menu This pop up menu item shown in Figure 4 17 is available from the Site level in the Physical container and at the top level of the Catalyst 6500 Manager container Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M MH Deployment and Commissioning Process Figure 4 17 Manually Deploying a C65 76M Object When you choose the Deployment gt Deploy Catalyst 6500 Manager option the Deployment Wizard Templates window shown in Figure 4 18 is displayed Figure 4 18 Deployment Wizard Templates Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 4 22 Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M Deployment and Commissioning Process W Property Description Catalyst 6500 Switch This option deploys the Network Element and Network Element Only Software objects Used when you want to perform Auto discovered a subchassis discovery to populate the Network chassis Element object automatically Catalyst 6500 Switch This option deploys the Network Element Network Element and Chassis and Software objects Used when you Chassis want to perform predeployment operations
374. tThe port initiates a request to become a trunk and will become a trunk regardless of the response from the far end desirable The port initiates a request to become a trunk and will become a trunk if the far end agrees auto The port does not initiate a request to become a trunk but will do so if it receives a request to become a trunk from the far end Layer 3 Area The Layer 3 area of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box provides the following information IP Address Displays the IP address of the layer 3 interface e Netmask Subnet mask of the interface IP address Enabled bits indicate the network addressing bits in the IP address e Clear IP Address button After receiving confirmation will unset the IP address for this interface Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 32 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Ethernet Interface Dialog Box Ml Performance Tab Figure 5 15 shows the Performance tab of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box Figure 5 15 Performance Tab on the C6576M Ethemet Interface Dialog Box mi Packets Octets Statistics Area The Packets Octets Statistics area C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box provides the following information Bandwidth Util Percentage of bandwidth utilization of the interface Note This value will be disabled if the Chassis object is not in the normal or performance state In Octets Total number of
375. ta is exported for each installed module in the chassis Slot Number Model Number of Ports Hardware Version Firmware Version Software Version Serial Number The inventory attributes are written in sections Each section contains the attributes applicable to a particular class of object in the Cisco6500Manager containment hierarchy Each section is preceded by the name of the object of that class in the Cisco6500Manager view hierarchy If the object has not been deployed in the network model a default name is used instead The object name is delimited by the and characters Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 58 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Chassis Dialog Box Ti The default section names are in this order chassis power supply 1 power supply 2 slot 1 slot2 slot3 slot4 The chassis and power supply sections are always printed Each slot section is only printed if there is an installed module in that slot The slot sections are always printed in order After each section name the next line contains a comma delimited list of attributes for that object class The line of attributes is terminated by the end of line character Each field is printed regardless of whether it is empty or not If an attribute in the list has no value a nil tab is written in its place The following is an example of the output 192 168 12 101 Chassis WS C650
376. taneously by reference Objects can be in one or more containment views Figure 2 2 shows the default network containment view and default physical containment view in the Map Viewer application Figure 2 2 Default Network Containment View a E E When installed the C65 76M does not modify the visible containment views and all managed objects will appear in the Physical tree Note that previous versions of the EMS added three other containment views Catalyst6000Manager Catalyst6500Manager and Cisco7600Manager if these views are present the version 2 0 release of the Manager application is still installed See the Cisco 6500 7600 Manager Installation Guide for instruction on removing the previous version of the Manager Netw ork View The network view is a standard feature in CEMF This view is used by the CEMF Auto Discovery feature to determine which devices have already been added to the system so that Auto Discovery does not try to discover the same device multiple times This view displays all IP devices under their parent network that is it groups monitored objects in a network layout This view provides a logical view of the network structure For example devices on the same subnet would be grouped together Refer to the Cisco Element Management Framework User Guide for more information Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter2 Basic Concepts HH C65 76M Object States Physical View The physical vie
377. tarted Deploying C65 76M Objects To manage a Catalyst 6000 family switch or Cisco 7600 series Internet Router using Cisco EMF a C65 76M object must be deployed within Cisco EMF and commissioned This section describes how to manually deploy the Network Element object in Cisco EMF For a detailed description on other deployment options refer to Chapter 4 Deploying the C65 76M Deploying C65 76M Objects Hi To manually deploy a Catalyst 6500 Network Element object follow these steps Step 1 Step 2 Launch the Cisco EMF Map Viewer application from the Cisco EMF Launchpad window Choose Deployment QuickStart Deploy Catalyst 6500 Manager from the pop up menu This pop up menu item is available from the Physical containment tree root or another container object within that tree Step 3 Figure 3 3 Object Parameters Enter the details for the switch and click the Forward button see following figure Deployment Wizard Object Parameters Ghjert Premiere Catalyst Got Suitch Haa Supervioor IP Address TF Vi Read Cre unityi TEP V Wit bannit AHP Wc Reed Commu hays SAP Woe Hite Community TEF Valon Caii errome Cagar 10S Picard Forward gt Cat hSO0 Mitieeheed ig ul 12 publ bc privatey publ bel private mepe OL Fish ENO Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter 3 Getting Started HH Deploying C65 76M Objects Table 3 2 Object Parameter Definitions
378. ter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M SLB Dialog Box Client Side VLAN Tab Figure 5 35 shows the Client Side VLAN tab of the C6576M SLB module dialog box Figure 5 35 Client Side VLAN Tab of the C6576M SLB Module Dialog Box Client Side VLAN Area The Client Side VLAN area of the C6576M SLB dialog box provides the following information Client VLAN Table lIdentifies the client VLANs used by the CSM These are the VLANs on the device to which clients will connect The following attributes are displayed for the selected client VLANs in the table IP Address IP address of the client VLAN Netmask Subnet mask of the client VLAN IP address Enabled bits indicate network addressing bits in the IP address Client VLAN Gateway Table Describes the default gateways associated with the client VLANs There may be multiple gateways associated with each client VLAN The following columns are displayed in this table Client Side VLAN Unique identifier of a client VLAN on the device Gateway Default gateway of a client VLAN A router to the client VLAN must have this gateway address configured and real servers must point their gateways to this address Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 68 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M SLB Dialog Box Mi Client VLAN Config Area The Client VLAN Config area of the C6576M SLB dialog box allows the user to add client side VLANs The f
379. terface Dialog Box Status Tab 5 128 Configuration Tab 5 131 Performance Tab 5 135 Additional Notes Tab 5 137 C6576M OSM POS Interface Dialog Box 5 138 Status Tab 5 138 Configuration Tab 5 140 ATM SONET Tab 5 141 Performance Tab 5 143 5 128 mi Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Routing Protocol Tab 5 145 Additional Notes Tab 5 147 C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface Dialog Box Status Tab 5 149 Interface Configuration Tab 5 151 DS 3 Configuration Tab 5 152 Performance Tab 5 156 DS 3 Statistics Tab 5 158 Routing Protocol Tab 5 160 Additional Notes Tab 5 162 C6576M OSM POS Subinterface Dialog Box Status Tab 5 163 Interface Configuration Tab POS Tab 5 167 Performance Tab POS Statistics Tab Routing Protocol Tab Additional Notes Tab 5 149 5 163 5 165 5 169 5 172 5 173 5 176 Logical Object Dialog Boxes 6 1 C6576M NE Config M gmt Dialog Box Configuration Tab 6 3 System Information Tab SNMP Tab 6 7 SNMPTrapTab 6 8 Additional Notes Tab 6 12 C6576M Software Dialog Box IOS Image Tab 6 13 Cat OS Image Tab 6 16 IOS Config File Tab 6 18 Cat OS Config File Tab 6 23 Additional Notes Tab 6 28 C6576M Syslog Dialog Box 6 29 IOS Tab 6 29 Catalyst OS Tab 6 31 Additional Notes Tab C6576M VTP Dialog Box Details Tab 6 34 Additional Notes Tab CHAPTER 6 6 3 6 6 6 13 6 33 6 34 6 36 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Contents W E Contents C6576M VLAN Dialog Box 6 37 Status Tab 6 3
380. tes that the sensor is not operational N A lIndicates that the sensor value is not available Status Field The Status display only field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field can have the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object attributes discovery CEMF is trying to determine the contents and configuration of the Chassis object normal Presence polling of the object performance Attributes are collected periodically for trending purposes normallostcomms CEMF lost communication with the device from the normal state perflostcomms CEMF lost communication with the device from the performance state discoverylostcomms CEMF lost communication with the device during discovery Note To collect some of the statistics in the Performance tab the running configuration of the switch is modified to add the following command to each interface rmon collection stats lt n gt owner monitor Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M Chassis Dialog Box Inventory Tab Figure 5 2 shows the Inventory tab of the C6576M Chassis dialog box Figure 5 2 Inventory Tab of the C6576M Chassis Dialog Box TET Chassis Inventory Area The Chassis Inventory area of the C6576M Chassis dialog box provides the following information Type Displays the type o
381. th the correct IP address or type The Network Element is placed in the Lostcomms state if the SNMP read community string specified in during the deployment wizard is incorrect If this occurs open the Network Element dialog box decommission the Network Element object go to the SNMP tab Figure 4 6 and enter the correct SNMP read community and then recommission the Network Element object Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 4 20 Chapter 4 Deploying the C65 76M Deployment and Commissioning Process W Predeployment This deployment option is used to deploy the Catalyst 6000 family switch or Cisco 7600 series Internet Router into CEMF before it has been attached to the network After an object has been predeployed CEMF keeps the object in a decommissioned state until the device corresponding to the object is added to the network After the switch is brought on line the predeployed object will be commissioned automatically The following objects can be predeployed Network Element Software and Chassis e Supervisor Modules Ethernet Modules Switch Fabric Modules Flex WAN Modules Port Adapter Content Switching Module EtherChannel Modules The remaining C65 76M objects are automatically discovered when the Network Element object is commissioned Netw ork Element Software and Chassis Object Predeployment To manually predeploy the Network Element Software and Chassis C65 76M objects selec
382. the C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface Dialog Box Status Area The Status area of the C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface dialog box provides the following information to describe the general characteristics of the interface Description Comment or a description to help you remember what is attached to this interface The description is only put in the configuration to help you remember what specific interfaces are used for Index String index of the interface This attribute is read only Type Describes the physical interface type This attribute is read only Operational Status The current operational state of the interface This attribute is read only This attribute has one of the following values Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide E Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M OSM GE WAN Interface Dialog Box Status Field other ok minorFault majorFault Administrative Status The desired state of the interface This attribute has one of the following values testing read only Indicates that no operational packets can be passed down Last Change The value in seconds of sysUpTime at the time the interface entered its current operational state If the current state was entered before the last reinitialization of the local network management subsystem then this object contains a zero value This attribute is read only Connector Present Indication if a cable is connected t
383. the OSPF router down Must be consistent among all routers on an attached network Trans Delay sec The estimated number of seconds it takes to transmit a link state update packet over this interface Retrans Interval sec The number of seconds between link state advertisement retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to this interface This value is also used when retransmitting database description and link state request packets The EIGRP Area of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box provides the following information EIGRP Interface Table Describes the EIGRP configuration of the interface on each active autonomous system The EIGRP parameters of the interface on an autonomous system may be explicitly configured even if EIGRP routing updates in the autonomous system are not currently carried on the interface Bandwidth Utilization The percentage of the interface bandwidth that the EIGRP protocol can use Hello Interval sec Frequency at which the device will send hello packets on the specified interface and EIGRP autonomous system number Hold Time sec Hold time during which the device will wait for a hello packet to be received on the specified interface and EIGRP autonomous system number The hold time should be at least three times the hello interval The ISIS area of the C6576M Ethernet Interface dialog box provides the following information ISIS Enabled Indicates whether or not IS IS routing is enabl
384. the action required to notify CEMF to start actively monitoring the object Only the following C65 76M objects can be commissioned and decommissioned by the user Network Element Supervisor Module Ethernet Module Switch Fabric Module Flex WAN Module Content Switching Module Port Adapter OSM Module When applied to these objects the commissioning process is propagated down to all the object s children For example if the Network Element object is commissioned all the C65 76M objects are also commissioned If only a Supervisor Module object is commissioned then its Ethernet Interface objects are also commissioned When the Network Element object is commissioned a subchassis discovery is started to determine the contents of the switch If objects on the switch are discovered that do not currently exist in CEMF then these objects are automatically created and populated For example an Ethernet module would be automatically populated with the appropriate number of interfaces when it is discovered If the object already exists in CEMF then a type match is made against the CEMF object and the one found during discovery If a mismatch is found the object is placed into the Mismatched state and an error is generated If there is no mismatch then the object is commissioned successfully and CEMF begins to monitor it Figure 4 1 shows the CEMF Map Viewer application with the C65 76M software installed When an object is de
385. the redistributed route If no value is specified for Default Metric in the General tab this value defaults to 0 Subnets Indicates whether or not subnets will be considered for redistribution into OSPF This column has the value of either true or false Default Metric Default OSPF metric used for redistributed routes This metric is used when an explicit metric is not given in the Metric entry of the Redistribution tab A value of 0 indicates that no default metric has been specified Edit Redistribution Table Area This area allows changes to be made to the attributes in the Redistribution Table These attributes are discussed in detail in the Redistribution Table Area section on page 6 88 Protocol Source routing protocol from which routes are being distributed into OSPF AS Tag The autonomous system tag identifying the BGP routing domain IS IS Routing Level Indicates IS IS route level redistribution Metric OSPF metric used to weigh the redistributed route Subnets Indicates whether or not subnets will be considered for redistribution into OSPF Add button Enables route redistribution from another IP routing process into the OSPF routing domain Routes may be learned from an IS IS EIGRP or BGP routing process Delete button Disables route redistribution from another IP routing process into the BGP routing domain Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide Chapter6 Logical Object Dial
386. the second power supply The possible types of power supplies are wscac1000 1000W AC power supply wscac1300 1300W AC power supply wscac2500w 2500W AC power supply wscac4000w 4000W AC power supply wscdcl300 1300W DC power supply wscdc2500w 2500W DC power supply pwr950ac 950W AC power supply pwr950dc 950W DC power supply e pwrl900ac 1900W AC power supply e pwrl900dc 1900W DC power supply e pwrl900ac6 1900 watt supply AC 6 slots Module Inventory Area The Module Inventory area of the C6576M Chassis dialog box provides a list of occupied slots including the following information Slot Number Serial Number Model number Number of ports e Hardware version Firmware version Software version Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M Chassis Dialog Box Export Inventory Area The Export Inventory area can be used to export the information on this tab to a CSV file on the CEMF server host Export to file Enter the name of the file to which inventory is to be exported on the CEMF server host If the file already exists it will be overwritten Export Button Exports the inventory list to a comma separated file The following data is exported from the Chassis object Type Backplane Type Number of Slots Used Slots Serial Number Power Supply 1 Type Power Supply 2 Type The following da
387. ting them from being delivered to a higher layer protocol Out Error Pkts Number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors Performance Logging Area The Performance Logging area of the C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface dialog box contains these buttons to enable data logging of all the interface attributes of the interface Start Turns on performance data logging Stop tTurns off performance data logging amp Note The logged data is available to you through the CEMF Performance Manager Refer to the Cisco Element Management Framework User Guide for more information about the Performance Manager Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide ES Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface Dialog Box DS 3 Statistics Tab Figure 5 82 shows the DS 3 Statistics tab of the C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface dialog box Figure 5 82 DS 3 Statistics Tab on the C6576M OSM Serial Subinterface Dialog Box re OAAR af Fj DS 3 Error Area The DS 3 Error area contains the following information C bit Errored Secs C bit errored seconds C bit Severely Err Secs C bit severely errored seconds C bit Coding Violations C bit coding violations P bit Errored Secs P bit errored seconds P bit Severely Err Secs P bit severely errored seconds P bit Coding Violations P bit coding violations Line Errored Secs
388. tions you want to ignore Source Operand Comparison operator for source TCP or UDP ports The range operator requires two source ports all others require a single port This is an optional argument that is only applicable when creating extended ACL filters against TCP or UDP traffic The following values are available none lessThan equal greaterThan notEqual range Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M ACL Configuration Dialog Box Source Port The decimal number or name of a source TCP or UDP port TCP port names can only be used when filtering TCP UDP port names can only be used when filtering UDP Destination IP Number of the network or host to which the packet is being sent Destination Mask Bitmask used in combination with Destination IP to specify a host address or a range of addresses to apply filter Destination Operand Comparison operator for destination TCP or UDP ports Destination Port The decimal number or name of a destination TCP or UDP port Remark Comment that describes the access list entry up to 100 characters long Add Filter button Appends a permit or deny filter to an ACL Status Field The Status display only field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field has the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object
389. to exit the Event Browser dialog Refer to the Cisco Element Management Framework User Guide for further information on Event Browser C65 76M Alarms The C65 76M generates three types of alarms SNMP Trap Alarms CEMEF alarms based on SNMP traps emitted by the Catalyst 6000 family switch or Cisco 7600 series Internet Router running IOS Object State Alarms CEMEF alarms based on the state of the C65 76M objects Attribute Value Alarms CEMEF alarms based on values of C65 76M object attributes Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide BEDE Chapter8 Alarms and Alarm Management MH C65 76M Alarms SNMP Trap Alarms Table 8 2 lists the SNMP traps supported by a Catalyst 6000 family switch or a Cisco 7600 series Internet Router and the corresponding CEMF alarm Table 8 2 CEMF Alarms Generated by SNMP Traps Alarms Trap Varbind Message Alarm Severity Object Cleared coldStart C6576M 0132_0 Cold Start Major Network Agent reinitializing Element configuration may have changed warmStart C6576M 0132_0 Warm Start Major Network Agent reinitializing Element configuration may have changed authenticationFailure C6576M 0133_0 Authentication Minor Network None Failure Unauthorized SNMP Element access ciscoFlashCopyComplet N A N A N A N A ionTrap ciscoFlashMiscOpComp N A N A N A N A letionTrap clogMessageGenerated C6576M 0137_0 asserted Critical Syslog None clogHistSeverity lt c
390. tore will start Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 6 14 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M Software Dialog Box Hi Figure 6 9 Scheduled Backup Restore IOS Image Dialog Box Scheculs Dialing Phase ember tha dale and bie bo perionn action Hour Minute Crate Co TJ fw ra Note An alarm is generated if the Backup Status and Restore Status attributes are set to Failed See Chapter 8 Alarms and Alarm Management Status Field The Status display only field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field has the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object attributes e discovery CEMF is trying to determine the contents and configuration of the Chassis object normal Presence polling of the object normallostcomms CEMEF has lost communication with the device from the normal state discoverylostcomms CEMF lost communication with the device during discovery Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide EH 615 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M Software Dialog Box Cat OS Image Tab Figure 6 10 shows the Cat OS Image tab of the C6576M Software dialog box Figure 6 10 Cat OS Image Tab of the C6576M Software Dialog Box ia Ey 4 her BE ge CH NN ap eg Fae a a a Fe die boisi aminan ti Sanne ie oS ee apt Fleer tae foes ae ere ieee dng teres isis
391. tton After receiving confirmation will unset the IP address for this interface Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M ATM E3 Interface Dialog Box ATM E3 Tab Figure 5 48 shows the ATM E3 tab of the C6576M ATM E3 Interface dialog box Figure 5 48 ATM E3 Tab of the C6576M ATM E3 Interface Dialog Box ATM Area The ATM area contains the following information NSAP Address Unique identifier of node in ATM network This address is required if not implemented by ATM CM End Station ID End station ID of node in ATM network The NSAP address prefix is provided by the switch to the router through ILMI There must be a PVC configured for ILMI communication with the switch This address is required if not implemented by ATM CM Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 5 94 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M ATM E3 Interface Dialog Box W E3 Area The E3 area contains the following information Clock Source Source of the transmit clock loopTiming Indicates that the recovered receive clock is used as the transmit clock localTiming Indicates that a local clock source is used or that an external clock is attached to the box containing the interface E3 Framing Describes E3 framing The following values are possible g832adm g75ladm g2751plep E3 Scrambling Indicates whether or not E3 scrambling is enabled on the
392. tus is Operational sratus majorFault unknown Operational C6576M Power Supply Operational Major Operational Status Status Status is minorFault other minorFault There is a minor fault with the power Operational Status majorFault supply Operational C6576M Power Supply Operational Critical Operational Status Status Status is majorFault other majorFault Operational Status There is a major fault with the power minorFault supply Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 8 14 Chapter8 Alarms and Alarm Management C65 76M Alarms W M odules Port Adapters The following table describes the Module object attribute alarms Table 8 12 Module Attribute Alarms Operational C6576M Module Operational Status is Normal Operational Status Status ok ok other Operational Status minorFault Operational Status majorFault Operational C6576M Module Operational Status is Minor Operational Status Status other other minorFault Operational Status majorFault Operational C6576M Module Operational Status is Major Operational Status Status minorFault other minorFault Operational Status majorFault Operational C6576M Module Operational Status is Critical Operational Status Status majorFault other majorFault Operational Status minorFault Serial Number C6576M rModule Serial Number has Critical None changed The Module has been replace
393. u can optionally provide a diameter and hello time to override the calculated value If no diameter or hello time are provided the switch will use the default hello time of 2 seconds Priority S panning tree bridge priority If there is no spanning tree instance for the VLAN the value is nil Forward Delay Forward delay timer for STP state transitions Determines how long each of the listening and learning states will last before the interface begins forwarding If there is no spanning tree instance for the VLAN the value is nil If no diameter is specified the switch will use the default delay of 15 seconds Max Age Describes the amount of time that STP protocol information received by a switch is stored before it expires If there is no spanning tree instance for the VLAN the value is nil If no diameter is specified the switch will use the default duration of 20 seconds Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 6 46 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M VLAN DialogBox Wi QoS Tab Figure 6 39 shows the QoS tab of the C6576M VLAN dialog box Figure 6 39 QoS Tab of the VLAN Dialog Box 1 fe he Gees Bree fie Sie taf BBY vw 4 Dafar WES DEME eee Gee Pe pe er is ee HR rat eet rr Soke w Pi iiin Pal dn biad Iei pr Gora Poe Headly Fi or ener Haie ae O Pas Bmg Faken FAH Harms Ga Tiaia 1 Ciel Cal Nr I Wiii viaii siah LEH i hiii YLAN E viaH 4 Wah TI Ried BAME
394. u entry Physical Container All dialogs under the Cisco 6500 7600 site bay Series Manager menu entry shelf etc Network NE Config Mgmt Dialog Element All logical object dialogs Software Software Dialog Syslog Dialog VTP Dialog VLAN Dialog EtherChannel Dialog BGP Dialog OSPF Dialog EIGRP Dialog EtherChannel EtherChannel Dialog Syslog Syslog Dialog EIGRP EIGRP Dialog BGP BGP Dialog OSPF OSPF Dialog VTP VTP Dialog VLAN VLAN Dialog STP STP Dialog ISIS IS IS Dialog ACL ACL Dialog NDE NDE Dialog Loopback Loopback Dialog QoS QoS Dialog QoS Policy Map Dialog EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M NE Config Mgmt Dialog Box W C6576M NE Config M gmt Dialog Box The C6576M NE Config Mgmt dialog box provides monitoring and management information for properties related to the Catalyst 6000 family switch or Cisco 7600 series Internet Router These properties include the Telnet and Enable passwords global performance logging and SNMP properties for the entire switch This dialog box can be launched from a Network Element object within the Network or Physical views The Network Element object list left hand side of the dialog box allows multiple objects to be selected so that configuration changes can be applied to multiple Network Element objects at the same time Configuration Tab Figure 6 1 shows the Configuration tab of the C6576M Network Element dial
395. ule in degrees Celsius Each sensor can have the following values lt n gt C Temperature in degrees Celsius N O Indicates that the sensor is not operational N A lIndicates that the sensor value is not available Inventory Area The Inventory area of the C6576M SLB dialog box provides the following information All the attributes in this area are read only e Model Model of the Content Switching Module This attribute has the following value WS X6066 SLB APC e Type tThe type of module Number of Ports The number of internal ports in the module Serial Number The serial number of the module e Hardware Version The hardware version on the module Software Version The software version on the module Firmware Version The firmware version on the module SLB Setting Area The Inventory area of the C6576M SLB dialog box provides the following information e Forwarding Mode The current SLB operating mode This attribute has one of the following values This is a read only attribute csm 1 rp 2 Configured Mode The current configured SLB mode This attribute has one of the following values csm 1 rp 2 Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 5 66 Chapter5 Physical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M SLB DialogBox Ml The configured SLB mode does not take effect until the Content Switching Module is reloaded The reload is performed manually by executing the IOS co
396. vlanTrunkPortDynamic N A N A N A N A StatChange Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter8 Alarms and Alarm Management HH C65 76M Alarms Table 82 CEMF Alarms Generated by SNMP Traps continued Alarms Trap Varbind Message Alarm Severity Object Cleared vtp VersionOneDevice N A N A N A N A Detected risingAlarm N A N A N A N A fallingAlarm All other traps C6576M 0134_0 Unknown trap Informational Network None received from switch Check the Element controller log file for details The following SNMP traps do not generate CEMF alarms ciscoFlashCopyCompletionTrap ciscoFlashMiscOpCompletionTrap ciscoConfigManEvent tcpConnectionClose stpxInconsistency Update moduleUp moduleDown chassisAlarmOn chassisAlarmOff vlanTrunkPortDynamicStatusChange vtpVersionOneDeviceDetected risingAlarm failingAlarm If these traps are received by the C65 76M software they are ignored Several C65 76M alarms are generated based on the clogMessageGenerated SNMP trap This trap is generated by the CISCO S YSLOG MIB whenever a syslog message is recorded into the message table The severity of the CEMF alarm is based on the clogHistSeverity varbind value in the trap If a coldStart trap is received by the C65 76M software whose IP address corresponds to the IP address of a Network Element object that is currently in the decommissioned state then that object is automatic
397. w is a standard feature in CEMF Objects in the physical view are ordered according to their relative geographical or physical location The relationships defined in this view are physical containment relationships For example monitored objects physically located in the same room or location may be grouped together under the same site Refer to the Cisco Element Management Framework User Guide for more information C65 76M Object States All C65 76M objects have states associated with them Each state corresponds to a specific task that is performed in that state For example in the performance state attributes are being polled at a predefined rate State changes can be triggered by actions or selected SNMP traps from the device The state of an object can change frequently depending upon what actions are being performed on the object All objects in CEMF have a state assigned to them which appears at the bottom left corner of each dialog box for a selected object The following are the two most common object states Normal Decommissioned Some states are inherited by an object s children For example if a chassis is decommissioned all subchassis objects are also decommissioned If performance logging is enabled on a module performance logging is enabled on all ports of that module Decommissioned State The decommissioned state indicates that an object is not being managed When an object is initially deployed it is normally place
398. was reported Management Domain Indicates from which Management domain the event was reported Event Description Provides a brief description of the reported event Event State Indicates whether the event is active or cleared When the event has been cleared the Clearing Method User Responsible for Clearing and Clearing Time and Date sections become active Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 84 Chapter8 Alarms and Alarm Management C65 76M Alarms W Clearing Details Area The Clearing Details area of the Full Event Description dialog box displays the following information Clearing Method Indicates when the event was cleared by the network or by a user e User Responsible for Clearing Displays the user name responsible for clearing the event Clearing Time and Date Indicates the time and date the event was cleared e Clearing Reason Displays the information that was entered in the Events Clearing dialog which is completed when the Clear button is selected Clearing Details Area The Acknowledgement Details area of the Full Event Description dialog box displays the following information e Acknowledgement User Displays the name of the user that acknowledged the alarm Acknowledgement Time and Date Displays the time and date that the alarm was acknowledged Acknowledgement Comment Displays acknowledgement comments Click Close to exit the Full Event Description dialog Click Close
399. which the interface participates If multiarea IS IS is configured on the device the IS IS area must be named otherwise this value may be an implicit null tag Level 1 Hello Interval Length of time between hello packets generated on the interface for level 1 routing Level 2 Hello Interval Length of time between hello packets generated on the interface for level 2 routing Level 1 Metric Cost of the interface for IS IS level 1 intra area route calculation Level 2 Metric Cost of the interface for IS IS level 2 inter area route calculation Level 1 Priority Determines which router on a LAN will be the designated router or designated intermediate system DIS Level 2 Priority Determines which router on a LAN will be the designated router or DIS Enable button Enables IS IS routing on the interface Note amp To enable IS IS on an interface the user must specify an IS IS routing process that is already deployed on the device If the process does not exist the action will fail Disable button Disables IS IS routing on the interface Note By default all interfaces are configured as IS IS Circuit type Level 1 2 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter5 Physical ObjectDialog Boxes HH C6576M OSM POS Subinterface Dialog Box Additional Notes Tab Figure 5 93 shows the Additional Notes tab of the C6576M OSM POS Subinterface dialog box Figure 5 93 Additional Notes Tab of
400. will be copied Note Ifthe TFTP server is not the CEMF server then the file specified by the Backup File field must already exist If it does not the backup action will fail If the TFTP server is the CEMF server the file will be automatically created Backup button Backs up the current startup configuration to the TFTP server The backup filename is specified by the Backup File attribute Restore Status Status of the last restore action This attribute read only has the following values Ok The restore operation completed successfully Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide jg Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M Software Dialog Box Failed tThe restore operation failed Not executed The restore operation was not executed Restore File The name of the configuration file that will be restored Restore button Restores the file specified in the Restore File attribute from the TFTP Host to the startup configuration e Scheduled Restore Schedules the restore operation It will launch the dialog box shown in Figure 6 16 amp Note The switch or router needs to be reset for the new configuration to take effect Figure 6 16 Scheduled Restore Configuration Dialog Box ScheduleDialog Pigace enber he dale and timg bo perky Bier Cale Hour W nyje oman 14 a2 w The Scheduled Restore Configuration dialog box provides the following information Date
401. with no match entries An empty class map cannot be applied to an Ethernet interface however you may modify it Aggregate Policer e Aggregate Enabled Indicates whether or not an explicit policer is defined for the policy map class This enables QoS policing against Layer 3 switched traffic flows Named Aggregate Unique string identifier of an aggregate policer on the device This value is nil if an explicit aggregate policer is defined within this policy map class This is supported in Native IOS only Rate Maximum transmission rate in bits per second to enforce against policed traffic This value is mandatory when defining an explicit policer A value of 0 is returned on read if an explicit policer is not defined for the policy map class Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 6 130 Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes C6576M QoS Policy Map Dialog Box Ml e Burst Normal burst size in bytes to enforce against policed traffic This value is mandatory when defining an explicit policer A value of 0 is returned on read if an explicit policer is not defined for the policy map class Microflow Policer This is supported only in Native IOS e Microflow Enabled Indicates whether or not a Microflow policer is defined for the policy map class This enables QoS policing against Layer 3 switched traffic flows This attribute may have one of the following values true false e Rate Maximum transmissi
402. y clicking the following buttons Cisco 6500 7600 Series M anager User Guide 6 107 _ Chapter6 Logical Object Dialog Boxes HH C6576M NDE Configuration Dialog Box PFC Modify button Modifies the source address used in the NDE packets containing statistics from the PFC e MSFC Modify button Modifies the source interface for NDE packets containing statistics on routed flows exported from the MSFC cache Dest Modify button Modifies the NDE destination host IP address and UDP port Enable NDE button Enables the export of traffic statistics on Layer 3 switched and routed flows that have expired or been purged from the MSFC and PFC caches Note To enable NDE several parameters must be configured the source interface for NDE packets containing statistics on routed flows exported from the MSFC cache the desination address and port of the Netflow Collector and an IP route cache on the MSFC source interface Disable NDE button Disables NDE flow export on Layer 3 switched and routed flows Status Field The Status display only field located at the bottom of the window indicates the current state of the object This field has the following values decommissioned CEMF is not actively monitoring the object attributes normal Presence polling of the object normallostcomms CEMEF has lost communication with the device from the normal state NDE Filters Tab Figure 6 84 shows the NDE Filters t
403. yment gt Deploy Supervisor Control Module s option in the pop up menu from the Chassis object see Figure 4 35 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide 4 40 Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M Deployment and Commissioning Process W Figure 4 35 Predeploying Switch Fabric Modules After you choose the Deploy Switch Fabric Module s option the Switch Fabric Module Deployment Wizard Object Parameters window is displayed see Figure 4 36 Figure 4 36 Switch Fabric Module Deployment Wizard Object Parameters Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide zim Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M HM Deployment and Commissioning Process Property Description Number of The number of Switch Fabric Modules to deploy at the Modules same time Enter the number of Switch Fabric Modules to be deployed at the same time and click the Forward button The Switch Fabric Module Deployment Wizard Object Parameters Details window is displayed for each module to deploy see Figure 4 37 Figure 4 37 Switch Fabric Module Deployment Wizard Object Parameters Details Property Description Module Name The name given to the Switch Fabric Module object Module Type The type of Switch Fabric Module to be deployed This is a drop down list with the following values wsc6500sfm Switch Fabric Module wsc6500sfm2 Switch Fabric Module for the Catalyst 6513 chassis Chassis Slot Number The slot in which the Switch F
404. yment mode assumes the same password for either switch operating system OS Deploy Type If the specific OS installation type for the switch is known it can be selected here Leave the setting as autoDetect to let the EMS determine the OS deployment type EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter3 Getting Started Deploying C65 76M Objects W Figure 3 4 Deployment Wizard Summary ArT i AR 1 L 7 Ament Wizard LIIT Step4 Click the Finish button to deploy the Network Element object This procedure deploys a decommissioned Catalyst 6500 Network Element object in Cisco EMF and automatically commissions it Once the network element is commissioned and discovery is complete the physical view will resemble Figure 3 5 Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide E Chapter3 Getting Started HH Launching Object Management Dialogs Figure 35 View of Commissioned Object 7300 Note If you have installed hardware that is not supported by C65 76M the module image will contain a in the hardware view Launching Object Management Dialogs After all the objects in the network element are in the normal state dialog boxes can be opened to perform management operations on the network element To launch the management dialog box of a C65 76M object right click its parent object in the Map Viewer application or the object itself in the containment view Select the option to ope
405. ysical containment view this screen will not be displayed In this case the Physical parameter is set automatically If this wizard is launched from any other containment view this screen is displayed and you must specify the appropriate location in the Physical containment view where the new object should be added Click the Select button to select the Physical location parameter see Figure 4 22 Click the Forward button when completed EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M Deployment and Commissioning Process W Figure 4 22 Physical Location Selection Cb jer t Selector Click the Apply button when the Physical containment has been selected The Object Parameters window shown in Figure 4 23 is displayed Cisco 6500 7600 Series Manager User Guide EZA Chapter4 Deploying the C65 76M MH Deployment and Commissioning Process Figure 4 23 Deployment Wizard Object Parameters SS Property Description Catalyst 6500 Chassis Label that is used for the Chassis object in the Map Name Viewer Chassis Type This value specifies the type of chassis to deploy It is a drop down list containing the chassis types in the chassis series wsc6506 wsc6509 wsc6509NEB wsc6513 amp Note If you are deploying a Catalyst 6000 series switch the following chassis types will be displayed in the Chassis Type drop down menu EH Cisco 6500 7600 Series Mana
Download Pdf Manuals
Related Search
Related Contents
RESCUE 2242-1 Installation Guide Geneious Sequence Classifier User Manual JVC LT-26DS6SJ User's Manual User's Guide micro-line® SC1394 床張り作業を快適サポート! Thor VX9 Guia do usuário - Honeywell Scanning and Mobility Projecto em Engenharia Informatica Cirrus 7 One Learning the bash Shell, 3rd Edition "user manual" Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file